EIAReport

REPORT
ON
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR
DEVELOPMENT OF CRYOGENIC LPG IMPORT, STORAGE &

DISTRIBUTION FACILITY ALONG WITH ALLIED INFRASTRUCTURE
OF
M/S AEGIS LOGISTICS LIMITED
AT
HALDIA DOCK COMPLEX, HALDIA, WEST BENGAL
cxtxw U
PROJECTS & DEVELOPMENT INDIA LIMITED

(A Govt. of India Undertaking)
PO: Sindri - 828122, Dist: Dhanbad (Jharkhand)
QCI-NABET SL.NO. 121, DATED 11.06.2015
JOB NO. 9687
JUNE 2015
EIA STUDY FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CRYOGENIC LPG IMPORT,

STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITY ALONG WITH ALLIED
INFRASTRUCTURE AT HALDIA OF M/S AEGIS LOGISTICS LTD.
9687-ENV-161
DOCUMENT NO.
SHEET 2 OF 4
1
REV
CONTENTS
CHAPTER
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
DESCRIPTION
Executive Summary
Introduction
Project Description
Description of Environment
Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Its Mitigation Measures
Analysis of alternatives (Technology & Sites)
Environmental Monitoring Program
Additional Studies
Benefits Proposed Project
Environmental Management Plan
PAGE NO.
I-X
1 - 08
9 - 26
27 - 136
136 - 146
147 - 148
149 - 149
150 - 150
151 - 151
152 - 164
ANNEXURES
Description
Annexure -I
Annexure -II
Annexure -IIIA
Annexure -IIIB
Annexure -IV
Annexure -V
Annexure -VI
Annexure -VII
Annexure -VIII
Annexure - IX
Annexure - X
Form-I
Feasibility Report
CRZ Study Report for Storage Terminal
CRZ Study Report for Pipeline
WBSCZMA Clearance for setting up the proposed P/L through CRZ
Layout along with the port boundary
DMP of Haldia Port (HDC)
Land-use report prepared by RRSC-East, Kolkata
Oil Spill Management of Haldia Port
Approved TOR
Compliance of TOR
LIST OF PLATES
Plate No.
1.1
1.2
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4A
3.4B
3.5A
3.5B
3.6A
3.6B
3.7A
3.7B
3.8A
3.8B
3.9
3.10
3.11
Name of the Plate

Cryogenic LPG Pipeline route on Google Map
Layout plan of storage terminal
Satellite Imagery of Area around 10 km radius of Project Site
Map showing Soil Sampling Stations
Soil Texture Diagram
Seasonal Wind Rose Diagram (10th January 2015 to 10th April 2015)
Seasonal WR on Google Map (10th January 2015 to 10th April 2015)
Wind Rose Diagram for January 2015
Wind Rose Diagram on Google Map, January 2015
Wind Rose Diagram for February 2015
Wind Rose Diagram on Google Map, February 2015
Wind Rose Diagram for March 2015
Wind Rose Diagram on Google Map, March 2015
Wind Rose Diagram for April 2015 upto 10th
Wind Rose Diagram on Google Map, April 2015 upto 10th
Map Showing Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Map Showing Water Quality Monitoring Locations
Map Showing Noise Quality Monitoring Locations
FORM NO: 02-0000-0021 F2 REV 1
All rights reserved
EIA STUDY FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CRYOGENIC LPG IMPORT,

STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITY ALONG WITH ALLIED
INFRASTRUCTURE AT HALDIA OF M/S AEGIS LOGISTICS LTD.
9687-ENV-161
DOCUMENT NO.
SHEET 3 OF 4
1
REV
LIST OF TEAM MEMBERS
Shri A.K. Singh, Addl. General Manager & Unit Head
Shri S. K. Sinha, Addl. General Manager
Shri B. Prakash, Dy. General Manager
Shri SK Sarkar, Addl. Chief Engineer
Ms. Gyanlata Deshmukh, Sr. Technologist
Shri PK Singh, Technologist
Shri Akosh Chhoker, Technologist
Shri SS Tiwari, Technologist
Shri DK Chatterjee, Core Consultant
Shri B. Deo, Core Consultant
Dr. Girijesh Kumar, Prof. & HOD (Deptt. of Geology) BIT, Sindri
Ms. Gopa Bandopadhyaya, Engineer
Shri Sudesh Kumar, Engineer
Shri Prafull Kumar Kose. Engineer
Shri SB Singh, Lab Scientist
Shri DC Mahato, Lab Technician
Secretarial Assistance
Shri B. N. Chatterjee, Sr. Officer (SS)
FORM NO: 02-0000-0021 F2 REV 1
All rights reserved
EIA STUDY FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CRYOGENIC LPG IMPORT, STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITY
ALONG WITH ALLIED INFRASTRUCTURE AT HALDIA OF M/S AEGIS LOGISTICS LIMITED
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
BACKGROUND
Aegis Group is one of Indias leading Logistics group providing total logistics solutions for Oil, Gas and
Chemicals. The company is ISO-9001 2008 certified. Aegis Logistics Limited (ALL) is listed on BSE and NSE
and has plans to develop a necklace of port terminals around the coastline of India. It has firmed plans to put up
new/additional storage capacity at Pipavav, Kochi and Haldia during the next 18-24 months at an investment
exceeding INR 4,000 million.
The demand of LPG for domestic purposes is increasing day by day. The estimated demand of LPG i.e. 15600
TMT is expected to increase to 23250 TMT by 2023-24. To cope up with increasing demand of LPG, Oil
Companies are setting up new bottling plants as well as augmenting their existing capacity. Govt. of India is also
encouraging private companies to utilize their resources for meeting the demand of LPG in the country.
Haldia is a strategically located port and well connected with National Highways, Rail Network and is a gateway
to Eastern and North-Eastern Indian Market. The area of port has low population density and does not have
Natural Forests and ecologically sensitive areas. These qualities of Haldia Dock Complex in the new proposed
development will complement the existing Business of Aegis Group on the Eastern coast of India.
In view of the above, Aegis India Limited proposes to develop Cryogenic LPG P/L Terminal with allied facilities
for pipeline receipt from Haldia Oil Jetty (HOJ)- I, II & III, storage, Handling and dispatch of products. The
proposed storage terminal also includes loading facilities, Allied Machineries, Loading Gantries for dispatch
through road in the plot allotted by the Haldia Dock Complex.
As per EIA Notification, published in Gazette of India, Extraordinary Part-II, Section-3, sub-section (ii) of Ministry
of Environment & Forest dated 14.09.2006 & subsequent amendments, the proposed integrated project of
pipeline receipt, storage and dispatch from terminal falls in Activity 6(a)/(b), Category-A of List of Projects or
Activities Requiring Prior Environmental Clearance as it is a complementary project of Kolkata Port Trust
(KoPT), Haldia especially w.r. to transport of cryogenic material at temp. -420 from ship to storage terminal. As
per the above notification, proposed project will have to obtain environmental clearance from Ministry of
Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF & CC). The pipeline for transport of material falls in the KOPT,
Haldia. The pipeline does not pass through national parks/sanctuaries/coral reefs/ecologically sensitive areas
including LNG terminal and as per MoEF & CC notification dated 06.01.2011, No Development Zone (NDZ) shall
not be applicable in such area falling within any notified port limits. As per CRZ notification dated 19th February,
1991 the restrictions on setting up and expansion of industries, operations or processes etc. were exempted for
those projects which are directly related to water front or directly needing foreshore facilities.
Aegis Logistics has appointed M/s Projects & Development India Limited (PDIL), a Govt. of India U/T, for
preparation of EIA/ EMP Reports for proposed project in order to seek environmental clearance from MoEF vide
WO No. PSCC-AEGIS-L-BJM27D-3802 dtd Oct 2014. PDIL is a QCI-NABET accredited EIA consultancy
organisation (Sl. No.: 121, List as per notification dated 11.06.2015 issued by QCI).
STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT
The EIA report has been prepared as per approved TOR in addition to Generic Structure of EIA/EMP/RA
Report required by the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF & CC), Government of India
as per the general condition stipulated in the EIA notification dt 14.9.2006 & subsequent amendments.
PROJECT PROPOSAL
The project proposal is limited to receipt of Cryogenic LPG through pipeline and develop storage terminal with
allied facilities for storage, Handling and dispatch of product. It also includes loading facilities, Allied Machinery,
Loading Gantries for onward dispatch by road in the existing land allotted by the Haldia Dock Complex. The
estimated cost of the proposed project is Rs 150 Crores and is expected to be completed within 24 months after
grant of EC.
Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri
I of X
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
PROJECT LOCATION
The proposed cryogenic LPG terminal of M/s Aegis Logistic is located at Jagatchak village, under Haldia Dock
complex of Purba Mednipore district in the State of West Bengal. The LPG terminal is spread over in an area of
4.0 acres of land provided by the Haldia Development Authority. Geographically, it is located at longitude
880816.78" East and latitude 220330.65 North at an altitude of 7.0 m above mean sea level (MSL). The plant
is at a distance of about 1.3 km from Durgachak town railway station and 1.0 km from Durgachak town.
The nearest highway, NH-41 is located about 5.0 km from the proposed LPG terminal.
BENEFITS OF PROPOSED PROJECT
The proposed project is a complementary requirement of the Haldia Dock complex for the economy,
better serviceability to end customer and to improve the primary / secondary logistic cost. The
development of this project will help the industrial growth especially in Eastern and North-Eastern part
of India in eco-friendly way.
The project creates an infrastructure to import the Eco-friendly Fuel LPG, which in turn makes the fuel
available for use in Domestic/Commercial/Automotive and Industrial sectors, replacing the highly
polluting Solid and Liquid Fuels.
The project will also create an environment for development in the region and create ample employment
opportunities directly or thru ancillary requirement for construction, operations and maintenance.
Currently, the Haldia port handles similar cargoes hence; development of this project will complement
the optimum utilization of the Port Infrastructure and contribute to the national and state exchequer.
The easy availability of LPG in the region will save the manpower used in cooking purposes and it will
improve the health of women engaged in cooking. Indirectly, this benefit will strengthen the socioeconomic condition in the region.
OBJECTIVE OF EIA STUDY

The objective of the EIA study is to identify and evaluate the potential impacts (beneficial and adverse), and
preparation of impact statement in accordance with existing guidelines of MoEF & CC. The study would provide
information on the environmental implications, which could be used for environmental safeguards. The EIA
report shall be a document for getting environmental clearances from MoEF & CC, New-Delhi. The EIA report
will also present the existing environmental setting vis--vis contribution of pollutants and other factors from the
proposed facilities.
SCOPE OF EIA STUDY

The scope of this EIA study includes detailed characterization of pre-project status of environment in an area of
10 km radius including TOR approved by MoEF & CC, New-Delhi with the following important considerations:
To assess the existing status of air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic components of the
existing environment.
To identify and quantify significant impacts of various operations on environmental components during
construction & operation phases with respect to pre-project status.
To evaluate proposed pollution control measures.
To prepare Environmental Impact statement outlining additional control technologies to be adopted for
mitigation of adverse impacts, if any.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Proposed Receipt Facilities
Cryogenic LPG would be transported through approx. 12 Km long shore pipeline from HOJ-I /II /III to storage
terminal.
Proposed Storage Facilities
The proposed Cryogenic LPG storage terminal shall be provided with 02 nos. of double walled double integrity
above ground (A/G) tanks (Gross Capacity 25100 MT). The details are given below in Table E.1.
II of X
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Table E.1
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Facility
Quantity
Capacity
Refrigerated atmospheric storage tank
02 Nos.
12, 500 MT each
Boil-off compressor
02 Nos.
2.5 MT each
Flash-off compressor
02 Nos.
Capacity: 6.5 MT each
(Discharge Pressure: 16 bar)
60MT/Hr(Submersible)
LPG transfer pumps on refrigerated tanks (Discharge 02 Nos. on
each Tank
Pressure:18 Kg/cm2)
Mounded Bullet
02 Nos.
50 MT each
LPG heating system
Air & Water (Heating Medium)
Flare Stack (Cold Flare)
01 No.
30 m height
Road Tanker Loading
a) No. of Gantries
01 No.
b) Number of bays
08 Nos.
Along with the facilities for LPG Vapouriser, LPG Heater, Packaged Cooling Tower and other facilities like
Mercaptan dosing, DG Set etc. shall be made available within the LPG terminal.
Proposed Dispatch Facilities
LPG would be dispatched through Road Tankers.
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
Product Receipt
Cryogenic LPG will be unloaded from ship at Haldia Oil Jetties HOJ- I/II/III) with marine unloading arms of 10
dia. and transported through 02 nos. of dedicated pipelines of 12" dia to Cryogenic LPG storage tanks of 12500
MT capacity each. The pipeline will pass through the existing pipeline corridor adjacent to offshore road which is
laid by the side of river Hooghly.
Storage Facilities
To maintain the temperature of -27OC in the refrigerated storage tanks, two numbers of Boil off compressors
have been provided which takes suction from top of the tank including two numbers of Flash off compressors to
be used during filling of the storage tank. Vapour, after compression, will be cooled in heat exchanger when
vapour is condensed and collected in Collection Drum and liquid LPG is transferred to Mounded Bullets (Cap.:
50 MT each).
LPG from the storage tank (Temp. -27OC) is pumped to LPG Heater (I) & LPG Heater (II) where LPG (-27OC) is
heated by air & then by cooling water to 20OC for loading in Road Tankers. For operation of heating system,
temperature and pressure control system is so adjusted to achieve the final temperature of 20OC downstream of
LPG Heaters.
One odorizing unit comprising of Mercaptan Dosing Tank and pump has been provided for mixing with LPG
before dispatch to existing Road Tanker.
Dispatch
LPG Loading operation from cryogenic storage tanks to road tankers loading gantry via LPG Heaters will be
done by two vertical submerged LPG Loading pumps (Cap. 60 HT/Hr each) installed in storage tank.
Loading rate will be controlled though flow indicator controllers to be installed on the discharge line of each
pump.
DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT & IDENTIFICATION OF ANTICIPATED IMPACT

Description of baseline environmental status and the impact on the existing environment after construction and
operation of the proposed cryogenic LPG pipeline terminal have been discussed with respect to the following
components of the environment. Baseline environmental data generation has been carried out for a period of
three months from 10th January, 2015 to 10th April, 2015. The status of important components of the environment
and impact of project activities on them has been summarized below:
III of X
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Land Environment
The proposed new terminal shall be installed on an area of 4.0 acre of land provided by HDC. There is no
hazardous waste generation during project activities and consequently any adverse impact on a land is not
envisaged. There will be no change in land-use pattern of the area due to proposed project activities.
In order to evaluate the physico-chemical characteristics of soils, three sampling locations were selected to
represent various land use conditions in the study area. Out of three locations, one was selected within project
site and remaining two locations were identified from the villages located around the proposed terminal site.
Highlights of some important parameters are as under:
The texture of soil was Sandy Clay.
The pH of the soil ranged between 7.1 and 7.5.
Level of Nitrogen as N ranged between 132.24 and 137.58 Kg/ha.
Level of Phosphorous as P2O5 ranged between 4.96 & 6.03 Kg/ha.
Level of Potash as K2O ranged between 28.32 & 35.28 Kg/ha.
CLIMATE & METEOROLOGY
Climate
The climate of Haldia is a typical moderate one with winter temperatures ranging from 80C to 120C. Winters are
cool and pleasant and it is also the festival time for inhabitants here with the Haldia Utsav taking place during the
same time. Summers can be hot and humid with temperatures going up to 400C. Rainfall is moderate, and the
rainy months are between May and September. More than 74% of the rainfall is received between June to
September through South - West monsoon.
Meteorology
A meteorological station was installed on the on the Gate of proposed site for recording hourly wind speed, wind
direction, temperature, relative humidity and rainfall within the project site. The wind was predominantly blowing
from North with frequency of 20.33% followed by South with 11.13%. Wind speed readings were ranging from
0.5 m/sec to 7.7 m/sec. The primary data collected from the monitoring station was found at par with the
secondary data related to meteorology and micro-climatic conditions. The nearest IMD station is Ulberia.
Besides this, the proposed project is a non-polluting developmental project and no adverse impact on the
existing climate is envisaged.
AIR ENVIRONMENT
Existing Ambient Air Quality
To evaluate the baseline ambient air quality, one season data generation was conducted at four locations
around project site including residential & rural area for a period of three months from 10th January, 2015 to 10th
April, 2015. During the study period, the concentrations of criteria pollutants namely PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO,
VOC, Methane & Non-methane Hydrocarbon in ambient air were measured.
The highlights of the results are as below:
E.2
Summary of Ambient Air Quality Results
Pollutants
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NOx
CO
THC
VOC
Units
g/m3
g/m3
g/m3
g/m3
mg/m3
ppm
mg/m3
SA1
SA2
SA3
SA4
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Permissible Limits
as per NAAQS
50
24
12.8
18.3
1.1
2.33
2.10
82
44
15.7
34.6
1.8
4.07
2.98
54
28
13.2
31.5
2.0
3.12
3.12
93
48
21.3
48.2
2.7
5.16
4.98
52
24
12.8
31.2
1.6
3.12
3.12
91
44
20.4
46.8
2.4
5.12
4.82
50
22
12.4
24.6
1.4
3.20
3.20
82
41
17.9
32.9
2.3
4.38
4.38
100
60
80
80
02
-
IV of X
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
From the above table, it is concluded that the measured values of the air pollutants, as stated above, are well
within the limits specified under NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARD for rural and residential areas.
Source of Air Pollution
Land filling, levelling as well as civil activities during laying of pipeline and construction of storage tanks may lead
to dust generation. However, these activities will be for a limited period.
Operation of the LPG terminal shall not involve any chemical or manufacturing process, which may lead to
process specific emission of air pollutants into atmosphere. The entire operation of receipt, storage, dispatch
shall be carried out under leak proof system.
The intermittent sources of air emission are limited to DG Sets and Fire water pumps. The DG sets shall be
operated only in case of power failure during working hours and Fire water pumps shall be operated during mock
drills. The adverse impact, if any, shall be within the buffering capacity of the existing environment.
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Noise monitoring was conducted at eight locations within the study area, four locations inside the project site and
four locations outside the boundary walls representing industrial, rural and residential areas. The noise
monitoring results reveals that the noise levels vary from 45.1 dB(A) to 58.1 dB(A) during night and day time
corresponding to the standard limit of 45 and 55 dB(A) for night and day. A little increase in the noise level
during construction and operation has been envisaged. The duration of construction activities shall be 8 to 12
hours with maximum incremental noise level equivalent to 10 dB(A) which will correspond to 3 to 4 dB(A) on day
and night levels. The incremental increase in the noise level during operation phase shall be for 8 hours (one
shift) only and shall be well within permissible limit of 90 dB(A) for 8 hrs. Hence, it is envisaged that impact due
to noise shall be within the permissible limit during construction and operation phase also.
WATER ENVIRONMENT
Existing Water Quality

To evaluate the baseline water quality, one season data generation was conducted at six locations around
project site including residential & rural area for a period of thee months from 10th January, 2015 to 10th April,
2015. Out of six, four nos. of ground water samples and two nos. of surface water samples were collected and
characterized for relevant parameters. Summary of the observations are as below:
E.3
Summary of Ground Water Quality Results
Parameters
pH
Total Dissolved Solids
Total Alkalinity as CaCO3
Total Hardness, as CaCO3
Chloride as Cl
Sulphate as SO4
Nitrate as NO3
Iron as Fe
Range of recorded Concentration (Results expressed in mg/l except pH)

Minimum
Maximum
Desirable/Permissible Limits as per IS: 10500
7.8
840
280
290
224
102
1.22
0.10
8.1
1305
314
392
436
150
1.32
0.22
6.5-8.5
500 / 2000
200 / 600
300 / 600
250 / 1000
200 / 400
45/ 100
0.3 / 1.0
The Physico-chemical characteristics of the ground water samples were in good agreement with IS:
10500.TDS,Total Alkalinity, Total Hardness, Magnesium, Chloride are above the desirable limit but within the
permissible limits specified under Drinking Water Standard (IS: 10500). The ground water after proper filtration
and disinfection can be safely used for potable purposes.
V of X
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
E.4
Summary of Surface Water Quality Results
Parameters
Range of recorded Concentration

(Results expressed in mg/l except pH)
Desirable/Permissible Limits as per
Minimum
Maximum
IS: 10500
pH
7.5
7.7
6.5-8.5
Total Suspended Solid
40
46
3530
3960
500 / 2000
152
166
200 / 600
458
508
300 / 600
Chloride as Cl
1430
1620
250 / 1000
Sulphate as SO4
570
650
200 / 400
Nitrate as NO3
2.26
2.34
45/100
Iron as Fe
0.08
0.10
0.3 / 1.0
The surface water samples were not in agreement with IS: 10500 due to unbalanced Chloride, Sulphate, high
hardness, high TDS and high Mg content in Total hardness. It needs special treatment for its use as potable
water.
Water Consumption
The total water consumption for the proposed facilities during operation period has been estimated to be 25.0
m3/day including cooling water make-up. The details are as under:
E.5
Water Consumption
Sl. No.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Particulars
Quantity (m3/day)
Domestic Water (Drinking & Sanitary)

Floor Washings
Mock drill (once in a month)
Green Belt Development
Cooling water make-up
Total
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
21.0
25.0
Wastewater Generation
The details of wastewater generation are as under:
E.6
Wastewater Generation
Sl. No.
a)
b)
c)
Particulars
Mock drills (once in a month)

Floor washings
Sanitary waste water
Quantity (m3/day)
0.5
0.5
1.0
Total 2.0
The quantity of wastewater expected to be generated under normal operation of the proposed facilities has been
estimated to be 2.0 m3/day. About 1.0 m3/day of sanitary wastewater shall be generated from different sources of
domestic uses. Sanitary waste water from toilets, canteen and wash room (1.0 m3/day) will be treated in Septic
Tanks and would be disposed off through soak pits. Hence, no treated wastewater shall be discharged into
storm water system. During rainy season, the surface run - off passing through the Storm Water Drain will be
passed through a "Rain Water Harvesting System", provided with adequate thickness of gravel and sand beds
for separation of suspended solids. Thus, the entire quantity of treated waste water shall be utilized for charging
of ground water table and for green belt maintenance.
VI of X
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
The proposed LPG pipeline terminal shall be established on 4.0 acre land provided by HDC. Micro level adverse
impact is envisaged on the biological environment during construction and operation phase which shall be
compensated by development of green belt within the project area.
SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
Construction of proposed terminal shall generate direct/indirect employment in local area. During the
construction phase, local people shall be employed temporarily for construction works. Project would also be
facilitating LPG imports & handling for Public sector oil companies, besides others, to cater to demand of LPG
for domestic/House hold use thus enabling the Public sector oil companies to effectively cater the public
distribution system/Network for domestic LPG, which is 89% of all consumption in India. Thus, significant
positive impact on the socio - economic environment for the proposed project is foreseen.
ANALAYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
Aegis is having excellent track record and progressive outlook in regularly updating its technology. The
technology adopted by Aegis for receipt and storage of LPG products is a fail-safe technology and as such no
alternative technology was considered for the same.
The proposed land is under the possession of HDC and is not being used for any agricultural activity or farming.
The land is earmarked for establishment of tanks and allied infrastructure facilities for LPG storage by Aegis
Logistic Limited.
The receipt facilities initiates within the HDC from Haldia Oil Jetty (HOJ) I/II/III. Three nos. of pipeline routes have
been considered for studying the feasibility of connecting the three nos. of HOJs & LPG storage terminal.
Owing to least obstacles and shortest pipeline length in option-I in comparison to option-II & III, option-I is
selected as the best possible route to lay the cryogenic LPG pipeline.
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

A monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, Water Quality, Noise Quality, prepared in consultation
with West Bengal State Pollution Control Board, shall be maintained. The measurements shall be carried out by
MoEF/WBSPCB/NABL accredited laboratory and the test reports shall be regularly forwarded to the WBSPCB.
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Impact on local infrastructure such as road network etc.
The proposed project shall add a maximum of 150 nos. of LPG tankers per day to the traffic of the area.
However, the dock authority has specified the parking zones in different parts of the complex to regulate the
truck movement on the busy roads of the area. The NH-41, nearest road passing to the proposed terminal has
adequate buffering capacity for the movement of these tankers.
Compensation package for the people affected by the proposed project
The proposed complementary project to Haldia dock is situated within the port premises on existing land allotted
by HDC of KOPT. There are no major settlements in the vicinity of project boundary. Hence, the proposed
project does not involve any RR issues.
Proposed Plan to handle the socio-economic influence on local community
It is estimated that 60 to 70 persons from the local population may get employment opportunities during
construction period. In view of the small size of the project, this may be considered to have significant positive
impact on the occupational pattern and economy of the surround area. Most of the workers will be engaged from
nearby villages located around site. Thus, there would not be any influence on the socio-economic structure of
the locals. The supervisors and officers involved in construction & operation shall be accommodated in Haldia
Township. Provision for separate camp for labours and township for supervisors & officers has not been
considered.
VII of X
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Risk Assessment & HAZOP and Safeguard measures

A detailed Risk Assessment & HAZOP study for the proposed project has been prepared and necessary
safeguard measures have been discussed therein.
Risk analysis has been carried for the proposed project with the help of latest version of Phast Risk Software
(DNV Technica, UK). A number of credible and incredible scenarios have been considered.
It is evident from the Iso-Risk Contour (Figure No. 6 of RA report) that the acceptable limit of individual risk of
1.0x10-6 per year goes 11 m in south-eastern direction. However, the proposed site is located within HDC and
away from human settlement.
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Following factors shall require due consideration during construction phase:
Site Preparation
It is envisaged that levelling of land will be required for the proposed project. Stock piling of earthen material
would be required during foundation works of the proposed project. The earth work will generate dust which will
be controlled by periodical sprinkling of water during working period
Sanitation
The site shall be provided with adequate and suitable sanitary facilities to maintain proper standard of hygiene
for construction workers. These facilities shall include water supply, bath toilets, rest room, etc. as per standard
practices of Aegis Logistics Limited.
Construction & Demolition Waste
Care shall be taken to prevent accidental spillage of any oil from construction equipment. Combustible waste
and other wastes shall be disposed-off by adopting environmentally compatible methodology.
Storage of Hazardous Materials
The hazardous materials used during the construction period may include diesel, welding gas and paints. These
materials would be stored, handled and disposed off as per Solid Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules 2008.
MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE

AIR ENVIRONMENT
There is no continuous source of air pollution. The sources of air pollution are limited to the DG Sets
only. This source of air pollution is intermittent. The minimum required heights and the heights actually
provided to the DG Sets (height of the shed 3 m above the ground level) are as follows:
Table - E-7
DETAILS OF DG SETS
Height Required, m
3.0 + 2.8 = 5.8 m
3.0 + 5.0 = 8.0 m
DG Set Capacity
200 KVA
650 KVA
For computing the minimum height of DG Set ducts, the following formula, specified by the Central Pollution
Control Board, has been used.
H
= h + 0.2 X (KVA) 0.5
Where,
H
= Total height of stack, m
h
= height of the building where the DG Set is installed, m, and
KVA
= Total generation capacity of the DG Set, KVA.
VIII of X
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
WATER ENVIRONMENT
Waste Water Consumption/Generation
The water requirement for the proposed project during operation phase has been worked out to be 25 m3/day
(including cooling water) and generation of wastewater has been envisaged to be about 2.0 m3/day from
domestic activities. Out of total wastewater generation of 2.0 m3/day, 1.0 m3/day shall be generated from mock
fire drill & floor washing and 1.0 m3/day shall be sanitary waste.
Waste Water Treatment & Disposal
Sanitary Waste Water from toilets, canteen and wash rooms will be treated in septic tanks and disposed-off
through soak pits. Wastewater generated during mock fire drills will be passed through filters and oil trap. The
filtered water shall be either collected in rainwater harvesting tank or used for irrigation of green belt.
During normal operation, no wastewater would be generated. In upset conditions such as rainy season, the
wastewater shall be passed through filters and collected in rainwater harvesting tank.
Oil Trap
Oil trap shall be provided for wastewater generated during mock fire drill and upset conditions such as rainy
season. The wastewater will be fed to Oil trap/disc oil and oil free water shall be collected separately and used
for green-belt maintenance / dust suppression, etc.
Rain Water Harvesting System
To cease the ingration of salty water into the ground water table of the shore area of Haldia Dock Complex, a
rainwater harvesting has been designed in accordance with the guidelines of Central Ground Water Board under
Ministry of Water Resources, 2000.
In this connection, the rainfall of 1600 mm/yr has been considered corresponding to a reservoir capacity of 500
m3. The tank along the boundary wall has been considered for percolation of harvested rainwater with installation
of 2-3 boreholes of 4" dia and depth of 60 m with proper perforation and shoes has been considered. The width
and the depth of tank along the boundary wall shall be 2.0 m & 2.0 m respectively.
BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR PROPOSED RAIN WATER HARVESTING
PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
From Drains
Grit Chamber
Oil Trap
Sedimentation Unit
Groundwater Aquifer
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
The sources of noise in the proposed terminal are limited to the DG Sets, fire water pumps and movement of
tankers.
Control of Noise
New generation DG sets shall be procured which conforms to the applicable norms for noise level less than
75 dB.
The foundations of DG Sets and Fire Water pumps shall be provided with anti-vibration padding.
The DG Sets and FW Pumps will be designed to produce noise within the permissible limit and strict
compliance of this will be ensured during procurement.
The DG Set will be housed inside a building so that the noise is reduced by the acoustic enclosures.
IX of X
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Regular condition monitoring e.g. speed, vibration and regular preventive maintenance including schedule
lubrication will be done for the moving machines to keep them in good condition and also to reduce
vibration.
The green belt around the facilities would also facilitate reduction of noise level beyond the boundary walls.
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Environmental Management with respect to solid waste management may be summarized as under:
A little hazardous solid waste shall be generated from the proposed LPG cryogenic storage terminal in
addition to metallic waste from tank fabrication, maintenance etc. and shall be disposed as per standard
guidelines and practices.
Used oil, grease and empty drums generated during construction shall be disposed off through registered
vendors as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2008 &
subsequent amendments.
AFFORESTATION
Aegis shall participate in the aforestation program in association with HDC. The plant & species shall be selected
in consultation with the local horticulture experts.
Compliance of Terms of Reference (TOR)
The compliance of thirteen (13) points of TOR prescribed by Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change
vide their F.N0.11-44/2014- IA.III Dated: 13th March, 2015 is presented in Annexure-VII of this report.
CRZ STUDY
The proposed project falls in the HDC and the CRZ study has been conducted by third party agency National
Centre for Earth Science Studies, Thiruvananthpuram, Kerala. The report concludes that the project site for
storage does not fall in CRZ.As the proposed LPG import shall be done through ship and transported through
pipeline to storage terminal, it is necessary to use CRZ-IV(B) & CRZ-I in the port area. The proposed pipeline is
permitted as per clause 3(i)(a) & 8-I (i)(b) of CRZ notification 2011. The West Bengal State Coastal Zone
Management Authority (WBSCZMA) has recommended the laying of the proposed pipelines vide letter reference
no.- 1459/EN/T-II-4/008/2015/1(1) dated 17.06.2015. CRZ study report and recommendation of SCZMA, WB is
attached as Annexure - IIIA, IIIB & IV.
CONCLUSION
The adverse impact due to the proposed project on air, noise, water, land and ecological environment is
insignificant and the socio-economic benefits are predominantly positive. It is also evident from the risk analysis
study that acceptable individual risk level of 1.0 10-6/ year goes 11 m outside the battery limit in south-eastern
direction which is away from human settlement. As per relevant guidelines, all the safety norms with latest
technology shall be incorporated to ensure safe operation of the terminal. In view of the above, it may be opined
that the proposed project in totality may be considered environmentally safe.
X of X
INTRODUCTION
1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Aegis Group is one of Indias leading Logistics group providing total

logistics solutions for Oil, Gas and Chemicals. The company is ISO-9001
2008 certified.
Aegis Logistics Limited (ALL) is listed on BSE and NSE and has plans to develop
a necklace of port terminals around the coastline of India. It has firmed plans to
put up new/additional storage capacity at Pipavav, Kochi and Haldia during the
next 18-24 months at an investment exceeding INR 4,000 million.
As part of these plans, Aegis has acquired 100% share-holding of the entire LPG
business and assets of Shell Gas (LPG) India Pvt. Ltd. in India. By virtue of this,
Aegis have acquired their 2,700 MT LPG Storage Terminal at Gujarat-Pipavav
Port Ltd, (GPPL), Pipavav, Gujarat. Since takeover of these assets, the company
has gone for expansion of Terminal at Pipavav and successfully completed the
expansion and commissioning of tank farms.
The demand of LPG for domestic purposes is increasing day by day. To cope up
with increasing demand of LPG, Oil Companies are setting up new bottling plants
as well as augmenting their existing capacity. Even after this, there is large gap
between demand and supply. Government of India is also encouraging private
companies to utilize their resource for meeting the demand of LPG in the country.
Aegis group owns / operates Indias largest integrated bulk Liquid cum LPG
Terminal in the port of Mumbai and also the largest private bulk Liquid Terminal
at Kochi port, apart from a pressurized LPG Storage Terminal at Pipavav Port
and a LPG Bottling /Blending Unit at Kheda & Dharwad in Gujarat and Udupi in
Karnataka.
Haldia is a strategically located port and well connected with National Highways,
Rail Network and is a gateway to Eastern and North-Eastern Indian Market. The
area of port has low population density and does not have Natural Forests and
ecologically sensitive areas. These qualities of Haldia Dock Complex in the new
proposed development will complement the existing Business of Aegis Group on
the Eastern coast of India.
1 of 164
INTRODUCTION
In view of the above, Aegis India Limited proposes to develop Cryogenic LPG
Terminal with allied facilities for pipeline receipt from Haldia Oil Jetties (HOJ)- I, II
& III, storage, Handling and dispatch of products. The proposed storage terminal
also includes loading facilities, Allied Machineries, Loading Gantries for dispatch
through road in the plot allotted by the Haldia Dock Complex.
As per EIA Notification, published in Gazette of India, Extraordinary Part-II,
Section-3, sub-section (ii) of Ministry of Environment & Forest dated 14.09.2006
& subsequent amendments, the proposed integrated project of pipeline receipt,
storage and dispatch from terminal falls in Activity 6(a)/(b), Category-A of List of
Projects or Activities Requiring Prior Environmental Clearance as it is a
complementary project of Kolkata Port Trust (KOPT), Haldia especially with
reference to transport of cryogenic material at temp. -420 from ship to storage
terminal. As per the above notification, proposed project will have to obtain
environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate
Change (MoEF & CC). The pipeline for transport of material completely falls in
the
KOPT,
Haldia.
The
pipeline
does
not
pass
through
national
parks/sanctuaries/coral reefs/ecologically sensitive areas including LNG terminal

and as per MoEF notification dated 06.01.2011, No Development Zone (NDZ)
shall not be applicable in such area falling within any notified port limits. As per
CRZ notification dated 19th February, 1991 the restrictions on setting up and
expansion of industries, operations or processes etc. were exempted for those
projects which are directly related to water front or directly needing foreshore
facilities.
Aegis Logistics has appointed M/s Projects & Development India Limited (PDIL),
a Government of India Undertaking, for preparation of EIA/ EMP Reports for
proposed project in order to seek environmental clearance from MoEF vide Work
Order No. PSCC-AEGIS-L-BJM27D-3802 dated Oct 2014. PDIL is a QCI-NABET
accredited EIA consultancy organisation (Sl. No.: 121, List as per notification
dated 11.06.2015 issued by QCI).
2 of 164
INTRODUCTION
1.2
PROJECT PROPOSAL
The project proposal is limited to receipt of Cryogenic LPG through pipeline and
develop storage terminal with allied facilities for storage, Handling and dispatch
of products. It also includes loading facilities, Allied Machinery, Loading Gantries
for onward dispatch by road in the existing land allotted by the Haldia Dock
Complex. The estimated cost of the proposed project is Rs 150 Crores.
1.3
PROJECT LOCATION AND JUSTIFICATION
1.3.1
Project Location
The proposed cryogenic LPG terminal of M/s Aegis Logistic is located at Jagat
chak village, under Haldia Dock complex of Purba Mednipore district in the State
of West Bengal. The LPG terminal is spread over in an area of 4 acres of land
provided by the Haldia Development Authority. Geographically, it is located at
longitude 8808'16.78" East and latitude 2203'30.65 North at an altitude of 7 m
above mean sea level (MSL). The plant is at a distance of about 1.3 km from
Durgachak town railway station and 1.0 km from Durgachak town. The nearest
highway, NH-41 is located about 5.0 km from the proposed LPG terminal.
1.3.2
JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT SITE

Aegis Logistic Limited, in their expansion plan, has identified Haldia port as one
of the most suitable site for the following reasons:
The port area is a low population zone and does not have Natural forest and
ecological sensitive area.
Haldia is strategically located all season port with excellent draft.
Haldia port has excellent liquid / gas jetties and has plans to expand the
same.
This port is one of the nearest port for accessing the Eastern & North- eastern
markets and can supply the LPG to the deficient market and contribute to the
national cause of promoting LPG as an eco- friendly fuel.
The installation of the proposed cryogenic facilities will give operational

leverage to Aegis and will complement the already operational LPG
Terminals on West Coast.
The company already owns 4.0 acres of land in Haldia Dock Complex to be
used for construction of tank farms for petroleum product.
3 of 164
INTRODUCTION
1.4

The proposed project is a complementary requirement of the Haldia Dock
complex for the economy, better serviceability to end customer and to improve
the primary / secondary logistic cost. The development of this project will help the
industrial growth especially in Eastern and North-Eastern part of India in ecofriendly way.
The project creates an infrastructure to import the Eco-friendly Fuel LPG, which
in turn makes the fuel available for use in Domestic/Commercial/Automotive and
Industrial sectors, replacing the highly polluting Solid and Liquid Fuels.
The project will also create an environment for development in the region and
create ample employment opportunities directly or thru ancillary requirement for
construction, operations and maintenance. Currently, the Haldia port handles
similar cargoes hence; development of this project will complement the optimum
utilization of the Port Infrastructure and contribute to the national and state
exchequer.
1.5
SCOPE & METHODOLOGY
1.5.1
Scope of EIA Study

An area of 500 m either side of the cryogenic LPG pipeline and an area of 10 km
radius around the storage terminal have been considered as the study area for
conducting detailed studies / baseline data generation. The scope of the study is
as follows:
To undertake environmental monitoring so as to establish the baseline
environmental status of the environmental components;
To identify existing pollution loads due to various anthropogenic activities;
To evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in
the study area by using widely accepted environmental impact assessment
methodologies.
To prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the
measures for improving the environmental quality and for environmentally
sustainable development.
To prepare post project monitoring plan to monitor the changes in the
environmental quality after the implementation of the project.
4 of 164
INTRODUCTION
1.5.2
Methodology for EIA Study

To assess the baseline status of environment, monitoring locations were
selected, keeping in mind the micro-meteorology, season and existing sources of
pollution in the area. Different environmental attributes for their various
parameters were monitored and analyzed during the study period i.e. 10th
January, 2015 to 10th April, 2015 (13 weeks). Secondary data collected from
different Govt., Semi-Govt. Agencies and other relevant agencies were compiled,
interpreted and presented.
Land Environment:
The satellite imagery obtained from West Bengal Remote Sensing Applications
has been used for evaluation of land use pattern. Details of geology were
collected from different secondary sources. To characterize the nature of soil,
samples from three locations in different directions within the study area were
collected and characterized.
Air Environment:
To evaluate the baseline status with respect to air quality, a network of 04 nos. of
ambient air quality monitoring stations were established within study area in
consultation with Aegis officials. The selection of sampling locations was based
on location of human settlements, approach, availability of electricity, dominant
wind
direction
etc.
Samples
were
collected
with
frequency
of
days/week/location. The following air pollution parameters were monitored:

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
Particulate Matter (PM10)
Sulphur dioxide (SO2)
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
Carbon Monoxide (CO)
Methane & Non-methane Hydrocarbon
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)
Water Environment
To evaluate the baseline status with respect to water quality, 03 nos. of ground
water samples and 2 nos. of surface water samples were collected from the study
area and characterized for relevant parameters.
5 of 164
INTRODUCTION
Noise Environment
To determine the baseline status with respect to noise level, 04 locations were
identified for in the study area. The monitoring locations were selected to
represent the bottling plant and its surrounding, commercial, residential and
sensitive areas. The measurements were made with a frequency of one day per
season. Hourly average noise pressure levels (Leq values) were determined
continuously to represent the 24 hours period at each of the monitoring locations.
Ecology
Baseline status of terrestrial and aquatic ecology was assessed through field
samplings, reconnaissance surveys and secondary sources. Important flora and
fauna species of terrestrial and aquatic eco-systems have been enumerated.
Socio-economic Environment:
Information about baseline status of socio-economic environment has been
collected from 2011 Census report as well as from sample survey. The
information includes demographic profile, literacy, employment pattern, cropping
pattern, etc.
6 of 164
LOCATION OF PROJECT SITE IN GOOGLE MAP
Plate 1.1
INTRODUCTION
7 of 164
FM
DH
FM
FM
DH
DH
14
14
10
11
FM
6
4
1
2
3
3
12
DH
DV
DH
FM
FM
FM
8
DH
13
14
DH
14
DV FM
DH
DV FM
DH
DH
DV FM
DH
DV FM
PROJECT & PROCESS DESCRIPTION
2.0
2.1
BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION

Oil & Gas industry development is a key infrastructural element in the growth of
the economy. Hitherto, development of oil & gas sector in India has been
primarily the responsibility of the Central and State Governments with significant
contribution from the private enterprises. To meet the increasing demand of LPG
for the region, the proposed project is being taken up steadily. For transportation
of refrigerated LPG to the proposed storage tanks economically, safely and in
eco-friendly manner, approx. 12 km long pipeline project is being planned for
implementation by M/s Aegis Logistics Ltd.
Laying of 12-Km long shore pipeline from HOJ-I /II /III to storage terminal for
transportation of refrigerated LPG would facilitate M/s Aegis Logistics Ltd. in
many ways. Some of them may be given as under:
2.2
Safe and reliable supply
Lower energy consumption and less operating cost
No transportation loss
Environment friendly transportation system
PROJECT DETAILS
Products handled
There are three nos. of Oil Jetties inside Haldia Dock Complex (HDC) to utilize
for unloading of various products. The various products which are being handled
at the jetties during current year are as follows:
9 of 164
Table- 2.1
List of Products Handled at Haldia Oil Jetty
PRODUCT
LDO
CRUDE OIL
LUBE OIL
PARAXYLENE
AMMONIA
BENZENE
BUTANE
PROPANE
HALDIA OIL
JETTY
HOJ - I
HOJ - II
HOJ - III
HOJ - I
HOJ - II
HOJ - III
HOJ - I
HOJ - II
HOJ - III
HOJ- I
HOJ - II
HOJ - III
HOJ - I
HOJ - II
HOJ - III
HOJ - I
HOJ - II
HOJ - III
HOJ - I
HOJ - II
HOJ - III
HOJ - I
HOJ - II
HOJ - III
JAN' 2015
FEB'2015
MARCH'2015
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
5156 MT
NIL
NIL
31766 MT
NIL
NIL
7349 MT
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
78804 MT
NIL
87544 MT
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
5748 MT
NIL
NIL
29696 MT
NIL
NIL
4149 MT
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
10521 MT
65598 MT
NIL
78684 MT
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
27871MT
NIL
NIL
6497 MT
NIL
NIL
7931 MT
NIL
NIL
NIL
82343 MT
NIL
NIL
80386 MT
NIL
Note: OIL jetty does not handle Edible oil, Phosphoric Acid, Methanol, Acetic Acid, Ethanol and
Caustic Soda.
10 of 164
Products to be handled
To cope up with the increasing demand of LPG for the region, M/s Aegis
Logistics Limited proposes to handle refrigerated LPG through HOJ-I, II & III. The
pipeline thruput is estimated as 1000000 MT/annum.
The refrigerated LPG (-30oC) would be unloaded from ships through 10 dia.
Marine unloading arms and transported through pipeline @ 500 MT/hr (max)
from HOJ I/ II /III to proposed Cryogenic LPG storage terminal of M/s Aegis
Logistics Limited, Haldia where storage, handling and dispatch facilities would be
provided.
Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG) is a mixture of commercial propane and commercial
butane which may also contain small quantity of unsaturated hydro carbons. The
physical properties of LPG are given below:
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
2.3
Table- 2.2
Properties of LPG
State
C3-C4 mixture
Molecular weight
51.10 Kg/Kmol
Boiling Temperature at 1 bar - 21.2 OC
Critical Temperature
124.5 OC
Critical Pressure
40.00 Bar
Density (Liquid) at 30 OC
52.81 E+01 Kg/m3
Heat of Combustion
45.94 E+06 J/Kg
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
M/s Aegis Logistics Ltd. proposes to install the facilities for receipt of Cryogenic
LPG through pipeline to storage terminal with allied facilities for storage,
Handling and dispatch of products. It also includes loading facilities, Allied
Machinery, Loading Gantries for onward dispatch by Rail, road and Sea in the
existing land allotted by the Haldia Dock Complex. Aegis Logistics proposes to
lay a pipeline from Haldia Oil Jetty-I/II/III of Haldia Dock Complex to its cryogenic
LPG storage terminal proposed in the HDC premises. Option-I has been
considered as the most suitable route for the pipeline as it travels the shortest
path with least crossings and negligible population. The project envisages
construction of approximately 12 km long pipeline with the whole length passing
through dedicated pipeline corridor in option-I within the HDC. The pipeline shall
be laid by adapting latest art and option for unloading of liquid cargo to the
storage facilities. At present, liquid ammonia and LPG is being transported
11 of 164
through pipeline since last 15 years without witnessing any adverse scenario.
The transport of cryogenic LPG is less hazardous and practically inert in
comparison with ammonia & other chemicals including the pressurized LPG.
The proposed project of M/s Aegis Logistics Limited consists of following
facilities:
Jetty
The location of the Jetty is within the HDC. A gap of 50-m between the bulk berth
and Liquid Cargo Jetty has been kept for safety reasons. The front face of Liquid
Cargo Jetty has been kept in the same line as that of bulk berth which has been
found in order as per port authorities.
The 200-250 m long Liquid Cargo Jetty are to cater to the Tanker size of 50,000
DWT with the provision to berth Post-Panamax Vessels of 85,000 DWT at sea
side and 25,000 - 30,000 DWT at the shore-side. However, the structural
arrangement, fendering and mooring system are designed to cater to the 85,000
DWT Tankers for sea side berthing. The Jetty is connected to the shore through
an approach trestle of 375-m length (approximately) which joins the main road. A
protection dolphin with fender is constructed for safety of the trestle/vessel due to
any sideward drift of the vessel.
The vessels are moored to the berth by a set of bollards and Quick Release
Mooring Hooks (QRMH). QRMH are used for head, stem and breasting lines
while the spring lines are ties to the bollards. QRMH are being used considering
the safety aspects since it facilitates the release of the ropes in case of an
emergency and it can be operated with minimum labour. Double hook assembly
with an integral capstan has been provided. These hooks are equipped with
manual lever release mechanism.
LPG Unloading & Storage:

Cryogenic LPG will be unloaded from ship with 10 dia. marine unloading arms at
Haldia Oil Jetties HOJ-(I/II/III) and transported through 02 nos. of dedicated
pipelines of 12" dia to two nos. of Cryogenic LPG storage tanks of 12500 MT
capacity each. The pipeline will pass by the side of existing pipeline corridor
12 of 164
passing adjacent to offshore road which is laid by the side of river Hooghly.
There is no habitation on the pipeline route. To maintain the temperature of 27OC in the refrigerated storage tanks, two numbers of Boil off compressors have
been provided which takes suction from top of the tank including two numbers of
Flash off compressors to be used during filling of the storage tank. Vapour, after
compression, will be cooled in heat exchanger when vapour is condensed and
collected in Collection Drum and liquid LPG is transferred to Mounded Bullets
(Cap.: 50 MT each).
LPG, from the storage tank (Temp. -27OC), is pumped to LPG Heater (I) & LPG
Heater (II) where LPG (-27OC) is heated by air & then by cooling water to 20OC
for loading in Road Tankers. For operation of heating system, temperature and
pressure control system is so adjusted to achieve the final temperature of 20OC
downstream of LPG Heaters.
One odorizing unit comprising of Mercaptan Dosing Tank and pump has been
provided for mixing with LPG before dispatch to existing Road Tanker.
Tanker Loading
LPG Loading operation from cryogenic storage tanks to road tankers loading
gantry via LPG Heaters will be done by two vertical submerged LPG Loading
pumps (Cap. 60 MT/Hr each) installed in storage tank.
Loading rate will be controlled though flow indicator controllers to be installed on
the discharge line of each pump.
13 of 164
Table- 2.3
PIPELINE PARAMETERS
1
2
Pipeline Thruput
Design Codes
Pipeline operating life

Pipeline Length
4
5
Basis for hydraulic

Calculation
6
Pipeline Diameter
7
Pipeline roughness
8
MOC for Pipeline
9
Pipeline Corrosion
Allowance
10 Pigging Facilities
11 Design Pressure
12 Design temperature
13 Pipeline laying
14 Pipeline corrosion
protection
system
15 Source of LPG
16 Design conditions of
LPG storage
i) Cryogenic Tanks
ii) Mounded vessels
17 Power
18 Emergency Power
19 Instrumentation
20 Metering System
1000000 MT per Annum

ASME B31.4 and OISD-214 guidelines will be
followed as applicable. However, in case of
contradictory stipulations, the more stringent
conditions will prevail.
35 Years
Option-I: 12 Km
Option-II: 13 Km
Option-III: 14.5 Km
Hydraulic calculations will be based on supply of
cryogenic LPG from ships pumps.
12"
45 microns
Carbon Steel
Minimum 0.5 mm
Suitable facilities for pipeline emptying and
cleaning shall be provided
35 kg/cm2g
Buried: 550C
Above ground: 550C
Above ground except lock gate crossing of
approx. 300 m length.
Pipeline shall be protected from external corrosion
by suitable external coating /insulation, and
suitable coating / impressed current cathodic
protection for underwater pipeline.
LPG Cargos coming from foreign countries
i) Pressure : 2000 mmWC+static head
Temperature : 550C/(-) 450C
ii) Pressure : 22kg/cm2g
Temperature : 550C/(-) 450C
WBSEB supply @ 33 KVA
DG sets
Adequate instrumentation and control system will
be provided for safe & efficient operation. Suitable
PLC based control system shall be provided at
dispatch and receipt stations.
Flow meters shall be provided at jetty end and
terminals for custody leak detection purpose.
14 of 164
LPG Terminal will have the following facilities:

Table- 2.4
Facilities envisaged at LPG Terminal
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Facility
Refrigerated atmospheric storage
tank
Boil-off compressor
Flash-off compressor
(Discharge Pressure: 16 bar)
LPG
transfer
pumps
on
refrigerated tanks (Discharge
Pressure:18 Kg/cm2)
Mounded Bullet
LPG heating system
Vent Stack
Road Tanker Loading
a) No. Of Gantries
b) Number of bays
Quantity
02 Nos
02 Nos.
02 Nos.
02 nos.
each tank
Capacity
12, 500 MT
each
2.5 MT each
Capacity:
6.5
MT each
on 60MT/Hr
(Submersible)
02 Nos.
50 MT each
Air & Water (Heating Medium)
01 No.
30 m height
-
01 Nos.
08 Nos.
Along with the facilities for LPG Heater, Packaged Cooling Tower and other
facilities like Mercaptan dosing, DG Set etc. Shall be made available within the
LPG terminal.
There is no processing or manufacturing involved in the terminal and hence there
are no trade emissions or effluents to the environment.
Table- 2.5
Utilities Requirement
Sl.No.
Utility
Quantity
Source
Water
Power
25 KLD (During Haldia Development

Operation)
Authority
33 KVA
WB State Electricity Board
Emergency Power
supply
1 X 250 KVA
1 X 75 KVA
DG sets
(Latest generation)
15 of 164
Pipeline Corridor Near HOJ-I
Pipeline Corridor going to HOJ-II
Pipeline Corridor after HOJ-II
Pipeline Corridor Near HOJ-III
2.4
DESCRIPTION OF THE PIPELINE ROUTE

The selection of pipeline route for transportation of hazardous material like LPG
is a major consideration for the safety and security of the system as a whole. The
proposed pipeline of M/s Aegis Logistics would be laid over-ground. All the safety
and environmental aspects have been taken into consideration during selection
of the proposed pipeline route. The pipeline route would not pass through any
sensitive as well as any forest land.
Table- 2.6
Details of Take-Off and Terminal Points
Particulars
Take-off Point
Terminal Point
Chainage
0.00 Km
12.0 Km
Village/ location
HDC
Jagatchak
Taluka
Haldia
Haldia
District
Medinipore
Medinipore
State
W. B.
W. B.
16 of 164
OPTION-I: The Cryogenic LPG pipeline starting from the cryogenic storage
terminal of M/s Aegis Logistics takes right turn from its main gate and run along
the boundary wall of BPCL. After running about 238.01 m, the pipeline again
turns right to run along the existing pipeline corridor by the side of BPCL
boundary wall for upto a distance of 510.27 m. The pipeline turns right upto 30.20
m length to cross the pipeline corridor and then crosses a creek (Patikhali creek)
by a pipe cross-over bridge (1) upto p/l length of 67.48 m on the right side of the
pipeline corridor. The pipeline takes straightway along the boundary wall of Tata
Power for a length of 1258.94 m and crosses a pipe cross-over bridge (2) located
behind the boundary wall of Tata Power (near water intake). The pipeline follows
the route along the boundary wall of HFC and crosses over bridge (03) at 758.73
m then follows the straight path by side of the boundary wall of IOCL for a length
of1707.28m. On the left side of the road, running along this route, is located the
Fly ash jetty & Berge Jetty. The pipeline running along the IOCL boundary
reaches the entry gate to HDC premises of KoPT at 603.76 m. Here, the pipeline
enters the premises of HDC through an over bridge (04). After running for a
length of 234.50m, the pipeline comes to the left side of the road with the help of
over bridge (05) at 39.71m. Then, the pipeline crosses an over bridge (06),
follows the pipeline corridor along the shore and enters the HOJ-I at 168.44 m.
From HOJ-I, the pipeline head towards the HOJ-II on the pipeline corridor along
the shoreline and crosses an over bridge (07 & 08) of Mitsubishi to connect to
HOJ-II at 649.55 m.
On coming out of the HOJ-II, pipeline crosses an over bridge (09) to cross the
road at149.33 m to come on the right side and takes left turn by crossing over
bridge (09) at 100.36 m to follow the path of existing pipeline corridor passing
behind the Marine office. At a length of 952.68 m, the pipeline crosses over
bridge (10) to cross the road near Port Diving Unit. Passing behind the canteen &
workshops, the pipeline crosses an over bridge (11) to cross a kachcha road and
follow upto Lock gate. Here, the pipeline has to run submerged underwater,
approx. 5m beneath the river bed to cross the water body for a length of approx.
300 m. After crossing the lock gate area, the pipeline runs by the right side of the
road in front of DCILs (Dredging Company) office. At a length of 103.3 m, the
pipeline crosses the road by over bridge (12) then crosses again a road going to
Haldia Bhawan by over bridge (13) at a length of1963.31m. After running a
17 of 164
length of 454.57m, the pipeline reaches near the Jawahar Tower Traffic Circle by
crossing over bridge (14) and enters the HOJ-III from the culvert opposite to
HOJ-III. The pipeline travels a length of approx. 12 Km
OPTION-II: The pipeline following the route option- III takes left turn from the
main gate of proposed LPG terminal. The pipeline encounters following
industries, road crossings, nallah crossings, railway crossings in addition to the
thickly populated area across the route.
United Phosphorus, Culvert no.-01 to cross the road connecting CFCL, Sanjana
Chemicals & HPCL, Over bridge no.- 01 to cross the channel connected to
Hoogly river at Patikhali, over bridge no.-02 to cross the rail line connecting Tata
& BPCL, Over bridge no.- 03 near the IOCL main gate towards the rail lines 7
adjacent to Maruthi service centre, Over bridge no.-04 to cross the rail lines
connecting Haldia port and IOCL, bridge/culvert no.02 to cross the nallah behind
Ralson chemicals, over bridge no. 05 to cross the Kachcha road towards IOCL
main gate and prior to Ralson chemicals, Over bridge no. 06 to cross the road
connecting Vidyasagar bridge, Over bridge no. 07 to cross the road connecting
Haldia Port Administration and CISF building at Chiranjibpur, Over bridge no.08
to cross the road connecting Chiranjibpur Police Station and HDC Finger Jetty
Gate, Over bridge no.09 to cross the road connecting the container yard opposite
to Bandar station, Over bridge no. 10 to cross the HDC road entrance at
Ranichak, BSNL tower, Over bridge11 to cross the nallah near HP petrol pump,
Over bridge no. 12 to cross the VIP road, culvert no.-03 (existing) near Helipad
Maidan, Over bridge no. 15 to cross the road near Jawahar Tower Traffic Circle,
Jawahar Tower- Port office, Culvert no.-04 (existing) near HOJ-III entrance.
Approximate length of the pipeline in this option is 13 km.
OPTION-III: The Cryogenic LPG pipeline starting from the cryogenic storage
terminal of M/s Aegis Logistics takes right turn from its main gate and run along
the boundary wall of BPCL. After running about 238.01 m, the pipeline again
turns right to run along the existing pipeline corridor by the side of BPCL
boundary wall for upto a distance of 510.27 m. The pipeline turns right upto 30.20
m length to cross the pipeline corridor and then crosses a creek (Patikhali creek)
by a pipe cross-over bridge (1) upto p/l length of 67.48 m on the right side of the
18 of 164
pipeline corridor. The pipeline takes straightway along the boundary wall of Tata
Power for a length of 1258.94 m and crosses a pipe cross-over bridge (2) located
behind the boundary wall of Tata Power (near water intake). The pipeline follows
the route along the boundary wall of HFC and crosses over bridge (03) at 758.73
m then follows the straight path by side of the boundary wall of IOCL for a length
of1707.28m. On the left side of the road, running along this route, is located the
Fly ash jetty & Berge Jetty. The pipeline running along the IOCL boundary
reaches the entry gate to HDC premises of KoPT at 603.76 m. Here, the pipeline
enters the premises of HDC through an over bridge (04). After running for a
length of 234.50m, the pipeline comes to the left side of the road with the help of
over bridge (05) at 39.71m. Then, the pipeline crosses an over bridge (06),
follows the pipeline corridor along the shore and enters the HOJ-I at 168.44 m.
From HOJ-I, the pipeline head towards the HOJ-II on the pipeline corridor along
the shoreline and crosses an over bridge (07 & 08) of Mitsubishi to connect to
HOJ-II at 649.55 m.
On coming out of HOJ-II, the pipeline crosses an over bridge to cross the road to
come on the right side and takes straight path parallel to 03 nos. of pipelines of
BPCL connected to HDC berth no. 03. The pipeline passes through an Over
bridge/culvert (01) to cross a railway line twice in front of HDC berth no. 02. The
pipeline passes from an Over bridge in front of HDC berth no. 03 to cross the
road and comes to right side of it. After running parallel to the road p/l connects
the HDC berth no. 2, 3, 4 & 4A, the pipeline crosses the road at HDC berth 4B by
over bridges (11 & 12). In front of HDC gate 4 (Tata Phosphorus gate), the
pipeline crosses a road by over bridge. Then, pipeline follows the boundary wall
of coal yard, crosses the finger jetty gate at over bridge (14. The pipeline crosses
a railway line connecting HDC GC berth by over bridge (15) and crosses main
gate of HDC by over bridge (16). Then, the pipeline crosses the railway line
connecting Tata material stock yard by over bridge (17) and crosses the HDC
boundary wall to go outside. The pipeline runs parallel to the Lock gate-Jawahar
Tower road and crosses a road going to Haldia Bhawan by overbridge (18). The
pipeline crosses another road by over bridge (19) near Jawahar Tower Circle and
after, the pipeline reaches near the Jawahar Tower Traffic and enters the HOJ-III
from the culvert (2). The pipeline travels a length of approx. 14.5 Km
19 of 164
Table- 2.3
Comparison between Option- I, II & III of pipeline route
OPTION-I
OPTION-II
BPCL, UPL, IMC
Terminal, Tata Steel,
BPCL, UPL, IMC
HFCL, IOCL, KoPT,
Terminal, Tata
Nearby Industries
Ralson Chemicals, haldia
Steel, HFCL,
Petro-carbon, Ruchi
IOCL, KoPT
Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd.,
Exide
No. Of Road crossings
10 nos.
12 nos.
No. Of Nallah Crossings
01 no.
05 nos.
No. of railway Crossings
Nil
02 nos.
01 no. (Dock
No. of River Crossings
Nil
Basin)
Ship Pump Pressure for
8-10 Kg-cm2
8-10 Kg-cm2
Cryogenic LPG
Length of Cryogenic LPG
Approx. 12 KM
Approx 13 KM
Pipeline
FACILITIES AT HALDIA JETTY
HOJ-I
HOJ-II
No. of Unloading Arms
05 nos.
06 nos.
Products being unloaded
POL, Paraxylene, Crude & POL products
thru unloading arms
Liquid Ammonia,
(SKO, HSD, Naphtha, FO
Chemicals, LPG,
& ATF), LPG
Naphtha,
Benzene, FO,
ATF Butadiene,
Bitumen, & LSHS
Unloading Pressure
6-8 Kg-cm2
6 Kg-cm2
Fire Fighting facilities:
a. Fire Hydrants
a. 12 nos.
b. Monitors
a) 08 nos.
(Double Headed)
c. Tower Monitors
(Double Headed)
b. 02 nos.
b) 02 nos. (Ground)
(Portable)
c) 02 nos.
c. Nil
Portable Fire Fighting
Apparatus
a. DCP extinguishers
b. Foam Extinguishers
c. Hose Boxes
d. Water Sprinkler System
Fire Water Pumps
a) 04 nos (10 Kg)
a) 05 nos (10 Kg)
b) 04 nos (9 L)
b) 06 nos (9 L)
c) 03 nos.
d) NA
02 nos. of 7 Kgcm2 each
c) 04 nos.
d) Available
03 nos. of 12 Kg-cm2
each
OPTION-III
BPCL, UPL,
IMC Terminal,
Tata Steel,
HFCL, IOCL,
KoPT.
16 nos.
01 no.
03 nos.
Nil
8-10 Kg-cm2
Approx. 14.5
KM
HOJ-III
02 nos.
Crude & POL
products (MS,
HSD, SKO &
FO)
8 Kg-cm2
a) 08 nos.
(Double
Headed)
b) 02 nos.
(Ground)
c) 02 nos.
a) 06 nos (10
Kg) &
04 nos. (25 Kg)
b) Nil
c) 04 nos.
d) NA
03 nos. of 15
Kg-cm2 each
20 of 164
2.5
FACILITIES
2.5.1
Jetty
The Liquid Cargo Jetty structure consists of the following elements, (i) a piled
berth, (ii) an approach trestle to lay POL docklines, and (iii) berthing and mooring
aids like fenders, bollards, ladders etc. at the berthing Jetty. Unloading arms
have been provided to unload cryogenic LPG to the Storage Terminal.
Berth
The main Jetty has been constructed as continuous berth of 300 m long and
40.5-m wide. The loads for the Jetty have been considered as per HDCs
requirements.
Approach Trestle
The approach trestle connecting the land with the main Jetty is approximately
375-m long having a width of 14-m.
Marine Unloading Arms
To facilitate unloading of the products in a safe manner from Tankers, unloading
arms have been provided on both the front and rear faces (sea side and shore
side) of the HOJ- I/II/III. Unloading arms have been provided for HSD / SKO / FO
/ Bitumen and other products. One extra unloading arm of size 10" would be
installed exclusively for LPG unloading by Aegis logistics limited at each jetties.
The unloading arms conform to the norms of the Oil Companies International
Marine Forum (OCIMF). The unloading arms are connected to the hydrostatically
tested docklines via the Jetty and manifold. Tanker Pumps are used for
discharging the products through the unloading arms into the docklines. Suitable
instrumentation has been provided at the Jetty end.
Navigational Channel
It is estimated that for safe navigation of fully loaded 50,000 DWT Tankers,
having a draught of 11.8-m, the water depth required is 13.6-m. Considering the
large volume of capital dredging involved, further deepening of navigation
channel is not proposed and movement of the Tankers planned taking
advantages of tides.
21 of 164
Navigational Aids
The necessary tug assistance and pilot age have been provided by HDC
authorities. Provision of necessary marker buoys to demarcate the channel as
per statutory regulation needs to be made by HDC.
2.6
UTILITIES
Fire Protection System
The basic design criteria for fire-fighting on the jetty will conform to OISD-156
requirement. The salient points of which are stated below:
All facilities shall be covered with Hydrant System.
Tower mounted water cum foam monitors shall be provided for protection to
loading / unloading arms / first aid to tankers.
Water curtains shall be provided for segregation of loading / unloading arms

/ piping manifold and ship tanker in the event of fire on either of these
facilities.
For port handling ships of less than 50,000 tonnes capacity, one set of fire
water pumps shall be provided which will cater to both tower mounted
monitors as well as hydrant service and water curtains.
Clean agent fire extinguishing system shall be provided for control room /
computer room.
Dry Chemical Powder (DCP) protection shall be provided for LPG loading /
unloading port terminal.
Design flow rate for fire protection of LPG handling ships will be according
to Table-2 of OISD-156 i.e.
-
3 nos. Fire Water Pumps (operating), each of 720 m3/hr capacity would
replace existing pumps of 410 m3/hr.
2 nos. Tower Monitors of capacity 3000 LPM to be replaced by 6000

LPM capacity.
Water Curtain Nozzles of 3000 LPM to be replaced by 6000 LPM.
Foam compound requirement will be as per Table-5 of OISD-156.
22 of 164
Fire Detection System

The most important component of fire protection system for Port Terminals is
detection and alarm system. Timely detection of fire at an early stage, will help in
early extinguishing the fire, thus prevent it to become a major fire.
For the purpose, fire alarm system consisting of manual call points (break glass),
automatic gas/ smoke/ heat detectors, release & inhibit switches for fire
suppressment clean agent would be provided. Conventional or micro-processor
based data gathering fire alarm & central fire alarm panel, mimic panels &
assosciated equipments are provided.
Fire alarm and detection system shall conform to the latest edition of Indian &
International Standards.
In addition, all equipment shall conform to the
provisions of Indian Electricity rules, Tarrif advisory committee and other

statutory regulations in force from time to time.
Detectors which are below false floors, above false ceiling or generally hidden
should have external response indicator sited at prominent places.
Fire alarm and detection system should derive its power from either mains
electricity supply (normal supply) or the standby power supply that should be
immediately available in the event of failure of normal supply so as to maintain
the equipment in ready condition of taking the maximum load.
Flammable gas detectors shall be provided to give a warning of the presence of
flammable gases or vapours in air, well before
they
reach
explosive
concentrations. Normally, the detector provides audio- visual alarm signals.

These signals are further used to control action such as increasing ventilation or
shutting off the source of gas. A flammable gas detector can also be used for
tracing leaks and checking that vessels or tunnels are gas free before entering.
Following areas shall be provided with Smoke/ Flame / Heat detectors with alarm
and/or system to actuate relevant fire suppression system:
-
Computers/ Process control rooms
Unmanned electric substations / MCC rooms
Cable galleries
23 of 164
Fire Alarm System

Electrical/hand operated fire siren shall be installed at suitable location in
installation. The operating switch buttons shall be located outside the Risk Area
at a safe, identifiable and accessible location. The fire alarm shall be different
from shift sirens.
Communication System
Adequate communication system like telephone/Public Address System/Paging
System/ intrinsically safe Walkie-talkie system should be considered.
Gas Detection System
Hydrocarbon gas detectors shall be provided along LPG jetty at locations where
there is chance of gas leakage. These areas are mainly unloading arms/Manifold
area etc.
Electrical Facilities
The necessary electrical facilities have been considered to run two electrical
driven Jockey Pumps for Fire Fighting System. Loads for operating quick release
mooring hooks, unloading arms, illumination, etc. have also been taken into
account. The necessary power of 33 KVA for operation of the LPG terminal
facilities would be drawn from West Bengal State Electricity Board (WBSEB).
Communication
Communication between Tanker and Jetty would be through VHF / telephone.
Other Facilities
Oily waste from unloading system and other source is being drained in a Sump
Tank with a Sump Pump. This is located below the Jetty Deck in such a way that
the centre unloading arm hold up can be drained into the Sump Tank. The
product / slop collected in the Sump Tank are being pumped back into the
docklines. Presently it is being pumped into FO line.
To facilitate unloading of the products in a safe manner from Tankers unloading
arms have been provided on both the front and rear faces of the Jetty.
24 of 164
Quick Release Mooring Hooks (QRMH) has been provided for safe mooring.
QRMH is being used for head, stem and breasting lines while the spring lines are
tied to the bollards. QRMH are being used considering the safety aspects since it
facilitates the release of the ropes in case of an emergency and it can be
operated with minimum labour.
Leak Detection System

The master control station of the pipeline would be equipped with a sophisticated
pipeline leak detection system, which would be supported by special pipeline
application software comprising of modules on leak detection, flow measurement,
batch tracking, operator trainer, etc. This package would enable the operator to
take optimal control action and thus ensure safety and security of the pipeline
network.
Corrosion Protection
The external surface of the pipeline will be coated with either Coal Tar Enamel
(CTE) coating or 3 Three Layer Polyethylene (LPE) coating will be given as
primary protection against corrosion for the part of pipeline which is buried.
In order to mitigate external corrosion of the main lines, impressed current based
cathodic protection system will be provided. The system envisages impressed
current anodes, equipped with AC cum DC operated cathodic protection unit
having uninterrupted power supply arrangement.
Noise Reduction
While selecting rotating equipment for procurement, the aspect of noise level will
be taken care of. Construction Activity for the pipeline will be restricted from
dawn to dusk.
2.7
POPULATION SAFETY
Though, the pipeline route does not have populated areas however, necessary
safety measures would be taken to ensure the safety of any population around
the Terminal and P/L. Adequate safety margin will be provided in selecting the
design pressure of the pipeline.
25 of 164
2.8
SEISMIC ZONES
Earthquake intensities are divided into twelve classes depending upon its effects
(Modified Mercalli Intensity Scale). Based on the historical occurrences, the
country has been divided into five Zones (IS-1893). The entire route of the
proposed pipeline & proposed terminal falls in low intensity Seismic Zone - III
where the earthquakes may be unnoticed by most people. Further, there are no
epicentres along the entire pipeline route. However, appropriate seismic factor
will be considered for the design of pipeline facilities.
2.9
APPLICABLE RULES FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT

9 Petroleum Rules- Clearance from PESO for laying LPG pipelines , testing of
pipelines , maintenance of pipelines, operation of jetty etc
9 Static & Mobile Pressure Vessel Rules License for pressurised storage in
mounded vessels
9 Gas Cylinder Rules- Use of any LPG Cylinder , construction, Canteen
9 PNGRB- ERDMP ( Emergency Response & Disaster Management Plan)
9 Factory Rules - License for operating factory, Occupational safety & Health
9 Indian Electricity Rules - Certificate from State Electrical Inspectorate
9 The Environment Protection Rules, 1986
9 Air (Prevention & Control Of Pollution) Rules, 1981, 1982 & 1983 - Consent
from PCB, Noise Pollution
9 Water (Prevention& Control Of Pollution) Rules, 1974 & 1975 - Consent from
PCB
9 Manufacture , Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules,
1989 Safety audit, onsite emergency plans, Emergency Drills
9 Noise Pollution ( Regulation
and Control ) Rules, 2000 - Noise control,
Management
9 Hazardous Wastes ( Management, Handling & Trans-boundary movement )
Rules, 2008-To Observe
9 Motor Vehicle Rules Driver training for LPG bulk lorries
9 The Standards of Weight &Measures Rules- License & Calibration of Weigh
Bridges.
9 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (Regulation of supply and distribution Order 1993).
9 Contract labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act - Construction Stage,
Operational Stage
26 of 164
DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
3.0
3.1
GENERAL
The baseline environmental studies help in assessing the existing environmental
conditions of the study area and identifying the critical environmental attributes.
This would facilitate the comparison of the resultant environmental conditions in
the post project scenario with the present day conditions and would help in
preserving the environment without any deterioration and safeguarding the
interests of the area. An area of 10 Km radius around the proposed terminal &
500 m corridor along the Cryogenic LPG pipeline was considered as the study
area. This chapter comprises the description of the existing environmental status
of the study area with reference to the prominent environmental components. The
existing environmental setting is considered to judge the baseline conditions
which are described with respect to climate, hydro-geological aspects,
atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, ecology, socio-economic profile,
land-use pattern, places of archaeological importance and many other
environmental and ecological attributes.
This report presents the primary data generated during the period from 10th
January, 2015 to 10th April, 2015 (13 weeks) and the secondary data collected
from various Government / Non-Govt./ Private/ Educational Organizations/
Institutes.
3.2
SITE & SURROUNDING

The proposed site is located at Jagatchak village, under Haldia Dock Complex of
Purba Mednipore district in the State of West Bengal. Geographically, it is located
at longitude 8808'16.78" East and latitude 2203'30.65" North at an altitude of 7 m
MSL.
The site is at a distance of about 1.3 km from Durgachak town railway station and
1.0 km from Durgachak town. The nearest highway, NH-41 is located about 5.0
km from the site. Hooghly River is flowing at a distance of about 0.2 Km from the
project site.
27 of 164
3.3
LAND ENVIRONMENT
The baseline status of the land environment has been established with respect to
the soil quality and land use pattern of the study area. The main objective of the
study is to assess the impact of proposed Cryogenic LPG pipeline & storage
Terminal on the existing land use pattern.
3.3.1
Land Use / Land cover

The land use / land cover classification standardized by the Department of Space,
for mapping different agro-climatic zones has been presented in Table-3.3.1. The
present classification system has following six major classes:
(1)
Built-Up Land: This comprises land covered by structures.
(2)
Agricultural Land: This comprises areas primarily used for raising agricultural
crops, vegetables and plant material of medicinal and commercial values.
(3)
Forest: Forest is defined as all land bearing vegetative association

dominated by trees of any size, exploited or not, capable of producing wood
or other forest products and exerting an influence on climatic or water
regimes, or providing shelter for wildlife and live stock.
(4)
Wasteland: Land having potential for development of vegetation cover but

not being used due to constraints which include salt affected land, eroded
land and water logged area.
(5)
Water bodies: This comprises area persistently covered by water such as

rivers/ streams/ reservoirs/ tanks, lakes/ ponds and canals.
(6)
Others: This class includes shifting cultivation, grass land / grazing land and
snow covered / glacial land.
28 of 164
Table - 3.3.1
LAND USE/ LANDCOVER CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
1.
2.
3.3.2
Built-up Land
1.1
Built-Up Land
2.1
Crop Land
2.2
2.3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
5.1
5.2
6.1
6.2
6.3
Fallow Land
Plantation
Evergreen / Semi-green Forest
Deciduous Forest
Degraded or Scrub Forest
Forest Blank
Forest Plantation
Mangroves
Salt Affected Land
Waterlogged Land
Marshy / Swampy Land
Gullied / Ravinous Land
Land without scrub
Sandy Area (Coastal & Desertic)
Barren Rocky/Stony waste/Sheet rock Area
River Stream
Lake / Reservoir/ Tank/ Canal
Shifting Cultivation
Grass Land/ Grazing Land
Snow covered/ Glacial Land
Agricultural Land
3.
Forest
4.
Waste Land
5.
Water Bodies
6.
Others
I.
II.
III.
Kharif
Rabi
Kharif + Rabi
Land Use Pattern of proposed Site

The proposed site for Cryogenic LPG Terminal and related facilities for receipt,
storage & dispatch shall be spread over in an area of 4 acres of land provided by
the Haldia Development Authority (HDA) on 99 yrs lease to Aegis Logistics Ltd.
29 of 164
3.3.3
Land Use Pattern (10 Km) as per Satellite Imagery

The land-use/land-cover map of the study area is usually generated through the
digital image processing. The data with respect to land use / land cover of the
study area has been presented in Table - 3.3.2:
Table 3.3.2
LAND USE /LAND COVER OF THE PROPOSED LPG IMPORT TERMINAL
AT DURGACHAK, HALDIA
Land-use / Land-cover
Area (in ha)
% of Total Area
Single crop
5024
16.0
Double crop
1146
3.6
Non-agricultural vegetation
5420
17.3
Fallow
3871
12.3
Water bodies
13017
41.5
Built-up
2827
9.0
Brickline
95
0.3
31400
100.0
Total
The land use/ land cover classification as per satellite imagery indicates that the
total area covered by agricultural land is about 6170 Hectare which is about
19.6% of total 10km area, built-up area is about 2827 Hectare equivalent to about
9.0% of total area, area covered by water bodies is about 13017 Hectare which is
equivalent to about 41.5% of total area and area covered by non agricultural land
is 5420 Hectare which is equivalent to 17.3 %. The LULC map has been
presented in Plate-3.1.
30 of 164
Plate-3.1
LU/LC Map
31 of 164
3.3.4
Topography
Topographically, the district can be divided into two parts:
(a) almost entirely flat plains on the east, west and north,
(b) the Contai coastal plain on the south.
The land of Purba Medinipore district is a Quaternary alluvial deposition. As the
district area is bounded by water bodies on two sides, it is a formation of fluviotidal deposition. Geologically, the area is of recent origin. The relief of the study
area is nearly flat surface with very slow run-off. The average elevation is nearly
5-7 metres above mean sea level. Average slope ranges from 0-5 degree. Due to
its fluvio-tidal location, the district is subjected to high tides causing drainage
congestion in the low land area. Rupnarayan, Kasai-haldi, Keleghai, Chandia and
Rosulpur are the main rivers of the district. The soils of the district are alluvial
types. The soils are deep to very deep. As the district is under coastal alluvium
and has been formed by the recent alluvial deposition, the soils of this district are
developed mostly on Tertiary sediments comprising of sand, silt and clay. The
district is situated on flood plains of the Rupnarayan, Haldi and Hooghli rivers. As
a result of which, huge amount of clay (60 %) particles dominate in soil texture.
The soil are medium to fine textured. Owing to high clay content in the soil profile,
permeability is moderate to poor resulting into water logging conditions during
rainy seasons, even during normal rainfall. Due to poor permeability, the soils are
imperfect to poorly drained. Above mentioned physical qualities of soil influence
the land use pattern of the area to a considerable extent.
3.3.5
Geological Succession
The geological formations in the coastal tract of West Bengal forming part of the
Lower Ganga plain comprise sediments deposited under fluvial, lacustrine and
marine environments. These sediments are of widely varying grain size depending
on the palaeo depositional environment. Quaternary sediments comprise sands of
various grades, silt, clay and occasional gravel beds.
In the coastal part of Medinipore district, thickness of Quaternaries is around 150
m to 180 m. The grey clay bed demarcating the top of the Mio-Pliocene deposit is
persistent throughout the area and is considered as 'marker bed' which separate
the Quaternaries from the Tertiaries. The Quaternaries have been classified as
Older and Newer alluvia. The newer alluvium is predominantly argillaceous and
32 of 164
grey in colour. It comprises clay, silt and occasional fine sand. Its areal extent is
limited to the coastal plains and in the marginal alluvial plains. Its thickness varies
between 10m and 60m in the north-west, south-east direction. The newer alluvium
is devoid of any significant granular zones. The older alluvium exhibits
characteristic sheds of yellow to reddish brown. It comprises sand, silt and clay. It
is quite extensive in coastal plains. Its thickness varies between 50m in the northwest and over 90m in the south-east coastal plains.
3.3.6
Drainage Pattern
The drainage pattern of the study area is from North to South. The elevations are
as follows:
North direction from site
: 7m
South direction from site
: 4m
Source: Google Earth
3.4
SOIL OF HALDIA, PURBA MEDINIPORE DISTRICT

The soils are Sandy Clay. The pH of soil is slightly alkaline. The water soluble
salts content is usually normal for crop growth.
3.4.1
Soil Characteristics in the Study Area

In order to evaluate the physico-chemical characteristics of soils, three sampling
locations were selected to represent various land use conditions in the study area.
Out of three locations, one was selected within project site and two locations were
identified from the agricultural land located around the project site. A map showing
soil sampling locations has been presented in Plate - 3.2 and a brief description of
sampling location have been presented in Table - 3.4.1.
33 of 164
TABLE 3.4.1
Sampling Location for Soil Quality Assessment
Sl.
No.
Name of Sampling
Locations
Total No. of
Samples
Frequency
01.
Proposed Project site
Once in a
season
02.
Agricultural Land
Jagatchak village
Once in a
season
03.
Agricultural Land
Durgachak
Once in a
season
Total no. of samples
Three
(0-30, 30-60 & 6090cm depth)
Three
(0-30, 30-60 & 6090cm depth)
Three
(0-30, 30-60 & 6090cm depth)
09
Location
Code
SS1
SS2
SS3
Agricultural Land (Durgachak Village)
34 of 164
Rationale behind Sampling

The main aim of the soil characterisation is to assess the soil quality of the area in
order to select proper species of plants and trees for green belt and afforestation
as an anti-pollution measure. Keeping the above objective in view, three sampling
locations were selected so as to represent the entire study area.
Sampling & Analytical Methods
The soil samples were collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a
depth of 90 cm. At each location, soil samples were collected from three depths,
viz. 0-30 cm, 30-60 cm, and 60-90 cm below the surface and mixed together. The
mixed samples were analysed for their physico-chemical characteristics. From
each location, samples were collected with a frequency of once per season during
the study period. The samples were brought to the laboratory and air dried for a
few days. The air-dried samples were then grounded in agate mortar with the
help of a wooden hammer and passed through 2-mm (10 mesh) sieve. The
coarser materials were rejected and the sieved material was sampled by the
standard 'conning and quartering' method and the processed samples were
analyzed for the different parameters according to the standard methods and
procedures. For analysis of metals, atomic absorption spectroscope was used.
The processed samples were analyzed for the following parameters according to
the standard methods briefly described below:
pH: The pH of the soil suspension (1:2, Soil : Water ratio) was determined with
the help of glass calomel electrode pH Meter.
Electrical Conductivity: The conductivity of the soil suspension (as above) was
determined with the help of a Conductivity Meter and the results expressed in
dS/cm.
Phosphorous: Following methods were followed for extraction of available
Phosphorous in soil, namely (a) Bray & Kurtzs (for acid soils) in which dilute acid
fluoride solution was used, and (b) Olsens (for alkaline soils) in which sodium
bicarbonate solution was used. After extraction, the Phosphorous concentration
was
determined
colorimetrically
by
Chloro-stannous
Reduced
Molybdo-
Phosphoric Blue Colour method.

Potassium: Potassium as K was extracted by neutral, normal ammonium acetate
solution and determined by flame photometric method.
36 of 164
Nitrogen: Nitrogen as N was determined following alkaline potassium

permanganate distillation method.
Organic Carbon: Organic carbon in soil was determined titrimetrically by the
Chromic acid - wet oxidation method of Walkley & Black and the results
expressed as percent of C in the soil.
Grain Size: Grain size distribution was performed by sieving method and the
results have been expressed as percent of sand, silt and clay in the soil.
Bulk Density: 100 mm diameter undisturbed soil sample has been collected
during boring operation in 45 mm long specially designed tube sampler attached
with a cutting shoe at its lower end with desired ratio. After sampling, the ends of
sample have been trimmed off. From the above obtained undisturbed sample, the
volume and the weight was found. The ratio between the weight and volume gives
bulk density.
Water Holding Capacity of Soil: 10 grams of soil sample was weighed and put in
a funnel already filled with filter papers. Funnel was kept on a conical flask. 50ml
of water was poured on the sample. It was kept for one hour to complete the
filtration. The amount of water filtered in conical flask was measured. The greater,
the quantity of water collected, the lesser the water holding capacity or greater
porosity of the soil sample.
The results of characterization have been presented in Tables 3.4.2 to 3.4.4. The
highlights of the observations are as follows:
The texture of soil was Sandy Clay.

The percentage of sand content ranged between 54.20 to 56.45%.
The percentage of silt content ranged between 9.06 to 11.26%.
The percentage of clay content ranged between 32.50 to 35.64%.
The pH of the soil ranged between 7.1 and 7.5.
The bulk density of the soil ranged between 1.34 to 1.39 g/cm3.
The infiltration rate ranged between 3.44 to 4.23 cm/hr.
The electrical conductivity ranged between 0.33 to 0.38 dS/cm.
Organic carbon was found in the range of 0.98 to 1.18%.
Level of Nitrogen as N ranged between 132.24 and 137.58 Kg/ha.
Level of Phosphorous as P2O5 ranged between 4.96 & 6.03 Kg/ha.
Level of Potash as K2O ranged between 28.32 & 35.28 Kg/ha.
37 of 164
TABLE - 3.4.2
CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL
Period: 10th January, 2015 to 10th April, 2015
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Location: Proposed Project site

Observed Value
SS1
Parameters
Soil Texture
Grain Size,%
a) Sand
b) Silt content
c) Clay content
Porosity, %
Bulk Density, g/cm3
pH
Elect. Conductivity (dS/cm at 20OC)
Water holding capacity %

Infiltration Rate (cm/hr.)
Available Magnesium, as MgO mg/kg
Organic Carbon %
Sodium Adsorption Ratio
Nitrogen as N, mg/kg
Phosphorous as P2O5 mg/kg
Potash as K2O, mg/kg
(0-30cm)
Sandy Clay
(30-60cm)
Sandy Clay
(60-90cm)
Sandy Clay
54.20
10.16
35.64
40.6
1.38
7.5
0.33
42.6
3.84
24.65
1.12
0.43
132.24
5.26
28.32
54.82
10.54
34.64
40.2
1.36
7.2
0.35
42.2
3.97
25.74
1.14
0.45
135.26
5.67
29.31
55.12
9.68
35.2
40.2
1.38
7.3
0.36
42.3
3.66
27.32
1.18
0.46
137.58
6.03
30.24
Soil Fertility Quality Standard w.r.t C:N:P:K

Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
PARAMETERS
Organic Carbon %
Nitrogen as N, kg/ha
Phosphorus as P2O5, kg/ha
Potash as K2O, kg/ha
Poor
<0.5
<280
<23
<133
QUALITY STATUS
Medium
0.5 to 0.75
280 to 560
23 to 57
133 to 337
Fertile
>0.75
>560
>57
>337
38 of 164
TABLE - 3.4.3
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Location: Agricultural Land- Jagatchak

Observed Value
SS2
Parameters
Soil Texture
Grain Size,%
a) Sand
b) Silt content
c) Clay content
Porosity, %
Bulk Density, g/cm3
pH
Elect. Conductivity(dS/cm at 20OC)

Infiltration Rate (cm/hr.)
Organic Carbon %
(0-30cm)
Sandy Clay
(30-60cm)
Sandy Clay
(60-90cm)
Sandy Clay
55.32
9.84
34.84
41.3
1.39
7.4
0.36
43.4
3.72
26.34
0.98
0.47
132.24
4.96
32.24
55.82
10.32
33.86
40.9
1.37
7.1
0.35
43.0
3.90
27.18
1.05
0.46
133.27
5.21
33.36
56.12
9.06
34.82
40.6
1.38
7.3
0.37
42.6
3.44
27.56
1.14
0.48
136.54
5.37
35.28

Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
PARAMETERS
Organic Carbon %
Poor
<0.5
<280
<23
<133
QUALITY STATUS
Medium
0.5 to 0.75
280 to 560
23 to 57
133 to 337
Fertile
>0.75
>560
>57
>337
39 of 164
TABLE - 3.4.4
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Location: Agricultural Land - Durgachak

Observed Value
SS3
Parameters
Soil Texture
Grain Size,%
a) Sand
b) Silt content
c) Clay content
Porosity, %
Bulk Density, g/cm3
pH
Elect. Conductivity (dS/cm at 20OC)

Infiltration Rate (cm/hr)
Organic Carbon %
(0-30cm)
Sandy Clay
(30-60cm)
Sandy Clay
(60-90cm)
Sandy Clay
55.68
10.54
33.78
40.9
1.36
7.4
0.37
43.2
3.97
25.34
1.12
0.47
132.24
5.24
31.24
56.24
11.26
32.5
40.8
1.34
7.2
0.38
43.0
4.23
24.57
1.14
0.51
133.26
5.32
32.26
56.45
10.28
33.27
40.9
1.34
7.2
0.38
42.6
3.88
27.63
1.15
0.51
135.84
5.67
33.34

Sl.No.
1
2
3
4
PARAMETERS
Organic Carbon %
Poor
<0.5
<280
<23
<133
QUALITY STATUS
Medium
0.5 to 0.75
280 to 560
23 to 57
133 to 337
Fertile
>0.75
>560
>57
>337
40 of 164
SOIL TEXTURE DIAGRAM
10
100% clay
( 2 microns )
20
90
30
80
40
70
50
cla
y
Silty Clay
loam
Clay loam
Sandy clay
loam
80
30
60
Sandy
Clay
40
20
90
Loam
Silt loam
Sandy loam
10
Loamy
sand
Sand
Slit
10
20
Percent Sand
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 %
sand
t
sli
Pe
rce
nt
Silty
Clay
nt
rce
Pe
50
70
Clay
60
100%
Slit
PLATE - 3.3
41 of 164
3.5
CLIMATE & METEROLOGY
3.5.1
Climate, Rainfall and Humidity

The climate of Haldia is a typical moderate one with winter temperatures ranging
from 80C to 120C. Winters are cool and pleasant and it is also the festival time for
inhabitants here with the Haldia Utsav taking place during the same time.
Summers can be hot and humid with temperatures going up to 400C. Rainfall is
moderate, and the rainy months are between May and September. More than
74% of the rainfall is received between June to September through south - west
monsoon.
Annual average rainfall as per Ulberia IMD station, which is the nearest from
Haldia, is about 1712.2 mm. Higher rainfall is due to cyclones which cause major
precipitations in the area.
Climatological normal data of Ulberia IMD observatory are available for
comparatively longer period of time. Climatological normal data for this
observatory have been presented through Tables - 3.5.1 to 3.5.6 to represent the
area.
As per IMD, maximum rainfall in a single day is reported to be 409.3 mm on 29th
September, 1978. Relative Humidity of study area is high throughout the year.
3.4.3
Temperature
Climatological normal data on monthly mean values of daily maximum and
minimum temperatures, highest and lowest values in the different months, and
extremes of temperature for the period 1951-1980 for Ulberia Meteorological
Station have been presented in Table - 3.5.2. Ambient temperature varies from
the minimum of 12.8 to 35.30C. Amongst the extremes of temperatures recorded
during the 30 years period, the highest temperature of 43.50C was recorded on
10th May, 1975 and the lowest temperature of 6.60C was recorded on 10th
February, 1974.
3.4.4
Wind Flow Pattern

Climatological normal data on wind flow pattern for Ulberia Observatory have
been presented in Table - 3.5.3. During monsoon season (June to September)
predominant wind has been reported in the speed range of 5.0 to 7.0 kmph. The
highest monthly mean wind speed of 9.4 kmph has been reported during the
month of May. The lowest mean wind speed of 3.0 Kmph is reported in the month
42 of 164
of January. Percentage frequency distribution of dominant wind during the study

period has been presented in Tables-3.5.8 to 3.5.11.
3.5.5
Special Weather Phenomenon

The east coast of India is prone to incidences of cyclone. In the recent past, the
no. of cyclones has been recorded from the month of May to November.
Table - 3.5.1 (A)
Sl. No.
Month
Frequency of Cyclone
1.
May
8 (7)
2.
June
24 (3)
3.
July
36 (7)
August
29 (4)
September
29 (8)
October
20 (9)
November
9 (5)
The seasonal records are as follows:

April - May
8 (7)
June - September
118 (22)
October - December
29 (14)
Annual
145 (43)
The coastal area of WB is prone to moderate magnitude (M 4 to 5.5) earthquakes

in the coastal area of WB. WB East of the mouth of Ganga falls in seismic ZoneIV, having earthquake intensity of VII in MSK scale. The coastal area lying West of
Ganga falls in Zone-III having earthquake intensity VII in MSK scale therefore, it is
clear that the coastal area of WB are vulnerable to face danger due to earthquake
of moderate magnitude.
The area has some impact of devastating Tsunami and some impact have been
recorded in December 26, 2004.
Climatological normal data on special weather phenomenon at Ulberia
Observatory have been presented in Table - 3.5.4 (B). It is very interesting to note
that data with respect to hail, dust storm, squall and fog has been reported to be
low. During the entire period of a year, the annual mean data for thunder, Hail and
Fog has been reported as 17.4 days, 0.2 days and 10.3 days respectively.
43 of 164
3.5.6
Inversion and Mixing Height

Long term data on the frequency of occurrence of inversion with various top
heights for Calcutta have been presented in Table - 3.5.5 & 3.5.6.
The frequency of ground based inversions at 00 GMT is quite high during nonmonsoon months and is reported maximum during the months of December and
January with top heights of 101 to 600 metres. However, at 12 GMT, frequency of
ground based inversions is very low and reported in the range 0 to 5%. The higher
value has been reported during the month of June. Here also, the top heights are
reported in the range 201 to 400 metres.
The frequencies of elevated inversions, which play major role in obstructing the
dispersion of air pollutants in the atmosphere by limiting the mixing height, are
comparatively low.
44 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.1
CLIMATOLOGICAL NORMAL DATA - RAINFALL & HUMIDITY
Rainfall
Monthly
No. of
Total, mm rainy days
Month
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Annual Total
/ Mean
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
14.1
0.8
21.3
1.3
38.2
2.7
51.5
3.9
121.7
7.2
220.5
11.8
346.6
15.9
386.2
16.8
315.5
11.3
94.6
4.6
21.5
1.1
17.8
0.7
1712.2
78.1
Relative
Humidity, %
Cloud Amount (Octas of Sky)

All Clouds
Low Clouds
1.7
1.5
2.2
2.2
2.8
2.6
3.7
3.8
4.7
4.4
6.2
6.3
6.9
6.9
6.8
6.8
6.1
6.5
4.2
4.5
2.5
3.2
1.4
1.9
4.1
4.2
1.2
0.9
1.6
1.3
2.1
1.7
2.7
2.7
3.8
3.3
5.1
4.8
5.7
5.5
5.5
5.4
4.9
4.8
3.1
3.2
1.7
2.1
1.0
1.1
3.2
3.1
79
61
73
56
74
54
76
69
76
71
82
77
86
83
87
84
86
83
82
78
79
72
79
66
80
71
Source: Climatological Normal Table for Ulberia (IMD Publication).
45 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.2
CLIMATOLOGICAL NORMAL DATA TEMPERATURE
Extremes,
0
C
Air Temperature, Mean, 0C

Month
January
February
March
April`
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Annual Total /
Mean
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
Dry
Bulb
Wet
Bulb
17.0
22.2
20.2
25.1
25.1
29.3
28.7
30.6
30.1
31.1
29.5
30.4
28.5
29.1
28.3
28.9
28.5
28.8
27.4
28.4
23.2
25.6
17.6
21.6
25.3
27.6
15.0
17.5
17.2
19.3
21.8
22.5
25.5
25.9
26.7
26.7
27.1
27.1
26.7
26.8
26.7
26.7
26.6
26.5
25.1
25.5
20.7
22.0
15.4
17.7
22.9
23.7
Daily
Max
Daily
Min
Highest
in
Month
Lowest
in
Month
High
Low
26.0
12.8
29.5
8.4
33.2
7.2
28.5
15.6
33.1
10.5
36.4
6.6
33.1
20.8
37.3
15.1
37.9
12.1
35.2
24.7
39.0
20.1
41.0
18.2
35.3
26.0
40.3
21.4
43.5
19.5
33.7
26.5
38.3
22.8
43.3
21.4
32.0
26.0
34.7
23.6
37.0
21.0
31.6
26.1
34.2
23.6
35.8
22.6
31.8
25.9
34.7
23.4
38.4
22.2
31.8
24.2
33.9
20.9
35.2
18.6
29.5
19.3
32.3
15.3
35.5
12.1
26.3
13.2
29.1
10.2
33.8
9.3
31.2
21.8
40.7
8.3
43.5
6.6
Source: IMD Observatory at Ulberia (IMD Publication).

*
Highest Temperature 43.50C on 10th May 1975
**
Lowest Temperature 6.60C on 10th February 1974
46 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.3
METEOROLOGICAL NORMAL DATA - WIND FLOW PATTERN
Month
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Annual Total/
Mean
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
I
II
N
8
2
4
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
3
0
8
0
10
1
3
1
Percentage no. of days of wind blowing from*

NE
E
SE
S
SW
W
NW Calm
37
3
6
1
4
1
14
26
10
0
5
1
2
0
2
78
37
3
7
1
18
2
8
20
21
1
11
4
7
0
5
47
17
2
10
9
34
2
10
12
9
1
27
9
19
1
3
31
4
2
19
19
49
1
2
4
2
0
44
17
27
0
1
9
4
1
23
16
46
1
2
7
2
0
39
15
32
0
3
9
7
5
33
10
31
1
0
13
8
1
42
7
21
1
2
18
5
4
19
10
41
3
3
15
4
1
28
6
36
1
1
23
11
5
27
9
24
0
3
20
4
1
31
8
24
0
2
30
13
4
20
8
28
1
3
22
5
0
28
6
16
1
3
41
34
1
13
3
20
0
6
20
15
0
13
3
6
0
4
59
47
0
4
1
5
0
16
19
15
0
2
0
1
0
5
77
37
0
2
0
3
1
21
26
6
0
0
0
2
0
3
88
21
3
15
7
25
1
7
18
8
0
23
6
16
0
3
43
Mean Wind
Speed Km/hr
3.0
4.8
5.2
8.6
9.4
7.0
6.8
5.4
5.0
4.0
3.7
3.1
5.5
47 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.4
CLIMATOLOGICAL NORMAL DATA - SPECIAL WEATHER PHENOMENA
Month
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Annual Total/ Mean
Hail
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.2
Thunder
0.0
0.7
0.6
2.3
3.6
2.2
2.2
1.9
2.8
1.0
0.1
0.0
17.4
No. of days with

Fog
Dust Storm
4.7
0.0
2.4
0.0
1.7
0.0
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.7
0.0
0.6
0.0
10.3
0.0
Squall
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
48 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.5
PERCENTAGE FREQUENCIES OF GROUND BASED INVERSIONS
WITH VARIOUS TOP HEIGHTS (CALCUTTA)
Time: 00.00 GMT
Range, mtrs
0-100
101-200
201-300
301-400
401-500
501-600
601-700
701-800
801-900
901-1000
1001-1250
1251-1500
Above 1500
Jan
1
10
20
21
6
12
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Feb
1
5
13
27
7
7
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Mar
3
3
10
14
5
8
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
Apr
3
0
3
2
3
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
May
3
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
June
1
0
0
1
2
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
July
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Aug
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sept
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Oct
2
2
3
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Nov
1
16
9
9
2
11
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dec
0
10
16
22
10
15
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
Aug
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sept
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Oct
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Nov
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dec
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Time: 12.00 GMT

Range, mtrs
0-100
101-200
201-300
301-400
401-500
501-600
601-700
701-800
801-900
901-1000
1001-1250
1251-1500
Above 1500
Jan
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Feb
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Mar
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Apr
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
May
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
June
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
July
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
49 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.6
PERCENTAGE FREQUENCIES OF ELEVATED INVERSIONS
WITH VARIOUS BASE HEIGHTS (CALCUTTA)
Time: 00.00 GMT
Range, mtrs
0-100
101-200
201-300
301-400
401-500
501-600
601-700
701-800
801-900
901-1000
1001-1250
1251-1500
Above 1500
Jan
0
0
4
2
4
7
2
0
1
1
1
0
0
Feb
0
1
1
3
5
9
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
Mar
0
0
4
2
8
10
7
4
2
3
1
1
0
Apr
0
1
4
3
6
10
9
5
3
16
10
0
0
May
0
1
1
2
7
3
4
5
2
18
8
2
0
June
0
0
0
1
1
1
3
1
1
5
3
0
0
July
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
Aug
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
Sept
0
1
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
Oct
0
1
1
2
2
6
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
Nov
0
0
2
3
1
5
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
Dec
0
0
Aug
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
Sept
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Oct
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
2
1
0
Nov
0
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
0
2
3
3
0
Dec
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
9
8
9
0
1
2
3
8
1
2
1
1
1
1
0
Time: 12.00 GMT

Range, mtrs
0-100
101-200
201-300
301-400
401-500
501-600
601-700
701-800
801-900
901-1000
1001-1250
1251-1500
Above 1500
Jan
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
3
3
0
Feb
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
Mar
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
1
1
5
0
0
0
Apr
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
2
0
5
7
1
0
May
0
1
0
0
1
0
3
1
1
7
4
2
0
June
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
July
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
50 of 164
3.5.7
MICROMETEOROLOGY
The micrometeorological data generated during the study period are very useful
for proper interpretation of the baseline information and provides an input for
prediction models for dispersion of air pollutant. The transport and diffusion of the
pollutants in the atmosphere are governed by meteorological factors. Factors like
wind velocity, wind direction and atmospheric stability are known as primary/basic
meteorological parameters since the dispersion and diffusion of pollutants depend
mainly on these factors. Factors like ambient temperature, humidity, rainfall,
atmospheric pressure, etc. are known as secondary meteorological parameters as
these factors control the dispersion of the pollutants indirectly by affecting the
primary factors. Thus, to assess the air pollution impact it becomes imperative to
collect the above mentioned micrometeorological parameters of the project area.
3.5.8
On Site Meteorological conditions

Wind speed and direction at the project site was monitored with a mechanical
wind recorder. Monitoring was carried out for three months from 10th January,
2015 to 10th April, 2015. To facilitate recording of meteorological data like wind
speed and direction, a mechanical wind recorder was installed on the Gate of
proposed site. Other gadgets for recording hourly ambient temperature, relative
humidity, rainfall, etc were also installed at the above monitoring location. The
ambient temperature, relative humidity and rainfall of the area in and around
project site during the study period from 10th January, 2015 to 10th April, 2015
have been presented through Tables - 3.5.12 to 3.5.16. The wind rose diagram
for the study period has been shown in Plate - 3.4 to 3.8.
3.5.9
DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS

The analysis of wind pattern during the season showed that the wind was
predominant blowing from North with frequency of 20.33%. It was followed by
South with 11.13% frequency. The other observed direction was North-NorthWest (7.69%) etc. The calm conditions prevailed 25.60%. Wind speed readings
were ranging from 0.5 m/sec to 7.7 m/sec. The wind speeds ranging from 0.6 2.1 m/s, 2.1 - 3.6 m/s, 3.6 - 5.7 m/s and 5.7 - 8.8 m/s were recorded as 12.28%,
36.58%, 22.79% and 2.75% of the total occupancy respectively.
51 of 164
During the second fortnight of January 2015, calm conditions prevailed about
31.06%. The dominant wind direction was North with frequency of 39.58%
followed by North-North-West with frequency of 13.25%. The wind speeds ranging
from 0.6 - 2.1 m/s, 2.1 - 3.6 m/s, 3.6 - 5.7 m/s and 5.7 - 8.8 m/s were recorded as
11.93%, 40.15%, 16.48% and 0.38% of the total occupancy respectively.
During the month of February 2015, calm conditions prevailed about 28.27%. The
dominant wind direction was North with frequency of 14.58% followed by South
with frequency of 12.21%. The wind speeds ranging from 0.6 - 2.1 m/s, 2.1 - 3.6
m/s, 3.6 - 5.7 m/s and 5.7 - 8.8 m/s were recorded as 12.67%, 37.07%, 20.37%
and 1.62% of the total occupancy respectively
During the month of March 2015, calm conditions prevailed about 26.61%. The
dominant wind direction was North with frequency of 17.61% followed by South
with frequency of 13.73%. The wind speeds ranging from 0.6 - 2.1 m/s, 2.1 - 3.6
m/s, 3.6 - 5.7 m/s and 5.7 - 8.8 m/s were recorded as 12.77%, 33.72%, 24.32%
and 2.58% of the total occupancy respectively
During the first fortnight of April 2015, calm conditions prevailed about 2.92%. The
dominant wind direction was South with frequency of 24.17% followed by SouthSouth-West with frequency of 12.92%. The wind speeds ranging from 0.6 - 2.1
m/s, 2.1 - 3.6 m/s, 3.6 - 5.7 m/s and 5.7 - 8.8 m/s were recorded as 10.43%,
36.24%, 38.71% and 11.70% of the total occupancy respectively.
The ambient temperature, relative humidity and rainfall recorded during the study
period have been summarized in Table-3.5.7.
TABLE-3.5.7
SUMMARY OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA
Month
Temperature Relative Humidity
Total Rainfall,
(%)
(0C)
(mm)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
January (2nd Fortnight)
11
28
23
88
0.00
February
11
34
20
92
2.50
March
16
36
15
98
42.20
April (1st fortnight)
21
37
22
98
17.20
The minimum temperature during the study period was recorded as 110C and the
maximum ambient temperature was recorded as 370C. The minimum value of
relative humidity was recorded as 15% whereas the maximum value has been
recorded as 98%. The maximum rainfall recorded during the study period was
42.20 mm in the month of March, 2015.
52 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.8
SEASONAL WINDROSE PATTERN
Period: Seasonal - 10th January, 2015 to 10th April, 2015
Directions / Wind
Classes (m/s)
N
NNE
NE
ENE
E
ESE
SE
SSE
S
SSW
SW
WSW
W
WNW
NW
NNW
Sub-Total
Calms
Missing/Incomplete
Total
0.6 - 2.1
2.1 - 3.6
3.6 - 5.7
5.7 - 8.8
8.8 - 11.1
>= 11.1
Total (%)
3.39
0.60
0.32
0.46
0.92
0.64
0.69
0.69
0.55
0.05
0.27
0.27
0.73
0.78
0.78
1.14
12.28
10.85
0.96
0.55
0.32
1.05
1.79
2.43
2.47
3.21
0.96
0.96
1.24
1.97
1.28
3.01
3.53
36.58
5.91
0.45
0.14
0.23
0.27
0.32
0.54
1.60
5.95
2.15
0.74
0.32
0.09
0.14
0.92
3.02
22.79
0.18
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.05
0.00
0.00
0.32
1.42
0.69
0.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.75
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
20.33
2.01
1.01
1.01
2.29
2.75
3.66
5.08
11.13
3.85
2.06
1.83
2.79
2.20
4.71
7.69
74.40
25.60
0
100.00
53 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.9
MONTHLY WINDROSE PATTERN
Period: 10th January, 2015 to 31st January, 2015
Directions / Wind
Classes (m/s)
N
NNE
NE
ENE
E
ESE
SE
SSE
S
SSW
SW
WSW
W
WNW
NW
NNW
Sub-Total
Calms
Missing/Incomplete
Total
0.6 - 2.1
2.1 - 3.6
3.6 - 5.7
5.7 - 8.8
8.8 - 11.1
>= 11.1
Total (%)
5.49
0.76
0.19
0.56
0.57
0.19
0.00
0.00
0.19
0.00
0.19
0.00
0.57
0.95
0.57
1.70
11.93
23.67
1.70
0.76
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.57
0.95
6.25
6.25
40.15
10.04
0.38
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.76
5.30
16.48
0.38
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.38
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
39.58
2.84
0.95
0.56
0.57
0.19
0.00
0.00
0.19
0.00
0.19
0.00
1.14
1.90
7.58
13.25
68.94
31.06
0
100.00
54 of 164
Table - 3.5.10
Period: 1st February, 2015 to 28th February, 2015
Directions / Wind
Classes (m/s)
N
NNE
NE
ENE
E
ESE
SE
SSE
S
SSW
SW
WSW
W
WNW
NW
NNW
Sub-Total
Calms
Missing/Incomplete
Total
0.6 - 2.1
2.1 - 3.6
3.6 - 5.7
5.7 - 8.8
8.8 - 11.1
>= 11.1
Total (%)
2.83
0.45
0.30
0.60
1.19
0.60
1.34
0.74
0.60
0.00
0.30
0.15
0.89
0.45
0.74
1.49
12.67
8.18
0.45
0.45
0.74
1.64
2.38
3.57
3.42
5.51
1.79
0.89
1.34
2.24
1.19
0.45
2.83
37.07
3.57
0.44
0.29
0.30
0.59
0.59
0.74
2.68
5.23
1.78
0.89
0.15
0.00
0.00
1.04
2.08
20.37
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.15
0.87
0.60
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.62
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
14.58
1.34
1.04
1.64
3.42
3.57
5.65
6.99
12.21
4.17
2.08
1.64
3.13
1.64
2.23
6.40
71.73
28.27
0
100.00
55 of 164
Table - 3.5.11
Period: 1st March, 2015 to 31st March, 2015
Directions / Wind
Classes (m/s)
N
NNE
NE
ENE
E
ESE
SE
SSE
S
SSW
SW
WSW
W
WNW
NW
NNW
Sub-Total
Calms
Missing/Incomplete
Total
0.6 - 2.1
2.1 - 3.6
3.6 - 5.7
5.7 - 8.8
8.8 - 11.1
>= 11.1
Total (%)
3.09
0.81
0.54
0.40
1.08
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.54
0.13
0.40
0.40
0.54
1.08
1.08
0.67
12.77
7.66
0.94
0.54
0.14
0.53
1.34
2.15
3.36
3.23
0.94
0.67
1.75
2.02
1.47
3.76
3.22
33.72
6.72
0.13
0.13
0.40
0.00
0.14
0.00
1.08
8.06
2.02
0.67
0.13
0.13
0.27
1.21
3.23
24.32
0.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.13
1.90
0.27
0.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.58
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
17.61
1.88
1.21
0.94
1.61
2.15
2.82
5.24
13.73
3.36
1.88
2.28
2.69
2.82
6.05
7.12
73.39
26.61
0
100.00
56 of 164
Table - 3.5.12
Period: 1st April, 2015 to 10th April, 2015
Directions / Wind
Classes (m/s)
N
NNE
NE
ENE
E
ESE
SE
SSE
S
SSW
SW
WSW
W
WNW
NW
NNW
Sub-Total
Calms
Missing/Incomplete
Total
0.6 - 2.1
2.1 - 3.6
3.6 - 5.7
5.7 - 8.8
8.8 - 11.1
>= 11.1
Total (%)
1.25
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.42
1.67
0.42
2.08
1.25
0.00
0.00
0.83
1.25
0.42
0.42
0.42
10.43
0.00
0.83
0.42
0.42
3.33
5.42
5.42
2.50
3.75
0.83
4.17
2.08
4.17
1.67
0.83
0.40
36.24
0.83
1.67
0.00
0.00
0.83
0.83
2.91
3.75
14.58
8.33
2.08
2.09
0.41
0.40
0.00
0.00
38.71
0.42
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.42
0.00
0.00
2.09
4.59
3.76
0.42
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
11.70
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.50
2.50
0.42
0.42
5.00
7.92
8.75
10.42
24.17
12.92
6.67
5.00
5.83
2.49
1.25
0.82
97.08
2.92
0
100.00
57 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.13
MICRO METEOROLOGICAL DATA DURING STUDY PERIOD
Monitoring Month: January 2015 (From 10th January)
Date
10.01.2015
11.01.2015
12.01.2015
13.01.2015
14.01.2015
15.01.2015
16.01.2015
17.01.2015
18.01.2015
19.01.2015
20.01.2015
21.01.2015
22.01.2015
23.01.2015
24.01.2015
25.01.2015
26.01.2015
27.01.2015
28.01.2015
29.01.2015
30.01.2015
31.01.2015
Temperature (0C)
Min.
13
11
11
12
13
11
14
14
11
11
11
11
12
11
14
14
15
14
15
16
16
12
Max.
25
19
23
23
24
25
25
25
21
22
23
25
26
28
27
27
26
27
23
26
23
23
Relative Humidity (%)

Min.
32
40
24
42
35
38
35
25
43
46
32
24
31
23
31
32
35
39
37
43
51
26
Max.
85
82
81
85
87
85
83
79
80
85
81
85
85
86
78
79
85
79
85
88
82
80
Rainfall (mm)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
SUMMARY
Parameter
Temperature, 0C
Relative Humidity, %
Rainfall (Total),mm
Min.
11
23
Max.
28
88
0.00
Average
18.6
58.8
58 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.14
MICRO METEOROLOGICAL DATA DURING STUDY
Monitoring Month: February 2015
Date
01.02.2015
02.02.2015
03.02.2015
04.02.2015
05.02.2015
06.02.2015
07.02.2015
08.02.2015
09.02.2015
10.02.2015
11.02.2015
12.02.2015
13.02.2015
14.02.2015
15.02.2015
16.02.2015
17.02.2015
18.02.2015
19.02.2015
20.02.2015
21.02.2015
22.02.2015
23.02.2015
24.02.2015
25.02.2015
26.02.2015
27.02.2015
28.02.2015
Temperature (0C)
Min.
11
11
12
14
16
16
11
13
15
16
17
15
16
15
18
17
19
20
19
20
20
22
21
21
21
22
21
23
Max.
24
25
28
31
27
25
25
29
27
28
27
28
27
29
30
30
30
31
29
32
33
33
33
33
32
34
34
33

Min.
26
24
21
21
36
30
20
21
29
34
23
22
28
32
45
50
55
49
40
27
30
24
29
42
36
32
26
30
Max.
77
77
80
80
80
71
80
80
80
80
80
72
77
85
90
86
80
92
84
81
81
81
77
77
77
73
77
73
Rainfall (mm)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.00
0.50
0.00
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
SUMMARY
Parameter
Temperature, 0C
Rainfall (Total),mm
Min.
11
20
Max.
34
92
2.50
Average
23.4
55.5
59 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.15
Monitoring Month: March 2015
Date
01.03.2015
02.03.2015
03.03.2015
04.03.2015
05.03.2015
06.03.2015
07.03.2015
08.03.2015
09.03.2015
10.03.2015
11.03.2015
12.03.2015
13.03.2015
14.03.2015
15.03.2015
16.03.2015
17.03.2015
18.03.2015
19.03.2015
20.03.2015
21.03.2015
22.03.2015
23.03.2015
24.03.2015
25.03.2015
26.03.2015
27.03.2015
28.03.2015
29.03.2015
30.03.2015
31.03.2015
Temperature (0C)
Min.
21
20
21
20
19
16
17
17
18
21
19
18
18
22
23
22
21
23
21
20
19
21
21
22
24
25
25
25
24
22
21
Max.
33
34
31
27
29
30
29
31
33
33
31
32
33
34
35
31
34
33
32
33
34
34
36
35
35
34
34
32
34
34
31

Min.
33
24
32
51
44
29
19
23
21
15
20
18
15
20
23
27
29
22
20
22
23
18
19
35
32
40
46
48
46
54
51
Max.
90
91
90
98
94
88
86
83
88
88
78
73
94
89
88
73
88
78
73
78
83
89
83
89
87
91
94
89
94
98
91
Rainfall (mm)
0.00
0.00
2.00
8.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.20
0.00
0.00
32.00
0.00
SUMMARY
Parameter
Temperature, 0C
Rainfall (Total),mm
Min.
16
15
Max.
36
98
42.20
Average
26.7
58.3
60 of 164
TABLE - 3.5.16
Monitoring Month: April 2015 (upto 10th April)
Date
01.04.2015
02.04.2015
03.04.2015
04.04.2015
05.04.2015
06.04.2015
07.04.2015
08.04.2015
09.04.2015
10.04.2015
Temperature (0C)
Min.
25
26
26
23
23
22
22
21
23
25
Max.
35
36
37
36
34
32
35
32
35
37

Min.
51
38
39
46
53
62
54
58
26
22
Max.
89
84
85
88
94
98
91
98
81
78
Rainfall (mm)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
17.00
0.10
0.00
0.10
0.00
0.00
SUMMARY
Parameter
Temperature, 0C
Rainfall (Total),mm
Min.
21
22
Max.
37
98
17.20
Average
29.3
66.8
61 of 164
PLATE-3.4A
SEASONAL WINDROSE PATTERN (10th January, 2015 to 10th April, 2015)
62 of 164
PLATE-3.4B
SEASONAL WR on Google Map (10th January, 2015 to 10th April, 2015)
63 of 164
PLATE - 3.5A
MONTHLY WINDROSE PATTERN (10th January, 2015 to 31st January, 2015)
64 of 164
PLATE - 3.5B
MONTHLY WR on Google Map (10th January, 2015 to 31st January, 2015)
65 of 164
PLATE 3.6A
MONTHLY WINDROSE PATTERN (1st February, 2015 to 28th February, 2015)
66 of 164
PLATE 3.6B
MONTHLY WR on Google Map (1st February, 2015 to 28th February, 2015)
67 of 164
Plate - 3.7A
MONTHLY WINDROSE PATTERN (1st March, 2015 to 31st March, 2015)
68 of 164
Plate - 3.7B
MONTHLY WR on Google Map (1st March, 2015 to 31st March, 2015)
69 of 164
Plate - 3.8A
MONTHLY WINDROSE PATTERN (1st April, 2015 to 10th April, 2015)
70 of 164
Plate - 3.8B
MONTHLY WR on Google Map (1st April, 2015 to 10th April, 2015)
71 of 164
3.6
AIR ENVIRONMENT
The ambient air quality with respect to the study area forms the baseline
information with respect to air environment. The prime objective of the baseline air
quality study is to establish the existing ambient air quality of the area.
3.6.1
Methodology adopted for the Study

The baseline status with respect to ambient air quality has been established
through a scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network based on
the following considerations:
Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale;

Topography of the study area;
Representatives of background air quality and
Representatives of likely impact areas.
Air Quality monitoring was conducted at four sampling locations during the study
period from 10th January, 2015 to 10th April, 2015.
3.6.2
Sampling Period & Parameters

The following air pollutants were monitored on 24-hourly/8-hourly basis for
consecutive two days in a week for a period of twelve weeks:
3.6.3
Particulate matter(PM10)
Particulate matter(PM2.5)
Sulphur dioxide (SO2)
Oxides of nitrogen (NOx)
Carbon monoxide (CO)
HC (Methane, Non- Methane)
VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds)
Sampling & Analytical Procedure

A brief description of the sampling and analytical procedures followed during the
ambient air quality monitoring is as follows:
Particulate Matter (PM10):
The sampling of ambient air for evaluating PM10 levels were performed with a
RDS Sampler fitted with a cyclone separator for separation of particles larger than
10 microns diameter. Air exiting the separator is drawn at a measured rate
through pre-weighed Whatman glass fiber filter sheets (GF/A) of 20 cm x 25 cm
sizes, having cat.no. 1820866. The PM10 concentrations were computed from the
72 of 164
average air flow rate, sampling period and the mass of particulate matter collected
over the filter surface.
Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
PM2.5 is determined as per USEPA (United State Environment Protection Agency)
guidelines with the help of Fine Dust Sampler. Ambient air is allowed to pass
through Louvered inlet and impactor as well as particulate matter of size <2.5
microns is deposited on 46.2 mm dia Whatman PTFE filter paper having cat.no.
7592-104. The difference of final weight of filter and initial weight gives the weight
of particulate matter of size <2.5 microns. The concentration of PM2.5 is computed
with the help of dust deposited on the filter, volume of air sampled monitoring
temperature and barometric pressure.
SO2:
The sampling of ambient air for evaluating the gaseous pollutants were performed
with a Multigas Sampler, using the vacuum created by the RDS Sampler for
drawing the air samples through the impingers. For SO2, air was drawn at a
measured and controlled rate of 400 to 500 ml/min through a solution of
potassium tetrachloromercurate. After completion of the sampling, the used
absorbing reagent was treated with dilute solutions of sulfamic acid, formaldehyde
and para-rosaniline hydrochloride. The absorbance of the intensely coloured pararosaniline methyl sulphonic acid was measured at 560 nm wavelength of light on
spectrophotometer and the amount of SO2 in the sample was computed. The
ambient SO2 concentrations were computed from the total SO2 absorbed in the
impingers, overall efficiency of the impinger and the volume of air sampled.
NOx:
Air was drawn at a measured and controlled rate of about 200 ml/minute through
an orifice-tipped impinger containing solutions of sodium hydroxide and sodium
arsenite. After completion of the sampling, suitable aliquot of the used absorbing
solution was treated with solutions of H2O2, sulphanilamide and NEDA. The nitrite
ion present in the impinger was calculated by measuring the absorbance of the
resulting solution at 540 nm wavelength of light on spectrophotometer. The
ambient NOx concentrations were computed from the total nitrite ion present in
the impingers, overall efficiency of the impinger and the volume of air sampled.
73 of 164
Carbon Monoxide: Mylar bags and pulse pumps have been used to collect the 8
hourly samples for carbon monoxide. The CO levels were analyzed by Gas
Chromatograph with Methanizer.
VOC: VOC concentration was measured by Gas Chromatography technique.
Hydrocarbons: Mylar bags and pulse pumps have been used to collect the 8
hourly samples for hydrocarbon. The HC levels were analyzed by Gas
Chromatograph.
3.6.4
Brief description of the sampling locations

The RDS & FDS was placed at a height of 3-metres from ground level to monitor
the concentration of pollutants. The location of air sampling stations has been
presented in Plate - 3.9. A brief description of the sampling locations is presented
hereunder:
Proposed Project Site (SA-1)
This sampling station is located inside
the project site and is selected to
assess the concentration of pollutants in
the immediate vicinity of the proposed
site.
Proposed Project
Site (SA1)
Durgachak (SA-2)
This sampling station is located at a distance
of about 1.4 Km in North-North-Western
direction (2nd pre-dominant) of the Proposed
Depot. This station lies in downwind direction
with respect to the Terminal. The sampling
was performed by installing an RDS & FDS
Durgachak (SA2)
on the portico of a private house.
74 of 164
Basudebpur (SA-3)
This sampling station has been selected to
assess the concentration of pollutants in upwind
direction and is located at a distance of about
3.0 Km towards Northern direction (1st predominant) of the Proposed Terminal. The RDS &
FDS was installed on the roof of a private house.
This
location
is
selected
to
assess
the
background concentration of pollutants in rural

Basudebpur (SA3)
and residential area.

Anantpur Village (SA-4)
This sampling station is located at a
distance of about 5.2 Km towards NorthWestern direction of the proposed site. The
sampling was performed by installing an
RDS & FDS on the portico of a private
house.
Anantpur (SA4)
TABLE - 3.6.1
DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING STATIONS
Location
Code
Location Name
Direction
SA1
SA2
SA3
SA4
Proposed Project Site

Durgachak
Basudebpur
Anantpur Village
NNW
N
NW
Location w.r.t
predominant
wind direction
Distance w.r.t
Project Site
Upwind
Upwind
Upwind
1.4 Km
3.0 Km
5.2 Km
75 of 164
3.6.5
Techniques for Measurement

The techniques used for measurement of pollutants may be summarized as
under:
TABLE - 3.6.2
MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES
Sl.
No.
3.6.6
Parameters
1.
PM10
2.
PM2.5
3.
SO2
4.
NOx
5.
CO
Code of
Practice
IS: 5182
(Part-IV)
USEPA
IS: 5182
(Part-V)
IS: 5182
(Part-V)
IS: 5182
(Part-X)
Sampler
RDS Sampler with
Cyclone Separator
Fine Dust Sampler
Instruments used
for Analysis
Balance, Desiccator
Balance, Desiccator
RDS Sampler
Spectrophotometer
RDS Sampler
Spectrophotometer
Bladder &
Aspirator
Gas Chromatograph
with Methanizer
Summary
The summary of the observations made during the monitoring has been
presented through Table 3.6.3 to 3.6.9 wherein minimum and maximum values,
24 hourly averages and 98th percentile values of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 NOx, HC, VOC
and CO concentration have been computed.
3.6.7
Observation
The detailed observation made for ambient air quality during the study period has
been presented in Table 3.6.11 to Table - 3.6.14.
PM10
Salient features of the observations made with respect to PM10 during the study
period are summarized in Table - 3.6.3 as under:
TABLE 3.6.3
SUMMARY OF PM10 CONCENTRATIONS (g/m3)
Min.
Max.
Average
98th
Percentile
Proposed Project
Site (SA1)
50
82
68.6
81.5
Durgachak (SA2)
54
93
78.7
92.5
Basudebpur (SA3)
52
91
77.0
91.0
Anantpur village
(SA4)
50
82
68.9
80.5
Sampling
Location
Permissible Limits
(24-Hrs Average) as
per NAAQS
Industrial, Res.
100
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
100
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
100
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
100
& Rural Area
77 of 164
The concentrations of PM10 at all the four sampling locations were observed in the
range of 50 to 93 g/m3, while the average values ranged between 68.6 to 78.7
g/m3. It has been observed that the minimum value of 50 g/m3 have been
observed at Proposed Project Site (SA1) and Anantpur village (SA-4), whereas
the maximum value of 93 g/m3 was observed at Durgachak (SA-2). The 98th
percentile values ranged between 80.5 to 92.5 g/m3. The average concentration
of PM10 was observed well below 100 g/m3, which is the ambient air quality
standard for industrial, residential and rural area.
PM2.5
Salient features of the observations made with respect to PM2.5 during the study
period are summarized in Table - 3.6.4 as under:
TABLE - 3.6.4
SUMMARY OF PM2.5 CONCENTRATIONS (g/m3)
Min.
Max.
Average
98th
Percentile
Proposed Project
Site (SA1)
24
44
34.9
42.0
Durgachak (SA2)
28
48
38.6
48.0
Basudebpur (SA3)
24
44
36.9
43.5
Anantpur village
(SA4)
22
41
33.6
40.5
Sampling
Location
Permissible Limits
(24-Hrs Average) as
per NAAQS
Industrial, Res.
60
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
60
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
60
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
60
& Rural Area
The concentrations of PM2.5 at all the four sampling locations were observed in the
range of 22 to 48 g/m3, while the average values ranged between 33.6 to 38.6
g/m3. It has been observed that the minimum value of 22g/m3 have been
observed at Anantpur village (SA-4), whereas the maximum value of 48 g/m3
was observed at Durgachak (SA2). The 98th percentile values ranged between
40.5 to 48.0 g/m3. The average concentration of PM2.5 was observed well below
60 g/m3, which is the ambient air quality standard for industrial, residential and
rural area.
Sulphur Dioxide
Salient features of the observations made during the study period have been
presented in Table - 3.6.5 as under.
78 of 164
TABLE - 3.6.5
SUMMARY OF SO2 CONCENTRATIONS (g/m3)
Min.
Max.
Average
98th
Percentile
Proposed Project
Site (SA1)
12.8
15.7
14.0
15.5
Durgachak (SA2)
13.2
21.3
17.5
20.6
Basudebpur (SA3)
12.8
20.4
16.5
20.4
Anantpur village
(SA4)
12.4
17.9
14.1
17.1
Sampling
Location
Permissible Limits
(24-Hrs Average) as
per NAAQS
Industrial, Res.
80
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
80
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
80
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
80
& Rural Area
SO2 concentrations at all the four sampling locations have been observed in the
range of 12.4 to 21.3 g/m3, while the average values were observed in the range
of 14.0 to 17.5 g/m3. The minimum concentration of SO2 was recorded at
Proposed Project Site (SA1) whereas the maximum value was recorded at
Durgachak (SA2). The 98th percentile values ranged between 15.5 to 20.6 g/m3.
The observed average SO2 concentrations were well below 80 g/m3, which is the
ambient air quality standard for industrial, residential & rural areas.
Nitrogen Dioxide (NOX)

presented in Table - 3.6.6 as under:
Table - 3.6.6
SUMMARY OF NOX CONCENTRATIONS (g/m3)
Min.
Max.
Average
98th
Percentile
Proposed Project
Site (SA1)
18.3
34.6
27.2
33.9
Durgachak (SA2)
31.5
48.2
40.4
47.7
Basudebpur (SA3)
31.2
46.8
39.2
45.7
Anantpur village
(SA4)
24.6
32.9
31.2
32.9
Sampling
Location
Permissible Limits
(24-Hrs Average) as
per NAAQS
Industrial, Res.
80
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
80
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
80
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
80
& Rural Area
The concentrations of NOx at all the four sampling locations have been observed
in the range of 18.3 to 48.2 g/m3, while the average values ranged between 27.2
to 40.4 g/m3. The minimum concentration of NOx was observed at Proposed
project site (SA-1), while the maximum concentration was observed at Durgachak
(SA2). The 98th percentile values ranged between 32.9 to 47.7 g/m3. The
79 of 164
observed average NOx concentrations were well below 80 g/m3, which is the
ambient air quality standard for industrial, residential & rural areas.
Hydrocarbons (Methane) (HC)

Table - 3.6.7
SUMMARY OF HC (Methane) CONCENTRATIONS (ppm)
Sampling
Location
Proposed Project
Site (SA1)
Min.
Max.
Average
98th
Percentile
1.25
2.69
1.76
2.53
Durgachak (SA2)
1.34
1.86
1.66
1.84
Basudebpur (SA3)
1.42
1.86
1.68
1.84
Anantpur village
(SA4)
1.45
1.90
1.68
1.86
Description
Industrial, Res. &
Rural Area
Industrial, Res. &
Rural Area
Industrial, Res. &
Rural Area
Industrial, Res. &
Rural Area
The concentrations of HC were observed in the range of 1.25 to 2.69 ppm, with
the average values ranged between 1.66 to 1.76 ppm. The minimum & maximum
concentration of HC was observed at Proposed Project Site (SA1). The 98th
percentile values ranged between 1.84 to 2.53 ppm.
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)
Table - 3.6.8
SUMMARY OF VOC CONCENTRATIONS (mg/m3)
Sampling Location
Proposed Project Site (SA1)
Durgachak (SA2)
Basudebpur (SA3)
Anantpur village (SA4)
Min.
2.10
3.12
3.12
3.20
Max.
2.98
4.98
4.82
4.38
Average
2.59
4.30
4.38
3.96
98th Percentile
2.98
4.97
4.82
4.33
The concentrations of VOC were observed in the range of 2.10 to 4.98 mg/m3,
with the average values ranged between 2.59 to 4.38 mg/m3. The minimum
concentration of VOC was observed at Proposed Project Site (SA1), while the
maximum concentration was observed at Durgachak (SA2). The 98th percentile
values ranged between 2.98 to 4.97 mg/m3.
80 of 164
Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Table 3.6.9
SUMMARY OF CO CONCENTRATIONS (mg/m3)
Sampling
Location
Min.
Max.
Average
Proposed Project
Site (SA1)
1.1
1.8
1.5
Durgachak (SA2)
2.0
2.7
2.3
Basudebpur (SA3)
1.6
2.4
2.0
Anantpur village
(SA4)
1.4
2.3
1.8
Permissible Limits
98th
(24-Hrs Average) as per
Percentile
NAAQS
Industrial, Res.
02
1.8
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
02
2.7
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
02
2.4
& Rural Area
Industrial, Res.
02
2.2
& Rural Area
The concentrations of CO were observed in the range of 1.1 to 2.7 mg/m3, with
the average values ranged between 1.5 to 2.3 mg/m3. The minimum concentration
of CO was observed at Proposed Project Site (SA1), while the maximum
concentration was observed at Durgachak (SA2). The 98th percentile values
ranged between 1.8 to 2.7 mg/m3.
81 of 164
3.6.8
AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

The Ambient Air Quality Standards notified by Ministry of Environment & Forest
[the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-II - Section 3 sub-section (i) dated
November 16, 2009], in exercise of its powers conferred by section 6 and section
25 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1981), Seventh Amendment
Rules, 2009 have been presented in Table - 3.6.10.
While formulating the standards, it has been presumed that the State Pollution
Control Boards would, on the basis of land use and other factors, classify the
various areas of the state into two categories:
A)
Industrial, Residential, rural and other areas, and
B)
Sensitive areas.
Category (A) will become self-evident from the intensity of industrial and
anthropogenic activity in the area and is bound to have somewhat inferior quality
of air compared to category (C). Category (C) will cover hill stations, tourist
resorts, sanctuaries, national parks, national monuments, health-resorts, and
other such areas where the nation would wish to conserve its clean environment
even if that implies some curbs on economic activity.
82 of 164
TABLE - 3.6.10
ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) SEVENTH AMENDMENT RULES, 2009
NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
Time
weighted
average
Pollutants
Sulphur dioxide,
3
(SO2)g/m
Nitrogen dioxides
3
(NO2), g/m
Particulate Matter
(Size less than
10m) or PM10
3
g/m
Particulate Matter
(Size less than
2.5m) or PM2.5
3
g/m
Ozone (O3), g/m
Lead (Pb), g/m
Concentration in ambient air

Industrial,
Ecologically
Residential,
Sensitive areas
rural & other (Notified by Central
areas
Government)
Method of Measurement
Annual*
50
20
24-hours**
Annual*
80
40
80
30
24-hours**
80
80
Annual*
60
60
24-hours**
100
100
Annual*
40
40
24-hours**
60
60
8 hours**
100
100
1 hour**
180
Annual*
Improved West & Gaeke

Method
Ultraviolet Fluorescence
Modified Jacob &
Hochheiser (Sodium
Arsenite) Method
Chemiluminescence
Gravimetric
TEOM
Beta Attenuation
Gravimetric
TEOM
Beta Attenuation
180
UV photometric
Chemiluminescence
Chemical Method
0.50
0.50
24-hours**
1.0
1.0
8 hours**
1 hour*
02
04
02
04
AAS/ICP method after

sampling on EPM 2000 as
equivalent filter paper
ED-XRF using Teflon filter
Non Dispersive Infra Red
(NDIR) spectroscopy
Annual*
100
100
24-hours**
400
400
Carbon Monoxide
3
(CO), mg/m
Ammonia (NH3),
3
g/m
Benzene (C6H6),
3
g/m
Annual*
05
05
Benzo () Pyrene
(BaP) - Particulate
phase only, ng/m3
Annual*
01
01
Arsenic (As),
ng/m3
Annual*
06
06
Nickel (Ni), ng/m3
Annual*
20
20
Chemiluminescence
Indophenol blue method
Gas Chromatography based

continuous analyzer
Adsorption and desorption
followed by GC analysis
Solvent extraction followed

by HPLC/GC analysis.

Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a
week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.
**
24 hourly or 8 hourly or 1 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of
the time in a year, 2% of the time; they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of
monitoring.
83 of 164
Table - 3.6.11
AIR QUALITY DATA
WEEK
Location: Proposed Site (SA1)
CONCENTRATION OF AIR POLLUTANTS

HC (ppm)
VOC
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NOx
Non(mg/
3
3
3
3
Methane
3
(g/m ) (g/m ) (g/m ) (g/m )
Methane
m)
DATE
(ppm)
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
12/13/01.15
13/14/01.15
19/20/01.15
20/21/01.15
26/27/01.15
27/28/01.15
02/03/02.15
03/04/02.15
09/10/02.15
10/11/02.15
16/17/02.15
17/18/02.15
23/24/02.15
24/25/02.15
02/03/03.15
03/04/03.15
09/10/03.15
10/11/03.15
16/17/03.15
17/18/03.15
23/24/03.15
24/25/03.15
30/31/03.15
31/01/03/04.15
06/07/04.15
07/08/04.15
65
69
70
72
75
78
71
68
69
75
56
58
68
69
63
58
77
71
70
82
81
78
50
77
54
60
32
34
36
36
38
40
35
34
32
40
30
32
36
34
30
28
40
38
36
44
40
38
24
40
28
32
13.2
13.5
13.3
14.1
13.4
13.7
14.2
14.5
14.3
14.6
13.6
13.4
14.6
14.8
13.9
13.5
13.5
14.5
13.6
14.5
15.3
15.7
12.8
14.2
13.2
13.6
18.3
20.3
25.3
26.5
28.6
30.1
32.1
29.1
28.6
30.1
26.8
25.3
26.1
24.1
25.3
24.6
33.2
34.6
30.1
28.6
31.6
24.3
19.1
30.1
26.4
28.3
1.99
2.10
1.53
1.63
1.56
2.01
2.13
1.89
1.95
1.25
1.36
1.52
1.91
1.56
2.33
1.68
1.98
1.28
1.99
1.25
2.36
2.69
1.46
1.26
1.35
1.68
(ppm)
1.02
1.32
1.02
1.05
1.12
1.32
1.12
1.14
1.74
1.25
1.23
1.12
1.31
1.11
1.23
1.22
1.69
1.89
1.97
1.25
1.36
1.38
0.88
1.59
0.98
1.36
CO
(mg/
3
m)
2.51
2.63
2.77
2.89
2.84
2.70
2.72
2.50
2.22
2.35
2.50
2.60
2.43
2.60
2.65
2.10
2.58
2.36
2.69
2.88
2.98
2.69
2.22
2.98
2.14
2.74
1.7
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.4
1.7
1.5
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.5
1.2
1.6
1.4
1.5
1.3
1.8
1.7
1.1
1.3
1.2
1.4
VOC
(mg/
3
m)
CO
(mg/
3
m)
2.10
2.98
2.59
2.98
0.25
1.1
1.8
1.5
1.8
0.2
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
Observations
Minimum Conc.
Max. Conc.
Average
98th percentile
Stdv.
PM 10
(g/m3)
PM2.5
(g/m3)
SO2
(g/m3)
NOx
(g/m3)
50
82
68.6
81.5
8.5
24
44
34.9
42.0
4.7
12.8
15.7
14.0
15.5
0.7
18.3
34.6
27.2
33.9
4.0
HC (ppm)
NonMethane
Methane
1.25
2.69
1.76
2.53
0.39
0.88
1.97
1.30
1.93
0.28
84 of 164
Table - 3.6.12
AIR QUALITY DATA
WEEK
Location: Durgachak (SA2)

HC (ppm)
VOC
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NOx
Non(mg/
3
3
3
3
Methane
3
(g/m ) (g/m ) (g/m ) (g/m )
Methane
m)
DATE
(ppm)
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
12/13/01.15
13/14/01.15
19/20/01.15
20/21/01.15
26/27/01.15
27/28/01.15
02/03/02.15
03/04/02.15
09/10/02.15
10/11/02.15
16/17/02.15
17/18/02.15
23/24/02.15
24/25/02.15
02/03/03.15
03/04/03.15
09/10/03.15
10/11/03.15
16/17/03.15
17/18/03.15
23/24/03.15
24/25/03.15
30/31/03.15
31/01/03/04.15
06/07/04.15
07/08/04.15
81
77
83
88
77
80
85
76
81
85
62
60
85
87
75
64
81
84
92
91
92
93
54
92
58
64
40
36
42
46
36
40
41
38
40
42
32
30
35
36
34
32
42
40
44
44
48
48
28
45
30
34
17.6
17.9
18.2
18.1
19.2
18.3
18.5
18.7
19.1
18.6
14.3
13.7
18.7
17.9
13.2
14.3
18.8
18.5
18.5
18.3
19.8
21.3
13.8
18.5
15.4
16.2
45.7
40.4
44.5
42.6
44.7
47.2
38.8
40.5
42.3
42.8
31.5
32.2
42.6
42.6
40.8
32.4
36.6
44.2
48.2
45.1
46.6
40.8
32.4
38.6
31.6
34.6
1.64
1.78
1.69
1.74
1.77
1.79
1.79
1.81
1.74
1.69
1.34
1.42
1.77
1.71
1.37
1.35
1.57
1.67
1.73
1.51
1.57
1.63
1.79
1.86
1.67
1.82
(ppm)
2.84
2.26
2.61
2.64
2.37
2.53
2.79
2.87
2.56
2.49
1.90
1.70
2.69
2.67
1.87
1.79
3.15
2.75
2.59
3.11
3.15
3.53
2.63
3.08
3.29
2.82
CO
(mg/
3
m)
4.48
4.04
4.30
4.38
4.14
4.32
4.58
4.68
4.30
4.18
3.24
3.12
4.46
4.38
3.24
3.14
4.72
4.42
4.32
4.62
4.72
4.98
4.42
4.94
4.96
4.64
2.6
2.4
2.1
2.3
2.7
2.6
2.4
2.6
2.3
2.6
2.0
2.1
2.5
2.4
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.1
2.3
2.0
2.6
2.2
2.1
VOC
(mg/
3
m)
CO
(mg/
3
m)
3.12
4.98
4.30
4.97
0.54
2.0
2.7
2.3
2.7
0.2
Observations
Minimum Conc.
Max. Conc.
Average
98th percentile
Stdv.
PM 10
(g/m3)
PM2.5
(g/m3)
SO2
(g/m3)
NOx
(g/m3)
54
93
78.7
92.5
11.6
28
48
38.6
48.0
5.7
13.2
21.3
17.5
20.6
2.1
31.5
48.2
40.4
47.7
5.2
HC (ppm)
NonMethane
Methane
1.34
1.86
1.66
1.84
0.15
1.70
3.53
2.64
3.41
0.46
85 of 164
Table - 3.6.13
AIR QUALITY DATA
WEEK
Location: Basudebpur (SA3)

HC (ppm)
VOC
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NOx
Non(mg/
3
3
3
3
Methane
3
(g/m ) (g/m ) (g/m ) (g/m )
Methane
m)
DATE
(ppm)
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
12/13/01.15
13/14/01.15
19/20/01.15
20/21/01.15
26/27/01.15
27/28/01.15
02/03/02.15
03/04/02.15
09/10/02.15
10/11/02.15
16/17/02.15
17/18/02.15
23/24/02.15
24/25/02.15
02/03/03.15
03/04/03.15
09/10/03.15
10/11/03.15
16/17/03.15
17/18/03.15
23/24/03.15
24/25/03.15
30/31/03.15
31/01/03/04.15
06/07/04.15
07/08/04.15
83
71
87
91
85
88
91
76
83
91
64
66
77
76
63
60
80
83
85
87
85
89
52
72
54
62
43
36
42
40
38
41
42
37
36
41
32
34
34
37
34
33
42
43
44
38
39
40
24
36
24
30
13.2
13.8
15.3
17.0
18.5
17.1
15.8
14.7
20.3
18.6
14.3
13.8
17.0
20.3
13.2
12.8
18.5
20.4
18.8
17.0
20.4
18.5
14.6
16.7
13.8
14.6
42.6
40.8
38.6
39.5
41.0
41.3
40.6
44.6
43.0
46.8
31.2
32.2
41.3
41.5
31.3
32.8
41.2
40.8
41.2
41.0
40.3
40.5
32.2
41.3
34.2
38.4
1.64
1.78
1.69
1.74
1.77
1.79
1.79
1.81
1.74
1.69
1.45
1.42
1.77
1.71
1.47
1.48
1.57
1.67
1.73
1.51
1.57
1.63
1.79
1.86
1.67
1.82
(ppm)
2.98
2.88
2.75
2.82
3.05
2.93
3.03
2.63
2.28
2.53
1.79
1.70
2.57
2.93
1.77
1.66
3.15
3.40
2.59
3.61
3.30
3.35
2.88
2.79
3.26
3.13
CO
(mg/
3
m)
4.62
4.66
4.44
4.56
4.82
4.72
4.82
4.44
4.02
4.22
3.24
3.12
4.34
4.64
3.24
3.14
4.72
4.80
4.32
4.67
4.79
4.81
4.67
4.65
4.68
4.65
2.0
2.1
1.7
2.0
2.3
1.7
1.8
2.4
2.1
2.3
2.0
1.8
2.3
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.7
1.8
2.0
2.3
1.6
2.1
1.6
2.0
VOC
(mg/
3
m)
CO
(mg/
3
m)
3.12
4.82
4.38
4.82
0.55
1.6
2.4
2.0
2.4
0.2
Observations
Minimum Conc.
Max. Conc.
Average
98th percentile
Stdv.
PM 10
(g/m3)
PM2.5
(g/m3)
SO2
(g/m3)
NOx
(g/m3)
52
91
77.0
91
12.0
24
44
36.9
43.5
5.3
12.8
20.4
16.5
20.4
2.5
31.2
46.8
39.2
45.7
4.2
HC (ppm)
NonMethane
Methane
1.42
1.86
1.68
1.84
0.13
1.66
3.61
2.76
3.51
0.54
86 of 164
Table - 3.6.14
AIR QUALITY DATA
Location: Ananthpur village (SA4)
WEEK

HC (ppm)
VOC
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
NOx
Non(mg/
3
3
3
3
Methane
3
(g/m ) (g/m ) (g/m ) (g/m )
Methane
m)
DATE
(ppm)
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
12/13/01.15
13/14/01.15
19/20/01.15
20/21/01.15
26/27/01.15
27/28/01.15
02/03/02.15
03/04/02.15
09/10/02.15
10/11/02.15
16/17/02.15
17/18/02.15
23/24/02.15
24/25/02.15
02/03/03.15
03/04/03.15
09/10/03.15
10/11/03.15
16/17/03.15
17/18/03.15
23/24/03.15
24/25/03.15
30/31/03.15
31/01/03/04.15
06/07/04.15
07/08/04.15
71
74
70
68
77
73
74
79
78
68
56
55
62
70
58
60
78
79
82
78
77
74
50
78
50
52
35
40
37
35
41
34
36
40
39
32
26
28
31
32
29
33
39
35
34
36
40
34
24
35
22
26
12.6
13.3
14.8
12.8
14.9
17.9
13.0
16.1
12.8
13.6
12.4
12.7
16.1
13.8
13.5
13.2
16.3
15.0
14.9
14.8
16.3
13.5
12.8
13.8
12.6
13.7
32.5
32.7
32.3
32.8
32.4
31.9
32.7
32.9
32.1
32.1
28.3
28.5
32.3
32.6
28.5
27.2
32.2
32.5
32.3
32.8
32.5
32.8
24.6
32.3
26.8
30.4
1.64
1.78
1.69
1.74
1.77
1.79
1.79
1.81
1.74
1.69
1.45
1.52
1.77
1.71
1.47
1.48
1.57
1.67
1.73
1.51
1.57
1.63
1.79
1.90
1.67
1.82
(ppm)
2.40
2.33
2.44
2.52
2.36
2.25
2.32
2.36
2.42
2.48
2.62
2.66
2.37
2.36
1.73
2.33
1.97
1.87
2.11
2.30
1.97
1.91
2.19
1.95
2.71
2.46
CO
(mg/
3
m)
4.04
4.11
4.13
4.26
4.13
4.04
4.11
4.17
4.16
4.17
4.07
4.08
4.14
4.07
3.20
3.81
3.54
3.54
3.84
3.81
3.54
3.54
3.98
3.81
4.38
4.28
1.7
1.8
1.7
1.8
2.0
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.7
1.5
1.7
1.8
1.7
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
1.8
2.0
2.3
2.1
2.0
1.4
2.0
1.6
2.0
VOC
(mg/
3
m)
CO
(mg/
3
m)
3.20
4.38
3.96
4.33
0.29
1.4
2.3
1.8
2.2
0.2
Observations
Minimum Conc.
Max. Conc.
Average
98th percentile
Stdv.
PM 10
(g/m3)
PM2.5
(g/m3)
SO2
(g/m3)
NOx
(g/m3)
50
82
68.9
80.5
10.1
22
41
33.6
40.5
5.2
12.4
17.9
14.1
17.1
1.5
24.6
32.9
31.2
32.9
2.3
HC (ppm)
NonMethane
Methane
1.45
1.90
1.68
1.86
0.12
1.73
2.71
2.28
2.69
0.25
87 of 164
3.7
WATER ENVIRONMENT
General
The water resources of the project site can be broadly classified as follows:
(a)
(b)
Ground water
Surface Water
Water quality of ground water and surface water resources within the study area
has been studied for assessing the water quality and to evaluate anticipated
impact due to the plant activities. Physico-chemical characterisation of water is
essential in preparation of environmental management Plan and to identify critical
issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures and to safe guard
the ecosystem. The purpose of this study is devoted to:
Assessment of water quality with reference to relevant parameters;
Evaluation of the present status of water on agricultural productivity,

habitat conditions, creational resources and aesthetics in the vicinity ; and
Prediction of impact on water quality due to the project activities by

assessing the receptive and assimilative power of the local water bodies.
The information required has been collected through Primary survey and
Secondary sources of information.
3.7.1
Methodology
Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized
based on:
Drainage Pattern;
Location of residential areas representing different activities/likely impact

areas; and
Likely areas, which can represent baseline conditions.
Water sources in the study area were characterised with respect to physicochemical parameters, heavy metals and biological contaminants in order to
assess the impact of industrial and other activities on water resources. The
samples were collected and analyzed as per the procedures specified in
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water published by
American Public Health Association (APHA) 22nd Edition, 2012.
88 of 164
Water samples were collected in polyethylene containers. Samples collected for

determination of metal content were acidified with 1 ml. HNO3. Samples for
biological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physicochemical and biological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing
water quality status in the study area. Parameters like temperature, Dissolved
oxygen and pH were analyzed at the time of sample collection.
3.7.2
Water Sampling Locations & sampling frequency

To evaluate the characteristics of water system, Four numbers of ground water
and two numbers of surface water sampling locations were fixed. Baseline datas
with respect to water quality were generated for a period of three months with a
frequency of once in a season. The analytical results of the ground water samples
are presented through Table 3.7.4 to 3.7.5 The water sampling locations have
been shown Plate - 3.10. The sampling locations and reference codes are
presented below:
3.7.3
Sampling Locations for Ground Water

To assess the quality of drinking water in and around the project area, the
samples were collected from the following locations:
TABLE - 3.7.1
Sampling Location for Ground Water
Sl.
No.
01.
02.
03.
04.
Name of Sampling Locations

Hand Pump - Near Project Area
Hand Pump - Vidyasagar more
Bore Well - Existing Plant of Aegis Logistic
Hand Pump-Durga Chak
Frequency
Once in a season
Once in a season
Once in a season
Once in a season
Location
Code
GW1
GW2
GW3
GW4
TABLE - 3.7.2
Sampling Location for Surface Water
Sl.
No.
01.
02.
Name of Sampling Locations

Surface Water- Hooghly River
Surface Water- Nalla Near Project
Area
Once in a season
Location
Code
SW1
Once in a season
SW2
Frequency
89 of 164
Vidyasagar more (HP)
Hoogly
River
Nallah Near
Project Site
90 of 164
3.7.4
STANDARD FOR DRINKING WATER

The test characteristics for Drinking water as specified under IS: 10500 is
appended below:
TABLE - 3.7.3
TEST CHARACTERISTICS FOR DRINKING WATER
(IS: 10500)
(Wherever not specified, characteristics are mg/l)
Sl.
No
.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Characteristics
Colour, H Unit, max.
Odour
Taste
Turbidity, NTU, max.
pH value
Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l, max.
Iron (as Fe), mg/l, max.
Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, max.
Residual, free Chlorine, mg/l, min.
Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max.
Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max.
Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, max.
Copper (as Cu), mg/l, max.
Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max.
Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max.
Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max.
Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max.
Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH),
mg/l, max.
Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max.
Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max.
Selenium (as Se), mg/l, max.
Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max.
Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max.
Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max.
Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, max.
Anionic detergents (as MBAS), mg/l,
max.
6+
Chromium (as Cr ), mg/l, max.
Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons
(as PAH), g/l, max.
Mineral oil, mg/l, max.
Pesticides, mg/l, max.
Radioactive materials:
(a) Alpha emitters, Bq/l, max.
(b) Beta emitters, pci/l, max.
Alkalinity, mg/l, max
Aluminium (as Al), mg/l, max.
Boron, mg/l, max
4
5 (Note-1)
7
10
11
21
32
32
26
16
40
36
35
24
34
23
Requirement
(Desirable /
permissible
Limit)
5 / 25
Unobjectionsble.
Agreeable
5 / 10
6.5-8.5
300 / 600
0.3 / 1.0
250 / 1000
0.2
500 / 2000
75 / 200
30
0.05 / 1.5
0.1 / 0.3
200 / 400
45 / 100
1.0 / 1.5
54
0.001 / 0.002
Note-12
Desirable
Note-2
Note-2
28
37
27
Note-2
39
0.001
0.01
0.01
0.05
0.05
0.05
5.0 / 15.0
Note-13
Note-13
Note-13
Note-13
Note-13
Note-13
Note-14
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
Note-3
0.2 / 1.0
Note-15
Desirable
38
0.05
Note-16
Desirable
Note-16
Desirable
Note-4
-
0.01 / 0.03
Absent / 0.001
Note-17
Toxic
Desirable
Desirable
E
-
58
- / 0.1
- / 1.0
200 / 600
0.03 / 0.2
1.0 / 5.0
Note-18
Note-19
-
Desirable
Method of
Test or Ref.
of IS:3025
13
31
29
Undesirab
le effects
Desirable
or
Essential
Remar
ks
Note-1
Note-1
Note-2
Note-4
Note-6
Note-8
Note-3
Note-4
Note-5
Note-7
Note-9
Note-10
Note-11
Essential
Essential
Essential
Essential
Essential
Essential
Essential
Essential
Essential
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
A
B
C
G
D
-
Desirable
Desirable
Desirable
Notes, Methods of Test

1. (a) Test cold and when heated (b) Test at several dilutions.
2. Automatic absorption spectrophotometric method may be used.
3. Methylene Blue Extraction method (Limits and methods of test are under study).
4. Gas chromatographic method.
92 of 164
Notes, Undesirable effects outside desirable limits

1.
Above 5, consumer acceptance decreases.
2.
Beyond specified range, the water will affect the mucus membrane and / or water supply
3.
Beyond specified limit, palatability decreases and may cause gastro-intestinal irritation.
4.
Encrustation in water supply structure and adverse effects on domestic use.
5.
Astringent taste, discolouration and corrosion of pipes, fittings and utensils will be caused
system.
beyond specified limit.

6.
Beyond specified limit, taste/appearance is affected, has adverse effect on domestic uses and
water supply structures, and promotes iron bacteria.
7.
Beyond specified limit, taste/appearance are affected, has adverse effect on domestic uses and
water supply structures.
8.
Beyond specified limit, taste, corrosion and palatability are affected.
9.
Beyond specified limit, it causes gastro-intestinal irritation when magnesium or sodium is

present.
10.
Beyond specified limit, methaemoglobinemia takes place.
11.
Fluoride may be kept as low as possible. High fluoride may cause fluorosis.
12.
Beyond specified limit, it may cause objectionable taste and odour.
13.
Beyond specified limit, the water becomes toxic.
14.
Beyond specified limit, it can cause astringent taste and opalescence in water.
15.
Beyond specified limit, it can cause a light froth in water.
16.
May be carcinogenic above specified limit.
17.
Beyond specified limit, undesirable taste and odour after chlorination takes place.
18.
Beyond specified limit, taste becomes unpleasant.
19.
Cumulative effect is reported to cause dementia.
Remarks
(a)
May be extended to 25 only if toxic substances are not suspected, in absence of alternate
sources.
(b)
(i) Test cold and when heated (ii) Test at several dilutions.
(c)
Test to be conducted only after safety has been established.
(d)
May be extended up to 400, provided magnesium (as Mg) does not exceed 30.
(e)
To be tested when pollution is suspected.
(f)
To be tested when pollution / plumbo-solvency is suspected.
(g)
To be applicable only when water is chlorinated. Tested at consumer end. When protection
against viral infection is required, it should be minimum 0.5 mg/l.
3.7.5
CHARACTERIZATION OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES

The physico-chemical characteristics of four nos. of ground water samples collected
from different locations have been presented hereunder:
93 of 164
Table 3.7.4
PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES
Date of Sample Collection: 15-01-2015
(Results are expressed in mg/l, unless otherwise stated)

Sl.
No.
Parameters
Analysis Results
Hand Pump
Hand Pump
Vidyasagar More
Near Project Site
(GW2)
(GW1)
PHYSICAL
1
pH
2
Temperature (OC)
3
Colour, HU
4
Odour
5
Taste
6
Turbidity (NTU)
7
8
CHEMICAL
1
P- Alkalinity as CaCO3
2
3
Chloride as Cl
4
Sulphate as SO4
5
Nitrate as NO3
6
Fluoride as F
7
Total Hardness as CaCO3
8
Calcium Hardness as CaCO3
9
Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3
10
Sodium as Na
11
Potassium as K
12
Silica as SiO2
13
Iron as Fe
HEAVY METALS
1
Manganese as Mn
2
Total Chromium as Cr
3
Lead as Pb
4
Zinc as Zn
5
Cadmium as Cd
6
Copper as Cu
7
Nickel as Ni
8
Arsenic as As
9
Selenium as Se
OTHERS
1
Oil & Grease
2
Phenolic Compound as C6H5OH
3
Coliform Organisms (MPN/100ml)
Desirable/
Permissible
Limits
(IS:10500
7.8
29.2
<2.0
Unobj.
Agreeable
<5
10
1305
7.9
29.0
<2.0
Unobj.
Agreeable
<5
08
1110
6.5-8.5
5/25
Unobj.
Agreeable
5/10
500/2000
NIL
306
436
150
1.22
<0.4
390
222
168
225.0
42.4
16
0.18
NIL
314
340
130
1.25
<0.4
392
234
158
169.8
32.0
18
0.22
200/600
250/1000
200/400
45/100
1.0/1.5
300/600
75/200*
30**
0.3/1.0
<0.05
BDL
BDL
0.28
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
<0.05
BDL
BDL
0.26
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
0.1/0.3
0.05
0.05
5.0/15
0.01
0.05/1.5
0.01
0.05
0.01
NT
NT
60
NT
NT
80
0.01/0.03
0.001/0.002
-
Note: 1) BDL- Below Detection Limit 2) NT- Not Traceable, *Calcium as Ca & **Magnesium as Mg
94 of 164
Table - 3.7.5
PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES
(Results are expressed in mg/l, unless otherwise stated)

Analysis Results
Sl.
No.
Parameters
Bore Well Existing

Aegis Logistic Plant
(GW3)
PHYSICAL
1
pH
7.8
O
2
Temperature ( C)
28.2
3
Colour, HU
<2.0
4
Odour
Unobj.
5
Taste
Agreeable
6
Turbidity (NTU)
<5
7
08
8
840
CHEMICAL
1
P- Alkalinity as CaCO3
NIL
2
280
3
Chloride as Cl
224
4
Sulphate as SO4
102
5
Nitrate as NO3
1.32
6
Fluoride as F
<0.4
7
290
8
130
9
160
10
Sodium as Na
132.1
11
Potassium as K
24.9
12
Silica as SiO2
16
13
Iron as Fe
0.12
HEAVY METALS
1
Manganese as Mn
<0.05
2
Total Chromium as Cr
BDL
3
Lead as Pb
BDL
4
Zinc as Zn
0.30
5
Cadmium as Cd
BDL
6
Copper as Cu
BDL
7
Nickel as Ni
BDL
8
Arsenic as As
BDL
9
Selenium as Se
BDL
OTHERS
1
Oil & Grease
NT
2
Phenolic Compound as C6H5OH
NT
3
50
Note: 1) BDL Below Detection Limit 2) NT- Not Traceable
*Calcium as Ca & **Magnesium as Mg
Hand Pump
Durga Chak
(GW4)
Desirable/
Permissible
Limits
(IS:10500
8.1
28.8
<2.0
Unobj.
Agreeable
<5
10
1145
6.5-8.5
5/25
Unobj.
Agreeable
5/10
500/2000
NIL
292
366
130
1.28
<0.4
336
212
124
199.9
37.7
15
0.10
200/600
250/1000
200/400
45/100
1.0/1.5
300/600
75/200*
30**
0.3/1.0
<0.05
BDL
BDL
0.28
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
0.1/0.3
0.05
0.05
5.0/15
0.01
0.05/1.5
0.01
0.05
0.01
NT
NT
60
0.01/0.03
0.001/0.002
-
95 of 164
3.7.7
Results & Discussion

The range of concentrations of drinking water parameters were observed as
follows:
TABLE - 3.7.6
Ground Water Quality at a Glance in Comparison to IS: 10500
Parameters

Desirable/Permissible
Maximum
Minimum
Limits as per IS: 10500
pH
Magnesium as CaCO3
Chloride as Cl
Sulphate as SO4
Nitrate as NO3
Iron as Fe
Zinc as Zn
7.8
8
840
8.1
10
1305
280
290
124
224
102
314
392
168
436
150
1.22
0.10
0.26
1.32
0.22
0.30
6.5-8.5
500 / 2000
200 / 600
300 / 600
30**
250 / 1000
200 / 400
45/ 100
0.3 / 1.0
5.0 / 15.0
The Physico-chemical characteristics of the ground water samples were in good

agreement with IS: 10500.TDS,Total Alkalinity, Total Hardness, Magnesium,
Chloride are above the desirable limit but within the permissible limits specified
under Drinking Water Standard (IS: 10500). As regards heavy metals, only Fe and
Zn have been recorded with lower concentration & rest of the heavy metals were
not traceable. The ground water after proper filtration and disinfection can be
safely used for potable purposes.
96 of 164
3.7.8
SURFACE WATER
Characteristics of Surface Water Samples
The physico-chemical characteristics of surface water samples collected from Hugli
River are presented hereunder:
Table - 3.7.7
PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLE
Sl.
No.
(Result are expressed in mg/l, unless otherwise stated)

Nallah Near
Desirable /
Hooghly River
Permissible Limit
Parameters
Project Site
SW1
IS: 10500
SW2
PHYSICAL
1
Temperature (OC)
2
Colour,HU
3
Turbidity (NTU)
4
pH
5
Total Dissolved solids
6
Suspended Solids
CHEMICAL
1
2
Chloride as Cl
3
Sulphate as SO4
4
Nitrate as NO3
5
Fluoride as F
6
7
8
9
Dissolve Oxygen
10 COD
11 BOD.(3 days at 270 C )
12 Sodium as Na
13 Potassium as K
HEAVY METALS
1
Iron as Fe
2
Manganese as Mn
3
Chromium as Cr +6
4
Lead as Pb
5
Zinc as Zn
6
Cadmium as
7
Copper as
8
Nickel as
OTHERS
1
Oil & grease
2
Phenolic Compound
3
28.0
5.0
30
7.5
3530#
40
28.2
6.0
32
7.7
3960#
46
5/25
5/10
6.5-8.5
500/2000
166
1430#
570#
1.56
<0.4
458
140
318#
5.6
12.6
3.4
716.9
135.1
152
1620#
650#
1.48
<0.4
508
142
366#
5.4
14.4
4.2
803.8
151.4
200/600
250/1000
200/400
45/100
1.0/1.5
300/600
75/200*
30**
-
0.10
BDL
BDL
BDL
0.14
BDL
BDL
BDL
0.08
BDL
BDL
BDL
0.18
BDL
BDL
BDL
0.3/1.0
0.1/0.3
0.05
0.05
5.0/15.0
0.01
0.05/1.5
-
BDL
NT
330
BDL
NT
240
0.001/0.002
-
* (as Ca) ** (as Mg) BDL = Below Detection Level

#
Concentration exceeds permissible limits
97 of 164
7.6.2
Results & Discussion

The physico-chemical characteristics of the surface water samples showed great
resemblance with respect to the characteristics like temperature, turbidity, pH,
colour, odour, chloride, sulphate, total alkalinity, total hardness, TDS and heavy
metals, etc. The range of concentrations of the parameters of surface water
characteristics were observed as follows:
TABLE - 3.7.8
Surface Water Quality at a Glance in Comparison to
Drinking Water Standard
Parameters
pH
Chloride as Cl
Sulphate as SO4
Nitrate as NO3
Iron as Fe
Desirable/Permiss
Minimum
Maximum
ible Limits as per

IS: 10500
7.5
40
3530
7.7
46
3960
152
458
1430
570
166
508
1620
650
2.26
0.08
2.34
0.10
6.5-8.5
500 / 2000
200 / 600
300 / 600
250 / 1000
200 / 400
45/100
0.3 / 1.0
The surface water samples were not in agreement with IS: 10500 due to
unbalanced Chloride,Sulphate, high hardness, high TDS and high Mg content in
Total hardness. It needs special treatment for its use as potable water.
98 of 164
3.8
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
3.8.1
General
The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of
frequency. Noise in general is unwanted/un-desired sound, which is composed of
many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible
frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a
single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up
of various frequencies at different loudness levels.
The most common and
universally accepted scale is the A weighted scale which is measured as dB(A).

This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. The scale has been
designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a
human ear. The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:
Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous

in nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as one,
which is continuously varying in loudness;
The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at
night in residential areas, are not acceptable because of sleep
disturbance; and
The location of the noise source, with respect to sensitive land use, which
determines the loudness.
The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise
Induced hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise. The
impact of noise generating from the proposed storage terminal can be undertaken
by considering various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological
responses, annoyance and general community responses. In environmental
noise, one is usually concerned with sound propagation through air. Noise has an
adverse impact on human beings and their environment, including land, structures
and domestic animals. It can also disturb natural wild life and ecological system.
The increase in noise level to which urban and industrial population is exposed
has lead to increasing awareness amongst the public, welfare organisations and
the Government/ Statutory agencies. Many standards have been prescribed for
the noise level to which the different communities should be exposed and steps
are being taken by the industries and the manufacturers of noise generating
machines and equipment to keep the level of noise generation as low as possible.
99 of 164
3.8.2
Sources of Noise
The main sources of noise generation during operation of the storage facility are
DG sets, Fire Water pumps & TLF Pumps.
3.8.3
Existing Ambient Noise Level

To evaluate the existing noise level, measurements were made at four locations in
the villages located around the LPG p/l terminal. An Integrated Sound Level
Meter, Type-2225, make B&K Denmark, was used in all the measurements. The
instrument was calibrated with Pistaphone/sound Level Calibrator (Make-B&K,
Denmark) before using in the field. The measurements were carried out to obtain
noise level at different locations continuously for 24 Hours. The noise monitoring
locations have been shown in Plate-3.11 and the observed values of noise levels,
measured during day and night have been presented in the Table 3.8.2(A) &
3.8.2 (B). The detailed descriptions of the monitoring locations are presented
below in Table-3.8.1.
Table - 3.8.1
NOISE LEVEL MONITORING LOCATIONS
Sl.
No
1
2
3
4
Location
Code
SN1
SN2
SN3
SN4
Name of Monitoring location

Durgachak
Basudebpur
Anantpur Village
Direction
Distance
NNW
N
NW
Upwind
Upwind
Upwind
100 of 164

(Northern Boundary)

(Southern Boundary)

(Eastern Boundary)

(Western Boundary)
101 of 164
3.8.4
The day and night noise levels at all the locations are observed to be well below
the prescribed
limits
specified for different categories. The
results
of
measurements made during the study period have been presented in Table
3.8.2 (A) & (B). Summary of observations made during the study at four locations
within the study area has been summarized in Table-3.8.4 and for four locations
around boundary walls in Table- 3.8.3 as under:
Table - 3.8.2(A)
AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME
Time
(Hrs)
6.00 -7.00
7.00-8.00
8.00-9.00
9.00-10.00
10.00-11.00
11.00-12.00
12.00-13.00
13.00-14.00
14.00-15.00
15.00-16.00
16.00-17.00
17.00-18.00
18.00-19.00
19.00-20.00
20.00-21.00
21.00-22.00
SN1
47.2
46.5
48.9
52.3
52.3
55.6
55.9
56.3
56.3
56.9
55.3
52.3
50.1
49.8
49.5
48.8
Minimum
Maximum
Average
Leq (Day)
46.5
56.9
52.1
53.4
Noise Level, Leq (Hourly)

SN2
SN3
46.3
46.6
47.8
48.2
49.2
49.2
52.3
49.2
55.6
50.2
56.9
51.2
58.3
53.2
59.2
55.2
60.3
56.2
62.2
54.2
62.3
52.3
60.3
51.0
59.2
50.3
58.8
49.9
55.3
49.5
52.3
48.3
46.3
62.3
56.0
58.1
46.6
56.2
50.9
51.7
SN4
45.3
46.3
48.2
49.2
52.3
55.3
56.3
58.2
59.3
58.2
55.1
50.3
49.8
49.2
47.2
46.3
45.3
59.3
51.7
54.0
103 of 164
Table - 3.8.2(B)
AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING NIGHT TIME
Time
(Hrs)
22.00-23.00
23.00-24.00
24.00-1.00
1.00-2.00
2.00-3.00
3.00-4.00
4.00-5.00
5.00-6.00
SN1
48.2
48.1
47.2
46.3
46.3
45.2
44.2
43.2
Minimum
Maximum
Average
Leq (Night)
43.2
48.2
46.1
46.4
Noise Level, Leq (Hourly)

SN2
SN3
51.3
48.2
50.2
47.2
49.9
46.3
49.8
45.5
48.5
45.1
48.9
44.2
47.2
44.8
45.3
45.3
45.3
51.3
48.9
49.2
44.2
48.2
45.8
46.0
SN4
45.2
44.2
43.2
43.9
44.2
45.2
46.3
47.2
43.2
47.2
44.9
45.1
TABLE - 3.8.3
AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA - AROUND BOUNDARY WALLS
Sl.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Noise Level, dB(A)

Day
Night
72.1
52.2
66.2
56.1
55.2
48.1
58.2
48.2
Name of Location
Eastern Boundary
Western Boundary
Northern Boundary
Southern Boundary
Table - 3.8.4
AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL
Sampling
Locations
24-hrs Avg
Leq. Value
dB(A)
Day time
Leq. Value
dB(A)
Night time
Leq. Value
dB(A)
Proposed Project
Site-SN1
54.2
53.4
46.4
Durgachak-SN2
58.6
58.1
49.2
Basudebpur-SN3
52.8
51.7
46.0
Anantpur Village
-SN4
54.5
54.0
45.1
Prescribed Limits in dB(A)

as per NAAQS
Category
Day
Night
of Area
Time
Time
Residential
55
45
Area
Residential
55
45
Area
Residential
55
45
Area
Residential
55
45
Area
From the results, it is evident that observed values are in good compliance with
the noise level standards for Residential Areas.
104 of 164
3.8.5
STANDARD FOR NOISE

The Government of India, in exercise of its power under section 16(2)(h) of the Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981, notified the ambient air quality
standards in respect of noise (which has been included as an air pollutant under
section 20 of the Amended Air Act of 1987) as follows.
Area
A
B
C
D
Category of Area
Industrial Area
Commercial Area
Residential Area
Silence Zone
Limits in Decibels, dB (A)

Day Time
Night Time
75
65
55
50
70
55
45
40
NOTE:
1. Day Time is reckoned between 6 AM and 10 PM.
2. Night Time is reckoned between 10 PM and 6 AM.
3. Silence Zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around such premises as
hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be
declared by the competent authority. Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers
and bursting of crackers shall be banned in these zones.
4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above
mentioned categories by the competent authority.
dB (A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in
decibels on scale A which is related to human hearing.
A, in dB (A), denotes the frequency weighing in the measurement of noise
and corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human ear.
Receptor Oriented Standards

The Central Pollution Control Board, in exercise of its power under section 16(2)
(h) of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, notified the ambient
air quality standards in respect of noise (Which has been included as an air
pollutant under section 20 of the Amended Air Act of 1987) as hereunder:
105 of 164
Table - 3.8.5
Permissible Noise Exposure for Industrial Workers
Exposure Time, hr/day
8
4
2
1
0.5
0.25
0.125
0.063
0.031 or less
Limit dB(A)
90
93
96
99
102
105
108
111
114
106 of 164
3.9
BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
3.9.1
Study of biological environment is one of the most important aspects for

Environmental Impact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation of
environmental quality and biodiversity. Ecological systems show complex interrelationships between biotic and abiotic components including dependence,
competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprises of both plant and animal
communities which interact not only within and between themselves but also with
the abiotic components viz. Physical and chemical components of the
environment.
Generally, biological communities are the good indicators of climatic and edaphic
factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in
Environmental Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna.
Information on the impact of environmental stress on the community structure
serves as an inexpensive and efficient early warning system to check the damage
to a particular ecosystem. The biological environment includes mainly terrestrial
ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem.
Biological communities are dependent on the environmental conditions and
resources of its location. It may change if there is any change in the environment.
A number of variables like temperature, humidity, rainfall, soils characteristic,
topography, etc. are responsible for maintaining the homeostasis of the
environment. A change in any one of these variables may lead to stress on the
ecosystem. The animal and plant communities exist in their natural habitats in
well-organized manner. Their natural settings can be disturbed by any externally
induced anthropological activities or by naturally induced calamities or disaster.
So, once this setting is disturbed, it becomes practically impossible or takes a
longer time to come to its original state. Plants and animals are more susceptible
to environmental stress. A change in the composition of biotic communities is
reflected by a change in the distribution pattern, density, diversity, frequency,
dominance and abundance of natural species of flora and fauna existing in the
ecosystem. These changes over a span of time can be quantified and related to
the existing environmental factors. The field observations on vegetation
characteristics were made by using random observation method. The sensitivity of
animal and plant species to the changes occurring in their existing ecosystem can
107 of 164
therefore, be used for monitoring Environmental Impact Assessment studies of

any project.
3.9.2
Objectives
Objectives of the study are:
To generate baseline data from field observations;
To compare the data so generated with authentic past records to understand

changes;
To characterize the environmental components like land, water, flora and

fauna;
To understand the present biodiversity;
To identify susceptible sensitive and critical areas (environmental hotspots);
To understand impact of industrial activities on the flora and fauna;
To predict changes as a result of impact in the composition and functioning of

components of the ecosystem;
3.9.3
Different Methods Adopted for the Study

The study area for the ecological studies covers the area within 10 Km radius from
the Plant. To accomplish above objectives, a general ecological survey covering
the study area was carried out in the study area.
The Survey Includes:
Reconnaissance survey for the selection of sampling site:
Compilation of secondary data;
Generation of data from local villagers about importance and status of plants
and animals; and
Observation of symptoms and assessment of impacts.
3.9.4
Vegetation Pattern
Owing to its humid climate, the state of WB has a 33% of its land covered by
forests. Commonly classified into two categories namely tropical moist deciduous
and tropical dry deciduous, these forests are the store houses of Bamboo, Teak,
Rosewood, Sal, Piasal, Sanghvan and Haldi. The hills, plateaus and isolated
areas of the northeastern part of the state are covered by the tropical moist
deciduous forests whereas the second types of the forests are located in the
southwest region of the state. Out of a total geographical area of 155,707 sq kms,
108 of 164
the state of WB has recorded 52,472 sq kms of forest area whereas the actual
forest cover as per the records of Forest Survey of India is 47,033 sq kms.
Upholding the best possible example of bio diversity, the state is home to about
7,000 plant species including 120 Orchid species and 63 varieties of Mangrove
trees which make the state second largest mangrove ecosystem in India
The significant commercial crop of the study area is banana, papaya etc. The
major agricultural crops of the study area are paddy and the other agricultural
crops produced in the area are maize, wheat, oil seed, etc.
3.9.5
Methodology of Flora-Fauna Study

A natural eco-system is a structural and functional unit of nature. It has
components, which exists in harmony and survives by inter dependents. Eco
systems have self sustaining ability and control the numbers of organisms at any
level by cybernetic rule. The effects of these are that an eco system does not
become imbalance. Primary survey was conducted to:
y Walk through the areas to assess the biological resources which include
plants & animals.
3.9.6
Study of fauna, and
Collection of ethno botanical data
Sampling size and frequency of study

Study on existing flora has been carried out in 10 km radius using quadrate
method. The sample unit, quadrate, has been planned during survey once in a
season. The standard quadrate size has been selected as follows:
For wood bearing trees, depending up on girth class and height (15cm, 10m),
100mx100m square type quadrate are randomly selected in the field study.
For small plants and bushes, 10m x 10m square type quadrates are randomly
selected in the same quadrate as above in the field.
For grass species, 1m x 1m square type quadrates are randomly selected in

the same quadrate as above in the field.
The representative samples cover entire study area and the field study has
been carried out for two weeks.
109 of 164
3.9.7
Fauna Assessment
3.9.7.1
Study Methodology
Actual counts of birds were made at different sampling stations following the
standard survey technique. Observations were made during a walk through in the
chosen transect for sighting birds and animals. The number of animals and birds
observed in one-kilometer stretch of the site were directly counted and listing was
made. The milometer of the car/jeep was used to measure the stretch of the study
transect. Birds were noted, counted and identified with the help of binocular and
standard field identification guides. Other animals which were directly observed
from amongst the vegetation, bushes and the roadside fields were also recorded
and it is supplemented by the information obtained from discussion with Forest
Department Haldia.
3.9.8
Baseline Status
Flora
The list of flora identified during the survey is presented in Table - 3.9.1
Table - 3.9.1
LIST OF FLORA IN THE STUDY AREA
BOTANICAL NAME
Sl. No.
COMMON NAME
AGRICULTURAL CROPS
Oryza sativa
01.
Rice
Brassica nigra
02.
Mustard
Cajarus cajan
03.
Arthar
Lathyrus sativus
04.
Khesari
Cicem aeritenum
05.
Bengal Gram
Phaseolus mungo
06.
Mung
Pisum sativum
07.
Peak
Lens esculentus
08.
Masoor
Bambusa aurandinacea
09.
Bomboos
VEGETABLES CROPS
Solanum lycopersicum
01.
Tomato
Capsicum fruiticens
02.
Chilli
Cucumis melo
03.
Cucumber
Hibiscus esculartus
04.
Ladies finger
Allium cepa
05.
Onion
Chenopodium album
06.
Spinach
Solanum tuberosum
07.
Potato
Ipomea batata
08.
Sweet potato
Brassica campestris
09.
Cauli Flower/Cabbage
Solanum melongana
10.
Brinjal
Momordica charantia
11.
Karaila
110 of 164
TREES
Sababul
01.
02.
Jarul
03.
Sisso
04.
Gulmohar
05.
Radhachura
06.
Bottle brush
07.
Jhau
08.
Kadam
09.
Debdaru
10.
Palas
11.
Karanja
12.
Bilati Babul
13.
Rain tree
14.
Bottle palm
15.
Mango
16.
Eucalyptus
17.
Babul
18.
Akashmoni
19.
Coconut
20.
Betel Nut
21.
Banana
22.
Debdaru
23.
Chinese Palm
24.
Conifer
25.
Champa
26.
Agati
27.
Frangipani
28
Kamini
29.
Oleander
SHRUBS AND HERBS
01.
Jasmine
02.
Jaba
03.
Kananeranda
04.
Chandramallika
05.
Dahlia
06.
Marigold
07.
Rangan
08.
Croton
09.
Cherei
10.
Snapdragon
11.
Marshmallow
12.
Primrose
13.
Tulshi
14.
Sandhya malati
15.
Patharkuchi
Leucaena leucocephala
Lagerstroemia parviflora
Dalbergia sisso
Delonix regia
Peltophorum inerme
Callistemon lanceolatus
Casuarina equisetifolia
Anthocephalus cadamba
Polyalthia longifolia
Butea monosperma
Pongamia glabra
Prosopis juliflora
Samanea saman
orypha elata
Mangifera indica
Eucalyptus globosus
Acacia nilotica
Acacia auriculiformis
Cocos nucifera
Arcca catachu
Musa sapiumtum
Polyaltia longifolia
Carvota urens
Cupressus species
Michelia champaca
Sesbania grandiflora
Plumeria acutifolia
Murraya exotica
Nerium odorum
Gardenia species
Hibiscus rosasinensis
Jatropha curcas
Chrysanthemum species
Dahlia species
Tagetes species
Ixora coccinea
Codiaeum variegatum
Bougainvillea spectabilis
Antirrhinum majus
Althae officinalis
Primula species
Ocimum Sanctum
Mirabilis jalapa
Bryophyllum sp.
111 of 164
BAMBOOS
01.
Bans
02.
Bamboo (Kanta)
Muli bamboo
03.
GRASSES
01.
Kansh
02.
Khash
03.
Dubh
04.
Phooli (Phulhara)
MEDICINAL PLANT
01.
Neem
02.
Amla
03.
Hilika
04.
Bohera
05.
Arjun
06.
Bel
Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb)

Dendrocalamus gigenteus
Mealoocanna
Saceharum spontaneum, Linn
Vetivaria Zizaniodes, Nash
Cynodon dactylon, Pers
Apuda mutica, Linn
Azadirachta indica
Emblica Officinalis
Terminalia chebula
T.belerica
T. arjuna
Aegle marmilos
Status of Flora within Haldia

Some of important species of plants are:
1. Casurina
2. Eucalyptus
3. Acacia
4. Neem
5. Ficus Elatica
6. Bamboo
7. Phycus Patna,
8. Tikoma
9. Gulmohar
10. Mango
11. Sapeta,
12. Guava
13. Tamarind
14. Jamun
15. Jack Fruit, etc.
3.9.9
Fauna
Diverse types of fauna ranging from mammals, avian species to reptiles were
recorded/ reported. The existing aquatic ecology supports rich diversity due to
existence of lotic and lentic water bodies.
Mammals
Macaca (Rhesus macaque), Golden langur (Trachypithecus geei), Bay bamboo
rat (Connomys badius), Otter (Aonyx congica), Indian Mongoose (Herpestes
javanicus) were reported in the study area. Only four mammalian species were
physically seen and rest was based on secondary information and information
112 of 164
procured from the forest department.

The study of Fauna was undertaken at the site and within the area of 10 km
radius. The land is mostly dominated by rural setting. Consequently, among fauna
species especially avifauna is rich and diversified. Also animals observed/reported
are mainly House rat, Bat, Jungle Cat, and squirrels, monkey, Python and other
variety of snakes. The most common birds in this region are Hill maina, green
pigeon, Dove, Parrots, etc. The domestic fauna in the area consists of Cow,
Bullock, Buffalo, Sheep, Goat, Horse, Ponies and Pig among the live stock and
Duck, Drake, Hen, Fowl. During the study period, it is observed that a wide variety
of birds of 20 species were common to the area, whereas four species of
mammals and four species of reptiles were found in the area.
Avifauna
The avi-fauna of the division is richer than the animals. The birds come across are
tree-pie, bulbul, black drongo, maina, munia, house sparrow, wood pecker,
hoopoe, cuckoo, parakeet, kingfisher, owl, vulture, green pegion, dove, jungle
fowl, patrdgo, cormorant, pond horn etc.
Mammals and other species
Among the larger sized animals have been listed by the Forest Department. Many
types of butterflies, dragonflies, honeybees, observed during the study period.
Fisheries
It is very important to assess the fishing potential of the fresh water ecosystem of
the region to ascertain the likely impacts that may arise due to proposed
development. Fishing is considered as one of the key small scale industries in the
district and number of people depends for their livelihood on fishing.
Fisheries sector occupies a pivotal place in national and state economy. It is also
an important source of animal protein and a popular economic activity in a coastal
district like Haldia. This sector bears potential for substantial income and
opportunities in generating employment for the unemployment youth. Because of
remunerative income from fishery than agriculture, now-a-days the occupation is
not limited to Keuta sub caste under Scheduled Caste category. People of all
caste are involved in this occupation, starting from catching fishes to trading,
export etc. Haldia is one of the maritime districts of the state bestowed with vast
freshwater, brackish water and marine fisheries resources. Rivers namely,
113 of 164
Budhabalang, Subarnarekha, Sono, Kansabansa, Jalaka etc are flowing in the

district having rich fisheries potential for inland capture fisheries. Also 80 km long
coastline of Bay of Bengal bordering the district provides enough scope for marine
and brackish water fishery.
Now a days fish is considered as an important nutritive food for every human
being for healthy life. As per WHO guideline per capita requirement of fish is
11kg/year. Accordingly, the district for its estimated 24.16 lakh population requires
about 26574 MT of fish & shell fish. But it has been estimated that the district
produces only 12391.77 tons of fish & shell fish from fresh water sources, as
production from brackish and marine sectors are mainly exported. Very marginal
quantity of brackish water and marine fishes are consumed within the district. This
availability level from fresh water fishes is able to provide only 5.13 kg/year to
each individual of the district. It is a matter of fact that there are vast water
resources in the district and the present production level is only 30.01% in fresh
water fisheries, 21.89% in brackish water fisheries and 43.97% in marine
fisheries. There is a gap of 14182.23 MT of fresh water fish required to meet the
fish demand of the district. In order to fulfill this gap along with generation of
employment and utilizing of idle resources, there is need for development of
fishery resources in a scientific way.
The fauna observed/reported during the study period are described below in the
Table 3.9.2.
Table - 3.9.2
LIST OF FAUNA SURROUNDING THE SUTDY AREA
SL .
COMMON NAME
NO.
MAMMALS
01.
Golden langur
02.
Indian mongoose
03.
Bay bamboo rat
04.
Hog badger
05.
Hoary bamboo rat
06.
Otter
07.
Goat
08.
Horse
09.
House Mouse
10.
Jackal
11.
Fruit Bat
12.
Squirrel
13
Indian Rat
ZOOLOGICAL NAME
Trachypithecus geei
Herpestes javanicus
Cannomys badius
Arctonyx collaris
Rhizomys pruinosus
Lutra perspicillata
Capra sp.
Equus Caballus
Mus musculus
Canis aurius
Rousettus leschenaultia
Funumbuls palmarum
Mus rattus
114 of 164
AVI-FAUNA
01.
Common maina
02.
Blue rock pigeon
03.
House crow
04.
House sparrow
05.
Spotted dove
06.
Jungle Crow
07.
Paddy field pipit
08.
Green Bee Eater
09.
House swift
10.
Red vented bulbul
11.
Little egret
12.
Bank myna
13.
Pied myna
14.
Rose ring parakeet
15.
Hoopoe
Acridotheres tristis
Columba livia
Corvus splendens
Passer domesticus
Streptopelia chinensis
Corvus macrorhynchos
Anthus rufulus
Merops orientalis
Apus affinis
Turdoides striata
Egretta garzetta
Acridotheres ginginianus
Gracupica contra
Psittacula kramen
Upupa epops
REPTILES
01.
02.
03.
04.
05.
06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
Wall lizard
Common Brahminy Skink
Common Garden Lizard
Common Brahminy Skink
Tree monitored lizard
Brooks gecko
Beaked worm or Blind Snake
Common wolf snake
Dhaman or Common
Snake
Checkered Keel back
Common Indian Krait
Rat
Memicactylus species
Mabuya carinata
Calotes versicular
Mabuya carinata
Varanus varanus
Hemidactylus brooki (Gray)
Typhlops acutus (Dummeril &
Bibron)
Lycodon aulicus (Linn.)
Ptyas mucosus (Linn.)
Xenochrophis piscator (Schneider)
Bungarus caerulus (Schneider)
AMPHIBIANS
01.
02.
03.
04.
05.
Skipping Frog
Paddy field Frog
Indian bull Frog
Common Indian Toad
Marbled Toad
Rana cynophlyctis (Schneider)

Rana limnocharis (Boie)
Rana tigrina (Daudin)
Common Indian Toad
Bufo stomaticus (Lutken)
FISHES (AQUATIC FAUNA)

01.
02.
03.
04.
05.
06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
Lata
Sole
Chang
Rohu
Catla
Mrigal
Silver carp
Common carp
Tilapia
Parse
Magur
Singi
Channa punctatus
Channa striatus
Channa gachua
Labeo rohita
Catla catla
Cirrhinus mrigala
Hypophthalmichthys molitrix
Cyprinus carpio
Tilapia mozambica
Liza parsia
Clarias batrachus
Heteropneustes fossillis
115 of 164
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Tangra
Bata
Calbasu
Koi
Gangetic Koi
Boal
Danikuni
Punti
Chital
Bhetk
Kharsa
24.
Tapse
Mystas gulio
Labeo bata
Labeo calbasu
Anabas testudineus
Anabas cobojius
Wallago attu
Rasbara daniconius
Puntius puntio
Notopterus chitala
Lates calcarifer
Labeo angra
Sarotherodon melanotheron
heudelotii
MARINE FISHES
01.
02.
03.
04.
05.
06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
Tuna
Halibut
Indian Mackerel
Sawfish
Scoliodon
Pomfret
Ilish
Catfishes
Bony Fish
Paplet
Thunnus albacares
Hippoglossus hippoglossus
Rastrelliger kanagurta
Pristis microdon
Scoliodon palasorrah
Pampus argenteus
Hilsa ilisha
Ariopsis felis
Boleophthalmus viridis
Stromateus cinereus
Fishing Activities
116 of 164
3.10
3.10.1
Development of Haldia urban industrial complex is traced back to the

development of Haldia Dock Complex. Founded in 1959, Haldia is located just 96
km south of Kolkata and at the confluence of the Hooghly (one of the distributaries
of the Ganges) and the Haldi river in Purba Medinipore District of West Bengal. It
is about 127 km by road and 140 km by rail from Kolkata. Haldia has an average
elevation of 8 metres (26 feet).
Haldia Urban Industrial complex has developed due to setting up of Haldia Dock
Complex as a subsidiary trade port for Kolkata, intended mainly for bulk cargoes.
Haldia Dock as an adjunct to Kolkata Port, started its functioning since 1968 and
picked up its activities with the commissioning of Haldia Dock Complex in 1977.
Haldia industrial complex is basically port based. The industrial city has several
factories including South Asian Petrochemicals Limited, Indian Oil Corporation
Limited (IOCL), Exide, Shaw Wallace (United Phosphorous Ltd.), Tata Chemicals,
Haldia Petrochemical Complex and Hindustan Lever, in addition to various light
industries. The port has attracted factories of foreign companies, like Mitsubishi
Chemical Company (MCC). Indian Oil Refinery, Haldia Petrochemical Project and
Mitsubishi PTA plant are the industrial nucleus of Haldia. A large number of
companies are also being set up. The Haldia Petrochemicals is the second largest
project of such kind in India. During 1991 to 2004, about Rs. 10,000/- crore was
invested in Haldia complex, which accounted for 36 % of total investment in West
Bengal
In 2011, Purba Medinipur had population of 5,095,875 of which male and female
were 2,629,834 and 2,466,041 respectively. In 2001 census, Purba Medinipur had
a population of 4,417,377 of which males were 2,268,322 and remaining
2,149,055 were females.
There was change of 15.36 percent in the population compared to population as
per 2001. In the previous census of India 2001, Purba Medinipur District recorded
increase of 14.87 percent to its population compared to 1991.
117 of 164
The density of Purba Medinipur district for 2011 is 1,081 people per sq. km. In
2001, Purba Medinipur district density was at 933 people per sq. km. Purba
Medinipur district administers 4,713 square kilometers of areas.
The average literacy rate of Purba Medinipur in 2011 were 87.02 compared to
80.16 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy
were 92.32 and 81.37 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 89.13
and 70.70 in Purba Medinipur District. Total literate in Purba Medinipur District
were 3,923,194 of which male and female were 2,149,073 and 1,774,121
respectively. In 2001, Purba Medinipur District had 2,806,250 in its district.
With regards to Sex Ratio in Purba Medinipur, it stood at 938 per 1000 male
compared to 2001 census figure of 947. The average national sex ratio in India is
940 as per latest reports of Census 2011 Directorate. In 2011 census, child sex
ratio is 946 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure of 951 girls per 1000 boys of
2001 census data.
In census enumeration, data regarding child under 0-6 age were also collected
for all districts including Purba Medinipur. There were total 587,654 children under
age of 0-6 against 628,459 of 2001 census. Of total 587,654 male and female
were 301,989 and 285,665 respectively. Child Sex Ratio as per census 2011 was
946 compared to 951 of census 2001. In 2011, Children under 0-6 formed 11.53
percent of Purba Medinipur District compared to 14.23 percent of 2001. There
was net change of -2.7 percent in this compared to previous census of India.
The Haldia Township is bordered by the Haldi River, an offshoot of the Ganges
River. The riverside in Haldia is a favourite destination for residents and one can
see people strolling down the riverside during the evenings.
3.10.2
Cultural Profile
Haldia culture is a blend of traditional festivals, food, and music. The city offers a
cosmopolitan and diverse lifestyle with a variety of food, entertainment, available
in a form and abundance comparable to that in other cities. Haldia residents
celebrate both Western and Indian festivals. Diwali, Holi, Eid, Christmas, Navratri,
Good Friday, Dussera, Moharram, Ganesh Chaturthi, Durga Puja and Maha
118 of 164
Shivratri are some of the popular festivals in the city. The Akhada Arts Festival
during durga puja is a unique culture of Haldia.
Haldia is famous for following festivals:
Dusshera, the festival of goddess Durga, is very popular in Haldia. Idols are
worshipped in many streets and localities. The whole city comes to a standstill
on Astami, Navami and in Dashami burning of effigy of the demon Ravana
(the eighth, ninth and tenth days of Dussehra) as people travel all over the city
appreciating all the idols put forth by the neighbourhoods.
Kali puja, Just after Durga puja gets over, Haldia gear up with all their vigour
to celebrate Kali puja. On the auspicious day of Diwali amidst the bursting
of firecrackers.
Kartikeshwar puja: The organized puja committees in charge of carrying out

the worship of the deity of Haldia get ready for Kartikeswar Puja.
Kartikeshwar is the eldest son of Lord Shiva.
Kite flying is also celebrated with much enthusiasm and energy in the city.
Kite-flying culminates with the Makar Sankranti, with kite-flying competitions
being held all over the city.
All
the
other
regular
Indian
festivals
like Ganesh
Chaturthi, Vasant
Panchami, Holi, Id, Good Friday, Rath Yatra, Diwali, Christmas and the
numerous Hindu festivals are also celebrated.
3.10.3
Demographic Profile
In view of the size and operations within the Project,
the study of demographic profile has been limited to
the area within a distance of 10 Km from the site. The
study area covers 114 villages. The total population
of the entire villages under study area was 3,19,762
(District Census handbook - 2011). Under the
category of sex ratio, the number of females per
1000 males is 946. Total population of Scheduled
Caste is 86968 and total population of Scheduled
Tribe is 302. The literacy rate in the study area is
75.57%, out of which the literacy rate in male
category is higher (80.28%) whereas the literacy rate
Interaction with
local residents
119 of 164
EIA ST
TUDY FOR DEVE
ELOPMENT OF CRYOGENIC
C
LPG
G IMPORT, STOR
RAGE AND DISTR
RIBUTION FACILIITY
ALON
NG WITH ALLIED INFRASTRUCTU
URE AT HALDIA OF M/S AEGIS LOGISTICS
L
LIMIT
TED
DESC
CRIPTION OF E
ENVIRONMENT
T
is on
nly 70.61% in female category. Th
he Salient fe
eatures of the demogra
aphy profile
e
of th
he study are
ea presente
ed in Table
e 3.10.1 an
nd the demo
ographic prrofile of the
e
area is presente
ed in Tabless 3.10.3 and
d 3.10.4.
Table
e - 3.10.1
S
Salient
Features of Dem
mographic Profile
P
of Stu
udy Area
Features
s within
Parrticulars
Study
y Area
Pop
pulation, Total
319762
Pop
pulation, Malles
164263
Pop
pulation, Fem
males
155499
Fem
males per 10
000 Males
94
46
Pop
pulation 6 years,
y
Total
386
647
Sch
heduled casttes (SC), Tottal Population
869
968
SC, Male Population
450
034
SC, Female Population
419
934
SC, Total as % of total popu
ulation
27..19
SC, Females/10
000 SC Male
es
93
31
Sch
heduled tribe
es (ST), Tota
al Population
30
02
ST,, Males Popu
ulation
15
52
ST,, Females Po
opulation
15
50
ST Total as % of
o total population
0.09
944
ST Females/1000 ST Maless
98
86
Lite
erates, Total Population
241671
Lite
erates, Maless Population
131872
Lite
erates, Fema
ales Population
109799
Tottal Literates as
a % of Tota
al Population
75..57
Males Literatres
s as % of To
otal Male Pop
pulation
80..28
Fem
males Literattes as % of Total
T
Female
e Population
70..61
SOU
URCE: CENS
SUS HANDBO
OOK 2011
319762
2
Pop
pulation
nstatuswithinStudyA
Area
164263 1554
499
Number
3500
000
3000
000
2500
000
2000
000
1500
000
1000
000
500
000
0
86968
5034 41934
45
302
152
150
Category
Proje
ects & Develo
opment India Limited, Sind
dri
120 of 164
4
3.10.4
Economy and Occupation

Agriculture and allied sectors are the main components of the districts economy.
It provides both direct and indirect employment to the majority of the workforce
(67%). The share of agriculture in the district income is about 41% in the year
2001-02. In fact agriculture is the main source of livelihood of the population
supplemented by livestock rearing, fishery and horticulture. The district lack
mineral resources and so also major and medium industries. Hence, the rural
population of the district mainly depends on agriculture, fishery and other activities
allied to agriculture for their livelihood. The occupational pattern of the study area
is presented in Tables 3.9.5 and 3.9.6. The economy of the area is dependent on
agriculture, fishery and other activities allied to agriculture for their livelihood. The
Salient features of the Economy profile of the study area presented in Table
3.10.2.
Table - 3.10.2
Silent feature of Demographic profile
Particulars
Population, Total
Total Workers
Total Workers as % of total population
Main Workers, Total
Main Workers, Males
Main Workers, Females
Total Main workers as % of Total Population
Marginal workers, Total
Marginal workers, Males
Marginal workers, Females
Total Marginal Workers as % of Total Population
Main Cultivators, Total
Main Agricultural Labourers, Total
Main Household Workers, Total
Main Other workers, Total
Main Cultivators as % of Total Main Workers
Main Agric. Labourers as % of Total Main Workers
Main Household workers as % of Total Main Workers
Main Other workers as % of Total Main Workers
Features within
Study Area
23266
7720
33.18
4147
3766
381
17.82
3573
2771
802
15.36
598
956
102
2491
14.42
23.05
2.46
60.07
SOURCE: CENSUS HANDBOOK 2011
121 of 164
EIA ST
TUDY FOR DEVE
ELOPMENT OF CRYOGENIC
C
LPG
G IMPORT, STOR
RAGE AND DISTR
RIBUTION FACILIITY
ALON
NG WITH ALLIED INFRASTRUCTU
URE AT HALDIA OF M/S AEGIS LOGISTICS
L
LIMIT
TED
DESC
CRIPTION OF E
ENVIRONMENT
T
Demoggraphicp
profilew
withinSStudyArea
25000
23266
20000
Number
15000
10000
7720
4
4147
3766
5000
3573 2771
381
802
598
956
91
249
102
Categ
gory
3.10.5
Ame
enities
Significant deve
elopment work
w
has be
een done in
n the districct during th
he past few
w
deca
ades. The numbers
n
of schools ha
ave increased conside
erably and more
m
buses
s
and cycles are plying on the roads as compared to pre--independence period.
he social outlook.
o
The number of medical
Educcation has tended to change th
instittutions is also fast incrreasing. As a result off the increassed transpo
ort facilities,
peop
ple have be
egun to travvel more fre
equently. Th
here is a pe
erceptible change from
m
the ttraditional pattern
p
to th
he adoption of modern
n style of livving. Aspira
ations of the
e
peop
ple are high
h. The com
mmunity devvelopment program
p
ha
as created an urge forr
bette
er living amo
ong the peo
ople.
Within the studyy area, mosst of the se
ettlements are
a electrifie
ed and connected with
h
meta
alled roads. Facilities fo
or primary e
education and
a medicall treatment available in
n
all th
he settlemen
nts are adequate.
Proje
ects & Develo
opment India Limited, Sind
dri
122 of 164
4
3.10.6
Agriculture
Agriculture and allied sectors are the main-stay of the districts economy. Majority
of the farmers are either marginal (67.98%) or small (22.11%) with less than 2 ha
of land. These two categories of farmers operate only 65% of total holdings.
Percentage of large and medium farmers (>4 ha) are very less in the district in
comparison to state averages. Average land holding size of the farmers is also
very less, .i.e. 0.93 ha as against 1.25 ha in the Orissa state. This is because of
high population density in the district. Haldia district is fairly irrigated. Out of the
net area sown 55.58% is irrigated in Kharif season and 42.02% in Rabi season.
This is much higher than state figures, which is only 46.39% in kharif and 22.27%
in rabi season. In kharif season paddy is the principal crop with coverage of
91.81% of the total cropped area in the season. This is followed by vegetable
crops, chillies and jute.
Similarly, in rabi season, pulse crop like mung, biri and vegetables are the
principal crop of the area. Sugarcane is cultivated in 320 ha in the district. Mung
and Biri are cultivated in available residual moisture in the paddy field. Cultivation
of cash crops like sunflower, groundnut, potato, onion, spices etc. is marginal in
the district. Paddy is cultivated in vast patches during kharif throughout the district.
In rabi season, paddy is cultivated only under irrigated conditions.
Regarding productivity of major crops cultivated in the district, productivity of kharif
paddy is 10.98% lower than state average. Similarly, productivity of sweet potato,
turmeric, maize, garlic, Arhar, groundnut, jute, onion, wheat, castor, sunflower and
sugarcane are lower than state averages. But the yield rate of gram, mung, biri,
Til, Mesta, Sunhemp, Ginger, field pae, Mustard, coriander, potato, cowpea, etc.
are marginally higher than state averages. This low productivity in an important
crop like paddy requires the attention of the agriculturists for immediate
intervention. Though natural calamity is one of the important reasons behind this,
yet strategies can be made to improve the productivity.
3.10.7
Education
Education Index of this district is 0.74 and the district is ranked 1st position in
literacy rate in comparison to other districts of West Bengal.
123 of 164
Haldia is the education hub of Northern West Bengal with many Engineering
Schools and the famous Fakir Mohan University, named after the renowned
novelist Fakir Mohan Senapati.
There are a number of engineering colleges in Haldia town which is located
merely at a distance of about 12 km from Project. The study area comprises a
number of high schools, middle schools and primary schools.
3.10.8
Economy
In Purba Medinipur distict, Forest is an important natural resource of an economy.
Forest influences the climatic conditions of an area. In addition, it is also a source
of supplying various forest produce like wood, timber, fruits etc. Purba Midnapore
district has an area of 899 hectare under forest, which is 0.02% of its geographical
area.
The primary occupation of people in the study area is cultivation. Haldia is mostly
known for cultivation of paddy, since rice is the staple cereal of the local people.
Haldia has four major revenue sources like Industries, Agriculture, fishing and
Tourism.
3.10.9
Road
National
Highway-41
passes
through
the
city.
part
of
the Golden
Quadrilateral project, this highway runs from Chennai to Kolkata. Intra city transport
is primarily through Cycle rickshaws (Motor Van) and auto rickshaws. Now-a-days
city buses ply in two routes in the city to join different places in the city.
TABLE-3.10.3
VILLAGE WISE DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE IN STUDY AREA
Sl. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name of Village
Basudebpur
Baishnab Chak
Dihsibram Nagar
Anantapur
Khanjadapur
Chackdurgadas
Naya Char
Kismat Sibramnagar
Dakshin Gobinda Pur
Jamal Chak
Jaynagar
Baneswar Chak
BarGhasipur
Chak Durgabasan
Chak Sibrampur
Total No. of
House hold
207
356
341
137
484
134
196
1007
4
248
782
794
254
205
63
Population
Total
955
1760
1535
622
1943
648
983
4150
15
1164
3610
3293
1169
954
303
Male
507
968
803
319
985
336
490
2140
7
579
1841
1671
603
473
155
Female
448
792
732
303
958
312
493
2010
8
585
1769
1622
566
481
148
Scheduled Castes
Scheduled Tribes
Male
Male
42
75
211
40
506
2
131
80
0
22
397
1443
0
16
130
Female
35
67
198
38
501
2
130
72
0
27
379
1366
0
21
126
Female
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
124 of 164
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
Dahalauda
Nandapur
Durbachati
Dakshin Srikrishnapur
Priya Nagar
Kismat Kumar Chak
Ali Chak
Jagannath Chak
Raghunath Chak
Haripur
Saluka
Dandapur
Urdhabpur
Kalagachhia
Bahardab Char
Durganagar
Bhagabanpur
Jadupur
Tengarberya
Uttar Rampur
Ramnagar
Tengra Mari
Rangamalput
Kanai Chak
Chitamari
Basan Chak
Chandan Nagar
Narayanchak
Chak Pratappur
Rupchak
ajadapur
Pitambarpur
Biswanathpur
Rajarampur
Bishnu Misri Chak
Sautan Chak
Paramananda Chak
Pathuria
Baishnab Chak
Chak Sibrampur
Tentul Berya
Hatiberya
Bhabanipur
Chhota Chaulkhola
Barabari
Bar Bathuari
Barabari
Balu Bar
Banbar
Basudebpur
Dihisibram Nagar
Raja rampur
Dakshin Gobindpur
Anantapur
Krishna Nagar
Gobindpur
Chak Sibjeberia
Jogannathpur
Manoharpur
Bartala
Sutatha
Mahamadpur
Jamberia
Asadtalia
Sutahata Khal
Bhupatinagar
Uttar Ranichak
191
1684
425
387
411
155
478
238
408
54
1169
79
539
180
577
237
536
135
94
109
411
152
180
383
484
742
367
264
10
161
279
114
192
552
391
232
168
214
207
63
350
50
63
21
116
13
1134
146
72
209
341
95
167
261
315
847
85
114
470
208
25805
208
382
355
1131
217
329
693
7397
1968
1735
2008
580
2428
1066
1637
196
5680
387
2610
940
2679
918
2105
578
386
534
1914
759
865
1964
2209
3325
1670
1216
44
764
1291
509
941
2434
1635
926
741
956
897
303
1502
224
258
88
577
70
5051
725
401
942
1535
518
728
1179
1399
3712
384
484
2081
977
118629
977
1759
1656
5155
986
1604
356
3793
1021
899
1050
298
1266
531
852
94
2949
199
1339
473
1399
473
1097
298
192
261
964
397
456
1044
1134
1647
858
615
21
390
673
267
477
1239
842
499
400
484
489
155
783
114
132
48
284
36
2576
367
216
476
803
268
381
606
724
1946
186
247
1069
514
60892
514
934
849
2617
487
793
337
3604
947
836
958
282
1162
535
785
102
2731
188
1271
467
1280
445
1008
280
194
273
950
362
409
920
1075
1678
812
601
23
374
618
242
464
1195
793
427
341
472
408
148
719
110
126
40
293
34
2475
358
185
466
732
250
347
573
675
1766
198
237
1012
463
57737
463
825
807
2538
499
811
4
290
22
2
0
0
106
79
0
20
553
0
27
141
721
252
195
78
11
0
212
257
13
224
53
202
266
24
5
0
125
146
81
613
6
143
59
0
103
130
557
0
0
48
15
26
121
0
81
172
211
92
98
55
0
164
1
0
405
3
19396
3
9
12
262
68
3
6
255
33
4
0
0
92
97
0
23
533
0
25
152
659
220
177
79
7
0
218
224
11
211
63
175
243
23
13
0
121
133
80
614
8
114
54
0
82
126
482
0
0
40
12
27
116
0
80
180
198
87
80
58
0
142
1
0
373
4
17916
4
7
11
252
64
3
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
36
0
0
0
1
0
0
2
0
1
0
0
8
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
16
0
0
0
0
0
15
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
39
0
0
0
2
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16
0
0
0
0
0
25
0
0
0
3
0
0
125 of 164
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
Bijayrampur
Ramchandrapur
Raghunathpur
Bhangapalpur
Akubpur
Chaitaryapur
Basudebpur
Guaberiya
Basudebpur
Kunar Chak
Basudebpur
Priyanagbada
Kumar Chak
Ramnagar
Madhabpur
Golap chak
Baneshwer chak
Phaterbariya
Horkhali
Ataphala
Parbatipur
Tajpur
Tajnagar
Gopalpur
Khanpur
Begumberia
Phinga
Ramnagar
Radhaballabh chak
Rani chak
Kishorpur
Debhog
Bar Basudebpur
Total
335
277
145
230
399
756
117
823
160
2258
1727
1349
670
1160
1917
3169
501
3896
693
9198
894
685
350
599
977
1660
258
1998
360
4727
833
664
320
561
940
1509
243
1898
333
4471
4
0
0
35
156
66
57
93
20
2569
4
0
0
31
130
59
52
104
19
2351
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
0
0
0
1930
2258
203
287
436
794
460
278
357
425
234
413
386
258
624
233
154
942
682
109
97
1048
70476
9129
9198
1059
1419
2127
3293
2413
1403
1531
1931
1191
1813
1841
1176
2849
929
620
4489
3185
487
427
4379
319762
4683
4727
553
739
1078
1671
1173
721
783
1021
592
930
930
622
1490
487
309
2252
1631
249
206
2278
164263
4446
4471
506
680
1049
1622
1240
682
748
910
599
883
911
554
1359
442
311
2237
1554
238
221
2101
155499
576
2569
0
417
716
1443
317
176
764
871
0
840
822
354
790
467
104
44
439
62
0
203
45034
585
2351
0
373
697
1366
289
159
728
768
0
791
799
296
745
419
113
42
415
59
0
215
41934
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
33
0
0
5
15
1
152
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
34
0
0
1
13
0
150
TABLE - 3.10.4
VILLAGE WISE DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE IN STUDY AREA
Sl. No.
Name of Village
Population
Total
Male
Literates
Female
Male
Illiterates
Female
Male
Female
Population
(0-6 year)
Basudebpur
207
955
507
433
346
74
102
88
Baishnab Chak
356
1760
968
863
606
105
186
134
168
Dihsibram Nagar
341
1535
803
664
563
139
169
Anantapur
137
622
319
263
207
56
96
70
Khanjadapur
484
1943
985
806
686
179
272
230
Chackdurgadas
134
648
336
299
238
37
74
67
Naya Char
196
983
490
373
324
117
169
165
1007
4150
2140
1808
1537
332
473
458
15
Jamal Chak
248
1164
579
464
424
115
161
126
11
Jaynagar
782
3610
1841
1445
1152
396
617
476
12
Baneswar Chak
794
3293
1671
1356
1164
315
458
430
13
barGhasipur
254
1169
603
491
377
112
189
109
14
Chak Durgabasan
205
954
473
392
340
81
141
101
15
Chak Sibrampur
63
303
155
123
97
32
51
41
16
Dahalauda
191
693
356
310
285
46
52
62
17
Nandapur
1684
7397
3793
3079
2699
714
905
921
18
Durbachati
425
1968
1021
847
674
174
273
218
19
387
1735
899
783
648
116
188
172
20
Priya Nagar
411
2008
1050
817
675
233
283
265
Kismat Sibramnagar
Dakshin Gobinda Pur
10
126 of 164
21
Kismat Kumar Chak
155
580
298
256
215
42
67
47
22
Ali Chak
478
2428
1266
1034
839
232
323
319
23
Jagannath Chak
238
1066
531
471
438
60
97
132
24
Raghunath Chak
408
1637
852
701
531
151
254
216
25
Haripur
54
196
94
87
78
24
18
26
Saluka
1169
5680
2949
2267
1761
682
970
720
27
Dandapur
79
387
199
168
116
31
72
33
28
Urdhabpur
539
2610
1339
1154
975
185
296
258
29
Kalagachhia
180
940
473
348
277
125
190
117
30
Bahardab Char
577
2679
1399
1073
858
326
422
338
31
Durganagar
237
918
473
393
343
80
102
118
32
Bhagabanpur
536
2105
1097
905
730
192
278
217
33
Jadupur
135
578
298
227
179
71
101
68
34
Tengarberya
94
386
192
167
148
25
46
48
35
Uttar Rampur
109
534
261
233
213
28
60
58
36
Ramnagar
411
1914
964
835
745
129
205
196
37
Tengra Mari
152
759
397
309
229
88
133
94
38
Rangamalput
180
865
456
384
287
72
122
89
39
Kanai Chak
383
1964
1044
897
676
147
244
194
40
Chitamari
484
2209
1134
970
808
164
267
253
41
Basan Chak
742
3325
1647
1398
1265
249
413
372
42
Chandan Nagar
367
1670
858
662
582
196
230
252
43
Narayanchak
264
1216
615
505
455
110
146
127
44
Chak Pratappur
10
44
21
11
10
15
13
45
Rupchak
161
764
390
336
288
54
86
83
46
ajadapur
279
1291
673
583
471
90
147
131
47
Pitambarpur
114
509
267
191
146
76
96
51
48
Biswanathpur
192
941
477
398
343
79
121
79
49
Rajarampur
552
2434
1239
943
791
296
404
299
50
Bishnu Misri Chak
391
1635
842
637
495
205
298
213
51
Sautan Chak
232
926
499
427
310
72
117
109
52
Paramananda Chak
168
741
400
329
240
71
101
89
53
Pathuria
214
956
484
410
378
74
94
123
54
Baishnab Chak
207
897
489
427
339
62
69
90
55
Chak Sibrampur
63
303
155
123
97
32
51
41
56
Tentul Berya
350
1502
783
633
459
150
260
195
57
Hatiberya
50
224
114
104
97
10
13
19
58
Bhabanipur
63
258
132
113
95
19
31
18
59
Chhota Chaulkhola
21
88
48
41
23
17
60
Barabari
116
577
284
250
236
34
57
73
61
Bar Bathuari
13
70
36
30
24
10
62
Barabari
1134
5051
2576
2150
1815
426
660
577
63
Balu Bar
146
725
367
318
230
49
128
89
64
Banbar
72
401
216
195
153
21
32
30
65
Basudebpur
209
942
476
400
353
76
113
117
66
Dihisibram Nagar
341
1535
803
664
563
139
169
168
67
Raja rampur
95
518
268
228
178
40
72
68
68
Dakshin Gobindpur
167
728
381
334
286
47
61
79
69
Anantapur
261
1179
606
507
422
99
151
118
70
Krishna Nagar
315
1399
724
611
515
113
160
130
71
Gobindpur
847
3712
1946
1641
1336
305
430
363
72
Chak Sibjeberia
85
384
186
147
129
39
69
44
127 of 164
73
Jogannathpur
114
484
247
207
159
40
78
55
74
Manoharpur
470
2081
1069
830
687
239
325
260
75
Bartala
208
977
514
434
356
80
107
110
76
Sutatha
25805
118629
60892
48255
40367
12637
17370
14671
77
Mahamadpur
208
977
514
434
356
80
107
110
78
Jamberia
382
1759
934
787
643
147
182
230
79
Asadtalia
355
1656
849
751
612
98
195
161
80
Sutahata Khal
1131
5155
2617
2210
1893
407
645
556
81
Bhupatinagar
217
986
487
417
343
70
156
99
82
Uttar Ranichak
329
1604
793
606
551
187
260
198
83
Bijayrampur
335
1727
894
715
626
179
207
239
84
Ramchandrapur
277
1349
685
547
442
138
222
185
85
Raghunathpur
145
670
350
314
249
36
71
58
86
Bhangapalpur
230
1160
599
513
422
86
139
118
87
Akubpur
399
1917
977
794
660
183
280
226
88
Chaitaryapur
756
3169
1660
1442
1250
218
259
286
89
Basudebpur
117
501
258
219
173
39
70
44
90
Guaberiya
823
3896
1998
1578
1371
420
527
532
91
Basudebpur
160
693
360
316
280
44
53
58
92
2258
9198
4727
3572
2937
1155
1534
1227
93
Kunar Chak
Basudebpur
Priyanagbada
1930
9129
4683
3763
3123
920
1323
990
94
Kumar Chak
2258
9198
4727
3572
2937
1155
1534
1227
95
Ramnagar
203
1059
553
404
308
149
198
164
96
Madhabpur
287
1419
739
581
445
158
235
216
97
Golap chak
436
2127
1078
802
641
276
408
292
98
Baneshwer chak
794
3293
1671
1356
1164
315
458
430
99
Phaterbariya
460
2413
1173
933
823
240
417
312
Horkhali
278
1403
721
571
487
150
195
154
101
Ataphala
357
1531
783
614
499
169
249
186
102
Parbatipur
425
1931
1021
863
666
158
244
209
100
103
Tajpur
234
1191
592
324
273
268
326
178
104
Tajnagar
413
1813
930
759
642
171
241
231
105
Gopalpur
386
1841
930
738
624
192
287
237
106
Khanpur
258
1176
622
501
395
121
159
173
107
Begumberia
624
2849
1490
1088
863
402
496
395
108
Phinga
233
929
487
404
304
83
138
102
109
Ramnagar
154
620
309
264
225
45
86
55
110
Radhaballabh chak
942
4489
2252
1490
1203
762
1034
698
111
Rani chak
682
3185
1631
1341
1208
290
346
408
112
Kishorpur
109
487
249
212
180
37
58
46
113
Debhog
97
427
206
170
165
36
56
48
114
Bar Basudebpur
1048
4379
2278
1934
1630
344
471
461
70476
319762
164263
131872
109799
Total
32391
45700
38647
128 of 164
TABLE - 3.10.5
VILLAGE WISE ECONOMIC PROFILE IN STUDY AREA
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Name of Village
Basudebpur
Baishnab Chak
Dihsibram Nagar
Anantapur
Khanjadapur
Chackdurgadas
Naya Char
Kismat Sibramnagar
Dakshin Gobinda Pur
Jamal Chak
Jaynagar
Baneswar Chak
barGhasipur
Chak Durgabasan
Chak Sibrampur
Dahalauda
Nandapur
Durbachati
Priya Nagar
Kismat Kumar Chak
Ali Chak
Jagannath Chak
Raghunath Chak
Haripur
Saluka
Dandapur
Urdhabpur
Kalagachhia
Bahardab Char
Durganagar
Bhagabanpur
Jadupur
Tengarberya
Uttar Rampur
Ramnagar
Tengra Mari
Rangamalput
Kanai Chak
Chitamari
Basan Chak
Chandan Nagar
Narayanchak
Chak Pratappur
Rupchak
ajadapur
Pitambarpur
Biswanathpur
Rajarampur
Bishnu Misri Chak
Sautan Chak
Paramananda Chak
Pathuria
Baishnab Chak
Chak Sibrampur
Total
Population
207
356
341
137
484
134
196
1007
4
248
782
794
254
205
63
191
1684
425
387
411
155
478
238
408
54
1169
79
539
180
577
237
536
135
94
109
411
152
180
383
484
742
367
264
10
161
279
114
192
552
391
232
168
214
207
63
Total
Worker
366
613
535
198
702
223
198
1346
5
425
1097
1116
426
357
95
244
3023
666
808
651
194
1015
334
469
95
2144
237
893
308
781
300
985
325
131
284
720
306
293
814
799
1499
551
394
25
273
457
182
289
1121
632
330
620
348
341
95
Total Main Workers

Male
Female
169
7
429
52
309
17
62
9
107
28
186
5
63
7
793
64
0
0
253
31
585
53
205
37
263
44
274
34
21
2
217
27
1090
213
248
19
397
144
384
22
167
22
249
12
62
5
135
7
48
6
1050
79
51
0
682
47
180
45
301
13
32
11
429
185
107
14
19
6
41
53
518
86
39
9
218
9
644
85
583
103
770
234
282
27
293
23
13
2
215
45
406
2
115
11
205
9
539
76
57
17
132
14
237
11
169
20
29
1
21
2
Marginal Workers
Male
Female
126
64
105
27
145
64
112
15
432
135
25
7
120
8
435
54
5
0
79
62
385
74
654
220
90
29
6
43
62
10
0
0
1167
553
356
43
178
89
211
34
5
0
530
224
239
28
302
25
12
29
709
306
81
105
99
65
74
9
451
16
251
6
199
172
68
136
95
11
120
70
47
69
185
73
60
6
28
57
75
38
256
239
202
40
71
7
2
8
9
4
42
7
43
13
69
6
191
315
427
131
149
35
97
275
111
48
275
36
62
10
Non Workers
Male
Female
212
377
434
713
349
651
145
279
446
795
125
300
307
478
912
1892
2
8
247
492
871
1642
812
1365
250
493
193
404
72
136
139
310
1536
2838
417
885
324
603
455
902
126
260
487
926
230
502
415
753
34
67
1190
2346
67
83
558
1159
219
413
647
1251
190
428
469
651
123
130
78
177
100
150
399
795
173
280
178
394
372
778
476
934
621
1205
374
745
251
571
6
13
166
325
225
609
109
218
203
449
509
804
358
645
218
378
66
55
204
404
185
371
72
136
129 of 164
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
Tentul Berya
Hatiberya
Bhabanipur
Chhota Chaulkhola
Barabari
Bar Bathuari
Barabari
Balu Bar
Banbar
Basudebpur
Dihisibram Nagar
Raja rampur
Dakshin Gobindpur
Anantapur
Krishna Nagar
Gobindpur
Chak Sibjeberia
Jogannathpur
Manoharpur
Bartala
Sutatha
Mahamadpur
Jamberia
Asadtalia
Sutahata Khal
Bhupatinagar
Uttar Ranichak
Bijayrampur
Ramchandrapur
Raghunathpur
Bhangapalpur
Akubpur
Chaitaryapur
Basudebpur
Guaberiya
Basudebpur
Kunar Chak
Basudebpur Priyanagbada
Kumar Chak
Ramnagar
Madhabpur
Golap chak
Baneshwer chak
Phaterbariya
Horkhali
Ataphala
Parbatipur
Tajpur
Tajnagar
Gopalpur
Khanpur
Begumberia
Phinga
Ramnagar
Radhaballabh chak
Rani chak
Kishorpur
Debhog
Bar Basudebpur
Total
350
50
63
21
116
13
1134
146
72
209
341
95
167
261
315
847
85
114
470
208
25805
208
382
355
1131
217
329
335
277
145
230
399
756
117
823
160
2258
1930
2258
203
287
436
794
460
278
357
425
234
413
386
258
624
233
154
942
682
109
97
1048
70476
542
75
91
42
194
21
2009
236
124
285
535
222
257
363
604
1332
157
322
661
303
38244
303
620
552
1899
321
454
483
426
190
445
773
1152
217
1276
248
3808
3200
3808
384
470
558
1116
680
420
469
558
421
681
535
461
948
410
229
1581
1019
298
177
1899
111786
276
61
27
25
141
19
889
212
107
242
309
157
159
177
302
719
67
155
476
124
17038
124
288
358
897
204
263
328
326
58
289
374
718
124
310
149
1335
2099
1335
279
342
166
205
272
184
51
131
313
239
109
142
545
105
69
627
645
155
103
919
51955
17
1
1
1
6
2
76
18
5
9
17
8
15
30
20
48
9
14
20
16
1728
16
13
41
112
17
29
24
25
5
29
49
133
11
12
19
256
279
256
8
27
11
37
20
12
7
33
21
42
19
11
46
13
3
106
43
91
22
173
6238
208
10
43
10
27
0
628
5
12
30
145
11
71
138
123
402
41
9
111
138
15786
138
274
112
598
92
149
117
48
100
53
202
221
24
811
67
1495
551
1495
31
58
356
654
325
210
383
380
21
287
390
177
244
175
128
569
273
7
20
454
39966
41
3
20
6
20
0
416
1
0
4
64
46
12
18
159
163
40
144
54
25
3692
25
45
41
292
8
13
14
27
27
74
148
80
58
143
13
722
271
722
66
43
25
220
63
14
28
14
66
113
17
131
113
117
29
279
58
45
32
353
13627
299
43
62
13
116
17
1059
150
97
204
349
100
151
291
299
825
78
83
482
252
28068
252
372
379
1122
191
381
449
311
192
257
401
721
110
877
144
1897
2033
1897
243
339
556
812
576
327
349
510
258
404
431
303
701
207
112
1056
713
87
83
905
72342
661
106
105
33
267
32
1983
339
180
453
651
196
320
525
496
1555
149
79
938
422
52317
422
767
725
2134
474
769
795
612
288
458
743
1296
174
1743
301
3493
3896
3493
432
610
1013
1365
1157
656
713
863
512
728
875
412
1200
312
279
1852
1453
102
167
1575
135634
130 of 164
TABLE - 3.10.6
VILLAGE WISE WORK FORCE PATTERN IN STUDY AREA
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Name of village
Basudebpur
Baishnab Chak
Dihsibram Nagar
Anantapur
Khanjadapur
Chackdurgadas
Naya Char
Kismat Sibramnagar
Dakshin Gobinda Pur
Jamal Chak
Jaynagar
Baneswar Chak
barGhasipur
Chak Durgabasan
Chak Sibrampur
Dahalauda
Nandapur
Durbachati
Priya Nagar
Kismat Kumar Chak
Ali Chak
Jagannath Chak
Raghunath Chak
Haripur
Saluka
Dandapur
Urdhabpur
Kalagachhia
Bahardab Char
Durganagar
Bhagabanpur
Jadupur
Tengarberya
Uttar Rampur
Ramnagar
Tengra Mari
Rangamalput
Kanai Chak
Chitamari
Basan Chak
Chandan Nagar
Narayanchak
Chak Pratappur
Rupchak
ajadapur
Pitambarpur
Biswanathpur
Rajarampur
Bishnu Misri Chak
Sautan Chak
Paramananda Chak
Pathuria
Baishnab Chak
Chak Sibrampur
Total Main
Workers
176
481
326
71
135
191
70
857
0
284
638
242
307
308
23
244
1303
267
541
406
189
261
67
142
54
1129
51
729
225
314
43
614
121
25
94
604
48
227
729
686
1004
309
316
15
260
408
126
214
615
74
146
248
189
30
23
Cultivators
7
125
43
0
6
75
2
152
0
4
84
38
22
120
10
29
114
58
122
7
2
67
3
44
0
411
39
203
29
43
1
271
22
0
50
77
2
26
347
108
104
25
50
4
49
70
35
31
177
20
44
76
56
5
10
Agricultural
Labourers
Household Industry
82
67
51
0
1
76
2
157
0
23
203
11
62
104
9
128
248
11
39
229
156
55
25
41
16
58
2
235
48
174
2
224
67
0
12
157
2
25
151
68
346
119
111
11
160
282
45
79
129
9
61
27
18
3
9
4
9
5
0
4
0
0
6
0
0
21
1
33
42
0
1
226
11
33
5
2
8
2
32
4
158
3
6
0
8
0
34
2
1
6
13
0
0
12
49
54
7
11
0
1
5
5
1
85
7
5
12
18
0
0
Others
Worker
83
280
227
71
124
40
66
542
0
257
330
192
190
42
4
86
715
187
347
165
29
131
37
25
34
502
7
285
148
89
40
85
30
24
26
357
44
176
219
461
500
158
144
0
50
51
41
103
224
38
36
133
97
22
4
131 of 164
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
Tentul Berya
Hatiberya
Bhabanipur
Chhota Chaulkhola
Barabari
Bar Bathuari
Barabari
Balu Bar
Banbar
Basudebpur
Dihisibram Nagar
Raja rampur
Dakshin Gobindpur
Anantapur
Krishna Nagar
Gobindpur
Chak Sibjeberia
Jogannathpur
Manoharpur
Bartala
Sutatha
Mahamadpur
Jamberia
Asadtalia
Sutahata Khal
Bhupatinagar
Uttar Ranichak
Bijayrampur
Ramchandrapur
Raghunathpur
Bhangapalpur
Akubpur
Chaitaryapur
Basudebpur
Guaberiya
Basudebpur
Kunar Chak
Basudebpur Priyanagbada
Kumar Chak
Ramnagar
Madhabpur
Golap chak
Baneshwer chak
Phaterbariya
Horkhali
Ataphala
Parbatipur
Tajpur
Tajnagar
Gopalpur
Khanpur
Begumberia
Phinga
Ramnagar
Radhaballabh chak
Rani chak
Kishorpur
Debhog
Bar Basudebpur
Total
293
62
28
26
147
21
965
230
112
251
326
165
174
207
322
767
76
169
496
140
18766
140
301
399
1009
221
292
352
351
63
318
423
851
135
322
168
1591
2378
1591
287
369
177
242
292
196
58
164
334
281
128
153
591
118
72
733
688
246
125
1092
58193
59
23
2
3
31
3
231
17
10
179
43
54
17
15
97
76
1
62
71
4
1591
4
80
14
208
5
2
14
10
5
25
23
27
73
32
28
347
307
347
41
40
12
38
37
1
1
4
38
24
5
17
68
1
29
70
112
67
75
299
8638
35
11
1
22
55
16
145
78
79
25
51
42
30
16
48
160
0
15
178
1
4434
1
24
17
211
45
1
36
12
9
62
65
10
45
128
34
806
707
806
63
221
75
11
68
75
0
13
237
68
2
100
306
87
1
338
426
137
23
162
15304
0
2
0
0
2
0
17
2
1
0
5
0
2
2
46
13
0
2
28
27
565
27
3
8
93
1
1
13
1
4
23
16
25
6
10
0
171
243
171
14
19
2
1
2
1
1
1
18
15
3
4
13
4
0
97
2
8
0
87
2774
199
26
25
1
59
2
572
133
22
47
227
69
125
174
131
518
75
90
219
108
12176
108
194
360
497
170
288
289
328
45
208
319
789
11
152
106
267
1121
267
169
89
88
192
185
119
56
146
41
174
118
32
204
26
42
228
148
34
27
544
31477
132 of 164
3.11
TRAFFIC STUDY
The traffic study has been conducted to know the existing traffic scenario and
assess the impact of increase in traffic due to the proposed project. This study
would help to assess the adequacy of the existing roads for the increased traffic
and pollution load. The traffic study was conducted at two locations for 24 hours
during study period.
3.11.1
Road Network
The city has a reasonably well-developed transport infrastructure. A large number
of buses, predominantly run by individual owners, ply on the major routes within
the city and to nearby locations.
3.11.2
Monitoring of Traffic Density

A study related to monitoring of traffic density was conducted during the study
period. Training of counting techniques was provided to local workers engaged for
the monitoring. Standard proforma was supplied to the trained personnel for
recording the data.
To evaluate the traffic density along Project site, traffic counts were made at two
important locations.
1) Near Khanjanchak
2) Junction of NH-41 & Baishnabchak
The traffic monitoring study was carried out by counting the vehicles plying in both
directions. The vehicles were counted every hour and recorded under respective
categories. The vehicles were categorized under different heads like Trucks,
Tankers, Buses, Cars, three wheelers, two wheelers etc. The categorization of the
vehicles is necessary because the speed and the emission factors vary with the
type of vehicle.
133 of 164
Table No - 3.11.1
Traffic Density Near Khanjanchak (To & Fro)
Time
Tanker
Bus
Car/Jeep
Trucks
09-10
10-11
11-12
12-13
13-14
14-15
15-16
16-17
17-18
18-19
19-20
20-21
21-22
22-23
23-24
00-01
01-02
02-03
03-04
04-05
05-06
06-07
07-08
08-09
38
30
38
25
25
30
20
23
30
28
15
10
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
30
25
18
1
1
2
4
4
2
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
2
1
6
3
3
2
4
2
4
3
2
12
8
5
2
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
12
2
1
2
2
1
3
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
2/3
Wheelers
11
5
9
6
16
8
5
5
3
4
32
15
8
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
32
134 of 164
Table No - 3.11.2
Traffic Density at Junction of NH-41 & Baishnabchak Area Road
Time
Tanker
Bus
Car/Jeep
Trucks
09-10
46
15
90
32
10-11
36
17
45
46
11-12
46
28
40
30
12-13
30
40
30
35
13-14
30
42
55
15
14-15
36
25
25
40
15-16
24
10
50
30
16-17
28
12
40
32
17-18
36
17
26
34
18-19
34
19
65
40
19-20
18
20
70
30
20-21
12
26
60
26
21-22
12
26
25
24
22-23
0
16
20
20
23-24
0
14
15
10
00-01
0
10
12
16
01-02
0
12
10
10
02-03
0
16
8
8
03-04
0
18
6
6
04-05
0
20
4
5
05-06
30
10
2
15
06-07
36
8
15
20
07-08
30
14
20
26
08-09
22
1
26
32
It is observed from the above mentioned tables that the proposed project shall
add a maximum of 150 nos. of LPG tankers per day to the traffic of the area.
However, the dock authority has specified the parking zones in different parts of
the complex to regulate the truck movement on the busy roads of the area. The
NH-41, nearest road passing to the proposed terminal has adequate buffering
capacity for the movement of these tankers.
135 of 164
3.12
CRZ STUDY
Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Notification on 19.2.1991 under the Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986 have been issued by MoEF, with the aim to provide
comprehensive measures for the protection and conservation of our coastal
environment. The proposed project falls in the HDC and the CRZ study has been
conducted by third party agency National Centre for Earth Science Studies,
Thiruvananthpuram, Kerala. The report concludes that the project site for storage
does not fall in CRZ. As per the CRZ study conducted for the pipeline, existing oil
and gas pipe lines of other industries were noticed very close to HTL and along
the proposed pipeline route. Major part of the proposed LPG pipeline is passing
through the regulation of CRZ-II of the Hooghly River. As the proposed LPG
import shall be done through ship and transported through pipeline to storage
terminal, it is necessary to use CRZ-IV(B) & CRZ-I in the port area. The proposed
pipeline is permitted as per clause 3(i)(a) & 8 (i)(b) of CRZ notification 2011. The
West Bengal State Coastal Zone Management Authority (WBSCZMA) has
recommended the laying of the proposed pipelines vide letter reference no.1459/EN/T-II-4/008/2015/1(1)
dated
17.06.2015.
CRZ
study
report
and
recommendation of SCZMA, WB is attached as Annexure - IIIA, IIIB & IV.
136 of 164
3.12
CRZ STUDY
Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Notification on 19.2.1991 under the Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986 have been issued by MoEF, with the aim to provide
comprehensive measures for the protection and conservation of our coastal
environment. The proposed project falls in the HDC and the CRZ study has been
conducted by third party agency National Centre for Earth Science Studies,
Thiruvananthpuram, Kerala. The report concludes that the project site for storage
does not fall in CRZ. As per the CRZ study conducted for the pipeline, existing oil
and gas pipe lines of other industries were noticed very close to HTL and along
the proposed pipeline route. Major part of the proposed LPG pipeline is passing
through the regulation of CRZ-II of the Hooghly River. As the proposed LPG
import shall be done through ship and transported through pipeline to storage
terminal, it is necessary to use CRZ-IV(B) & CRZ-I in the port area. The proposed
pipeline is permitted as per clause 3(i)(a) & 8 (i)(b) of CRZ notification 2011. The
West Bengal State Coastal Zone Management Authority (WBSCZMA) has
recommended the laying of the proposed pipelines vide letter reference no.1459/EN/T-II-4/008/2015/1(1)
dated
17.06.2015.
CRZ
study
report
and
recommendation of SCZMA, WB is attached as Annexure - IIIA, IIIB & IV.
137 of 164
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.0
ANTICIPATED EVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1
INTRODUCTION
Major element involved in the process of Environmental Impact Assessment
study is the identification of impacts, as it leads to other elements such as
quantification and evaluation of impacts. Although, in general, a number of
impacts have been identified while describing the baseline environmental status,
it is necessary at this stage to identify the critical impacts that are likely due to
proposed oil terminal, on various components of the environment.
Prediction of impacts is an important component in environmental impact
assessment. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline status of
environment to derive the ultimate scenario of environmental conditions. The
quantitative prediction of impacts lead to delineate suitable environmental plan
needed for implementation during operational phase, in order to mitigate the
adverse impact on environment.
The activities at the proposed cryogenic LPG terminal and its impact on various
environmental components like air, water, noise, land, biological and socioeconomic have been assessed and evaluated in this chapter. The evaluation of
impacts is done on the basis of the severity of impact on the environmental
component. The impact is defined as positive if the environmental consequences
of the activity are beneficial and vice versa. The impacts are also defined as
reversible if the impacts disappear over a period of time on the ceasing of activity
that caused the impact. The impacts are termed as irreversible if the
environmental consequences persist in the environment even after the activity
ceases. The impacts are also defined in terms of duration over which the impact
is expected such as long term or short term impacts.
The impacts, both positive and negative have been predicted from the
construction / operation of the proposed LPG Terminal considering the existing
baseline status in 10-kms radius around the terminal. The construction and
operational phase of the proposed project comprises various activities each of
which may have an impact (Positive or Negative) on some or other
environmental attributes.
137 of 164
The prediction of impacts for the proposed LPG terminal are assessed and
enumerated as under.
4.2
LAND ENVIRONMENT
4.2.1
Source of Impact
In general, one or more of the following activities impart adverse impacts on the
land environment:
Handling of solid raw materials, where from fugitive solids may deteriorate the
soil characteristics;
Handling and disposal of solid wastes, which may deteriorate soil

characteristics and change the physical features, drainage, etc;
Acquisition of land, resulting into change in land use pattern;
Disposal of liquid wastes on land, thereby deteriorating soil quality;
Disposal of miscellaneous used/damaged materials and garbage thereby

imparting negative impact on aesthetic value.
Analysis of the above mentioned causes of impact is as follows:
The project activity is limited to receipt, storage & dispatch of cryogenic LPG
and no solid raw material shall be handled in the proposed LPG terminal and
as such there shall be no deterioration of soil characteristics due to fugitive
solids.
A little hazardous / non-hazardous waste has been envisaged which is limited

to the utilities/paints/lubricating oils etc. during the construction and operation
of proposed facilities.
Operation is limited to the filling of LPG tankers hence; no solid waste shall
be generated from the operation of the proposed facilities.
4.2.2
Impact Assessment
The impact assessment of the proposed terminal on the Land environment
stands as follows:
(a)
Presently, the site is free from major population, forest and other
ecologically sensitive area. Development of the proposed green belt and
the lawns in an area of about 1.33 acres within the premises would
138 of 164
reduce soil erosion and improve the aesthetics. Thus, the proposed
project would impart positive impact on aesthetics and soil.
(b)
The project site has been aligned with natural drainage system of the
area which flows from north to south and rain water is passing through a
natural nallah adjacent to the premises of proposed site which drains into
Hoogly river flowing by the side of BPCL boundary. The nallah is
ephemeral.
(c)
Insignificant solid waste generation during operation of the facilities

cannot
be
ruled
out.
Thus,
any
significant
impact,
practically
immeasurable, on the nature of soil and physical features due to spillage

or disposal of solid wastes is not foreseen.
(d)
The sanitary wastewater has been estimated to be 1 KL per day max. and
the same shall be treated in the septic tank and disposed off through soak
pits. The disposal through soak pits will helpful in maintaining the annual
average mean moisture level of the top soil which in turn will aid to the
floral diversity of the area. In future, the domestic effluents disposal shall
be connected to municipal drainage network of HDC/HDA. Thus, no
impact on surface water body is foreseen. Further, impact on nature of
soil due to waste water disposal is not foreseen.
4.2.3
Impact on Land Use Pattern

The proposed project will occupy about 4.0 acres of land which falls in the
industrial zone of Haldia dock complex. Hence, there will be no change in landuse pattern of the area due to proposed project activities.
4.3
AIR ENVIRONMENT
4.3.1
Sources of Impact
Land filling, levelling as well as civil activities during laying of pipeline and
construction of storage tanks may lead to generation of dust for a limited period
of construction, installation of equipment, mechanical fabrication and painting will
lead to generation of fugitive emission, mainly from exhausts of vehicles and
welding and radiation during testing of weld joint. However, these activities will be
for a limited period.
139 of 164
Point Source Emission

The sources of air emission are limited to DG Sets and fire water pumps. New
generation DG sets shall be used which will generate a noise level of not more
than 75 dB. They shall be operated only in case of power failure during working
hours. Further, under normal condition, the fire water pumps shall be operated
only during mock fire drills.
4.3.2
Impact Assessment
The assessment of impact of the proposed Terminal on the air environment
stands as follows:
(a)
During construction phase, there would be temporary increase in

concentration of pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOX. However, the
impact on air environment will be negligible, reversible and confined within
the boundary walls of the Terminal.
(b)
Fire water pump will be operated during trial run and mock fire drills. Thus,
the quantum of discharge of air pollutants from the exhaust pipes of fire
water pumps shall be too low to impart any negative impact on the
surrounding environment.
(c)
The new generation DG Sets will be operated during failure of power supply
from the state grid and as such, emission of air pollutants from the DG Sets
will be discharged at a minimum height of 7 metres from ground level, i.e.
about 3m above the roof of the shed. To evaluate their impact on air
environment, the procedures recommended by Central Pollution Control
Board and by D.B. Turner (Work book of Atmospheric Dispersion
Estimates) were adopted for computation of incremental ground level
concentrations. The results of computations indicate that the increments in
24-hour average PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOx concentrations are negligible
and the ambient air quality will remain, practically unaffected.
(d)
All the products will be handled under leak proof closed circuit system with
modern art and option. Thus, emission of hydrocarbon vapours beyond the
standard limit and their impact on air quality has not been envisaged and
the impact may be ruled out.
It is, therefore, concluded that the proposed facilities will have no adverse impact
on the ambient air quality.
140 of 164
4.4
WATER ENVIRONMENT
4.4.1
Source of Impact
Water Consumption
The water requirement during construction activities shall be approx. 100 KL per
day which shall be met through Haldia Municipal Corporation.
Since, the proposed project activities are limited only to receipt, storage &
dispatch of cryogenic LPG, water will be required only for cooling tower and is
estimated at the rate of 25 KL per day during regular operation. Other than
cooling tower, the water is required for floor washings, potable, green belt and
fire fighting purposes and shall be sourced from Haldia Dock complex/Port
Authority. The average water consumption during operation of the proposed
facilities has been estimated to be about 4.0 m3/day.
Table - 4.1
WATER CONSUMPTION
Sl. No.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Particulars
Domestic Water (Drinking & Sanitary)
Floor Washings
Mock drill (once in a month)
Green Belt Development
Cooling water make-up
TOTAL
Quantity (m3/day)
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
21.0
25.0
Table - 4.2
WASTE WATER GENERATION & DISPOSAL
Sl. No.
a)
b)
c)
Particulars
Mock drills (once in a month)
Floor washings
Sanitary waste water
TOTAL
Quantity (m3/day)
0.5
0.5
1.0
2.0
The quantity of waste water expected to be generated under normal operation of

the proposed facilities has been estimated to be 2.0 m3/day. About 1.0 m3/day of
sanitary waste water shall be generated from different sources of domestic uses.
Sanitary waste water from toilets, canteen and wash room (1.0 m3/day) will be
treated in Septic Tanks and would be disposed off through soak pits. Hence, no
treated wastewater shall be discharged into storm water system. During rainy
season, the surface run - off passing through the Storm Water Drain will be
passed through a "Rain Water Harvesting System", provided with adequate
thickness of gravel and sand beds for separation of suspended solids. Thus, the
entire quantity of treated waste water shall be utilized for charging of ground
water table and for green belt maintenance.
141 of 164
4.4.2
Impact Assessment
The assessment of impact of the proposed Terminal on the Water Environment is
as follows:
(a)
As water requirement of the proposed facility is 25.0 m3/day and shall be

sourced from Haldia Municipal Corporation. No impact on water balance in
the area is envisaged. The source of water supply is surface water.
(b)
No waste water will be generated from the process. The sanitary Waste
water (about 1.0 m3/day) will be treated in Septic Tanks and disposed off
through Soak Pits.
(c)
Wastewater generated during mock fire drill (average 1.0 m3/day equivalent
to 30 m3/month), will be subjected to oil and particulate matter removal and
utilized quantitatively for irrigation of green belt development, floor
washings and ground water recharging.
It is, therefore, concluded that the proposed facilities will have practically no
adverse impact on the Water Environment, water balance and available water
resources.
4.5
ECOLOGY
4.5.1
Flora
The prediction of impacts of the project on the floristic component of the
environment is as under:
(a)
At present, the land is free from forest and other ecological sensitive areas.
Thus, installation of facilities of proposed terminal would not require felling
of trees. Further, it is proposed to provide a green belt of 1.35 acres of the
proposed facilities which also includes the green carpet area. Thus, the
proposed project will have significant positive impact on the floristic
component.
(b)
Analysis of biotic factors reveals that ambient air and water quality will
remain unaffected. Thus, indirect adverse impact on flora due to exposure
to higher levels of air & water pollutants is not envisaged.
142 of 164
(c)
The floristic component of the project area does not include any rare or
endangered species. Thus, impact on rare and endangered species of flora
is not envisaged.
4.5.2
Fauna
The prediction of impacts of construction and operation of the proposed project
on the fauna is as follows:
(a)
The proposed project does not envisage destruction or displacement of any

faunal species. Thus, impact on fauna due to loss of habitat is not foreseen.
(b)
The proposed greenbelt and afforestation within the premises would

provide habitat, food and breeding areas to birds, small animals and
insects. Thus, a positive impact is envisaged.
(c)
The quality of ambient air and fresh water system will remain unaffected.
Thus, impact due to exposure to undesirable levels of pollutants is not
envisaged.
(d)
The endangered species, floral or faunal, have not been noticed in the
study area.
4.5.3
Impact Assessment
The proposed LPG terminal does not envisage destruction of floral components.
On the other hand, there are provisions for development of green belt along
boundary walls as well as lawns & gardens in vacant spaces. Thus, a positive
impact on ecology is foreseen.
4.6
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
The identified fixed noise sources are limited mainly to DG Sets of latest
generation, fire water pumps and TLF pumps, some of which are intermittently
and occasionally. However, even all these sources are operated simultaneously;
the noise level in all directions shall remain below specified limits for commercial
areas. Thus, no adverse impact on noise level is envisaged.
143 of 164
4.7
4.7.1
Demographic Profile
The proposed cryogenic LPG terminal of M/s Aegis Logistic is located at Jagat
Chak village, under Haldia duck complex of Purba Mednipore district in the State
of West Bengal. The LPG terminal is spread over an area of 4 acres of land
provided by the Haldia Development Authority. Geographically, it is located at
longitude 8808'16.78" East and latitude 2203'30.65 North at an altitude of about
7 m above mean sea level (MSL). The plant is at a distance of about 1.3 km from
Durga chak town railway station and 1.0 km from Durga chak town city. The
nearest highway, NH-41 is located about 2.0 km from the proposed LPG
terminal.
4.7.2
Basic Amenities
The proposed site is located at a distance of about 1.3-Km from Durga chak town
railway station. Durga chak town city is also located merely at a distance of about
1 km from the site. Educational facilities available in the area are also adequate.
The project proposal does not envisage establishment of township, schools,
College or Shopping Centres. However, the employment potential of the project
is too low to impart any impact on the basic civic amenities.
4.7.3
Economy & Occupational Pattern

The employment potential of the proposed facilities is estimated as follows:
Direct Employment by Aegis
15
Employment through Contract
10
Transport Crew
60
Indirect Employment in Support Services
10
Thus, the proposed project would provide jobs opportunities to about 95 to 100
persons. It is estimated that 60 to 70 persons from the local population may get
employment opportunities during construction period. In view of the small size of
the project, this may be considered to have significant positive impact on the
occupational pattern and economy of the surround area.
144 of 164
4.7.4
Transport System
Haldia, being all weather port & at strategic location with excellent connectivity to
National Highway, Railways and act as a gateway to eastern and north-eastern
part of India. The site is located merely at a distance of about 2.0-Km from
National Highway No-41. This highway is the main road for carrying bulk supplies
to designated locations. The NH-41 (Port connectivity) connects the port city with
NH-6 (Part of golden Quadrilateral) at Kolaghat. A state highway also connects
Haldia with Kolaghat via Tamluk town, which is the district headquarters, as an
alternate connectivity. Besides the major Highway, the Haldia township has an
extensive network of roads and rail that serves the different parts of the city and
the industrial area.
The proposed project shall add a maximum of 150 nos. of LPG tankers per day
to the traffic of the area. However, the dock authority has specified the parking
zones in different parts of the complex to regulate the truck movement on the
busy roads of the area. The NH-41, nearest road passing to the proposed
terminal has adequate buffering capacity for the movement of these tankers.
145 of 164
4.8
OVERALL EVALUATION OF IMPACTS

Overall evaluation of impacts of the proposed project on various environmental
parameters is illustrated in the following table:
Environmental
Area
Endangered Species
Irreversible
Environmental
Impact
Irreversible
Reversible
Wild Life
Reversible
Long-term
Noise
Long-term
Short-term
Surface water
Short-term
Problematic
Ground water
Problematic
Adverse
Air quality
Adverse
Beneficial
Conformity to Regional Plans
Beneficial
Negative Effect
Natural drainage
Negative Effect
No Effect
Soil characteristics
Positive Effect
Environmental
Area
Positive Effect
Environmental
Impact
No Effect
Table - 4.3
EVALUATION OF IMPACTS
Natural vegetation
Exotic vegetation
Demography
Recreation
X
X
Health & safety
Regional economy
National economy
Public Facilities
Public services
Transportation
146 of 164
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
5.0
5.1
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY

The project proposal relates to develop the facilities for receipt, tank farm for
Import, storage and distribution of LPG/Propane and Butane.
Aegis is having excellent track record and progressive outlook in regularly
updating its technology. The technology adopted by Aegis for receipt and storage
of LPG products is a fail-safe technology and as such no alternative technology
was considered for the same.
5.2
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE & P/L ROUTE

The port land is under the possession of HDC and is not being used for any
agricultural activity or farming. The existing plot falls under industrial zone of
HDC. The land is earmarked for development of tanks and allied infrastructure
facilities for LPG storage by Aegis Logistic Limited for development of LPG tank.
Viewing the increasing demand supply gap for LPG in the region, Aegis Logistics
Ltd. proposed to install receipt, transport & storage facilities for Cryogenic LPG.
The receipt facilities initiates within the HDC from Haldia Oil Jetty (HOJ) I/II/III.
Three nos. of pipeline routes have been considered for studying the feasibility of
connecting the three nos. of HOJs & LPG storage terminal. The description of the
three options is as below:
Option-I:
This route has connectivity with all the 3 HOJs. The length of the pipeline is
approx. 12 Km. Entire route comes along the dedicated pipeline corridor in the
coastal area of Hoogly River. There is a metalled road having width approx. 5.0
m along the shore. The proposed route will be on the opposite side of the river
having variable road to pipeline distance. Maximum road to pipeline distance
may be 50 m and minimum may be 5 m.
The route is in a common pipeline corridor where HUL (1no - 5), MCPI (2 nos 18 and 18), Sanjana Chemical (2 nos - 12 and 4), BPCL (3nos - 20,
16 and 16), HPCL (2nos - 20 and 16), IMC (1no - 12) and HFCL (2
nos - 14 and 8) have their existing pipelines. The corridor is started approx
100m away from the proposed plot and extended up to HOJ-II. Near HOJ-I and II
147 of 164
many pipelines of IOCL, HPL and IPPL (2nos 16" and 16") also entered into
the corridor. Approx length of the p/l corridor is approx. 7 KM.
The cryogenic LPG P/L of Aegis Logistics will be extended from HOJ-II to HOJIII.
The main obstacle associated with the route is to cross the Docks Lock Gate
across the river. The pipeline shall be installed about 20 m deep from the ground
level of Lock Gate area, to cross the Lock Gate.
The pipeline route encounters 10 nos. of road crossings, only 01 no. water body
(creek) crossing and only 01 no. Dock basin.
Option-II:
This option has pipeline connectivity only with HOJ-III. Length of the route is
approx. 13 KM. Out of this, approx. 3.8 KM length starting from HPJ III will come
under a common pipeline corridor of IOCL (1no - 48), Reliance (1no - 24)
and HPL (1no - 24).
The route is passing through 02 rail crossings, 12 road crossings and 05 water
body (canals/nallah) crossings as well as population in different patches.
Option-III:
This route is similar to the option-I till HOJ-II. The route has length approx. 14.5
KM. It has connectivity with all the 3 HOJs. From HOJ-II to HOJ-III, having
approx. 8.3 KM length, the pipeline will take a round of the dock basin to avoid
the underwater pipeline at Lock Gate area. The route encounters 3 rail crossings,
16 road crossings and 01 water body (canals) crossing.
Owing to least obstacles and shortest pipeline length in option-I in comparison to
option-II & III, option-I have been considered the best possible route to lay the
cryogenic LPG pipeline.
148 of 164
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.0
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Environmental monitoring plays an important role in environmental management.
In some instances, it is in the interest of the project and environment as well, to
perform continuous monitoring. This can lead to rapid detection and recognition
of irregular conditions and give the operating staff the possibility to correct and
restore the optimum standard operating condition as quickly as possible.
Environmental monitoring by regular spot checking (by manual methods) will
suffice to know the status and performance of equipment and record the
emission levels, if any. In general, the frequency of regular monitoring depends
on process technology, type of process equipment, stability of the process, and
reliability of the analytical methods.
A monitoring schedule, prepared in consultation with West Bengal Pollution
Control Board (WBSPCB), shall be maintained for the following environmental
parameters:
Ambient air quality: Adequate number of monitoring stations, shall be

established for monitoring of ambient level of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx,
methane & non-methane Hydrocarbon. The measurements shall be carried
out by an agency recognized by MoEF/WBSPCB.
Stack Emissions: Stack emissions from DG Sets and Fire Water Pumps shall
be characterised by an agency recognized by MoEF/WBSPCB.
Wastewater Streams: Monitoring of wastewater streams covering all the

parameters specified by WBSPCB, with special emphasis on pH, Suspended
solids, Dissolve Oxygen, BOD, COD and Oil & Grease.
Water quality: Ground water samples and surface water samples shall be
collected and characterized for all the parameters specified under IS: 10500
at a frequency of once pre-monsoon and post-monsoon season.
Noise level: The noise level shall be monitored during day & night at
designated places in consultation with WBSPCB at frequency of once per
season.
149 of 164
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.0
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
The project proposal is limited to receipt, storage and despatch of LPG.
Impact on local infrastructure such as road network etc.
The proposed project shall add a maximum of 150 nos. of LPG tankers per
day to the traffic of the area. However, the dock authority has specified the
parking zones in different parts of the complex to regulate the truck
movement on the busy roads of the area. The NH-41, nearest road passing
to the proposed terminal has adequate buffering capacity for the movement
of these tankers.
2) Compensation package for the people affected by the proposed project
The proposed complementary project to Haldia dock is situated within the
port premises on existing land allotted by HDC of KOPT. There are no major
settlements in the vicinity of project boundary. Hence, the proposed project
does not involve any RR issues.
3) Proposed Plan to handle the socio-economic influence on local
community
It is estimated that 60 to 70 persons from the local population may get
employment opportunities during construction period. In view of the small size
of the project, this may be considered to have significant positive impact on
the occupational pattern and economy of the surround area. Most of the
workers will be engaged from nearby villages located around site. Thus, there
would not be any influence on the socio-economic structure of the locals. The
supervisors and officers involved in construction & operation shall be
accommodated in Haldia Township. Provision for separate camp for labours
and township for supervisors & officers has not been considered.
4) Risk Assessment & Safeguard measures
A detailed Risk Assessment & HAZOP study for the proposed project has
been prepared and necessary safeguard measures have been discussed
therein.
In view of the above, it may be inferred that the proposed project does not
require any additional studies.
150 of 164
8.0
8.1
BENEFITS OF CRYOGENIC LPG PIPELINE TRANSPORTATION & STORAGE

The proposed project for establishment of cryogenic LPG pipeline & storage
terminal for receipt, storage & despatch of LPG shall yield following benefits:
The proposed project is a complementary requirement of the Haldia Dock

complex for the economy, better serviceability to end customer and to
improve the primary / secondary logistic cost. The development of this project
will help the industrial growth especially in Eastern and North-Eastern part of
India in eco-friendly way.
The project creates an infrastructure to import the Eco-friendly Fuel LPG,

which
in
turn
makes
the
fuel
available
for
use
in
Domestic/Commercial/Automotive and Industrial sectors, replacing the highly

polluting Solid and Liquid Fuels.
The project will also create an environment for development in the region and
create ample employment opportunities directly or thru ancillary requirement
for construction, operations and maintenance.
Currently, the Haldia port handles similar cargoes hence, development of this
project will complement the optimum utilization of the Port Infrastructure and
contribute to the national and state exchequer.
The easy availability of LPG in the region will save the manpower used in
cooking purposes and it will improve the health of women engaged in
cooking. Indirectly, this benefit will strengthen the socio-economic condition in
the region.
151 of 164
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.0
9.1
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean
environment. A project may have taken proper pollution control measures, but
without a proper management plan, the desired results may not be obtained.
EMP is planning and implementation of various pollution abatement measures for
any proposed project. It is required to ensure environmentally and ecologically
sustainable developmental activities in the command area of the proposed
project. The EMP brings transparency related to environmental degradation
between the project proponent and pollution control regulatory agency at State &
Central level, may be a governmental or non-governmental agencies. It has been
evaluated that the environment and the eco-system of the study area will not be
affected adversely due to the proposed cryogenic LPG pipeline & storage
terminal. Mitigation measures at the source level and an overall management
plan are elicited so as to improve the supporting capacity of the area in concern
and also to preserve the assimilative capacity of the receiving bodies.
The management action plan aims at controlling pollution at the source level to
the possible extent with the best techno-economically feasible and available
methodology before they are discharged.
9.2
MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Pollution expected during construction phase of proposed project is considerably
insignificant. The impact of the pollution during construction phase on the
environment would be basically of transient nature and are expected to wear out
gradually on completion of the construction phase. However, once the
construction job related to the proposed project is completed and operation
started, the operation stage impacts would overlap the impacts due to the
construction activities. Following factors shall require due consideration during
construction phase.
152 of 164
9.2.1
Site Preparation
The site of the proposed project is earmarked by HDC and is any devoid of floral
species. It is envisaged that there will be no felling of trees however; minor
dressing of land will be required for the proposed project. Stock piling of earthen
material would be required during foundation works of the proposed project. The
earth work will generate dust which will be controlled by periodical sprinkling of
water during working period.
9.2.2
Sanitation
The site shall be provided with adequate and suitable sanitary facilities to
maintain proper hygiene for construction workers during working hours. These
facilities shall include water supply, bath toilets, etc. as per standard practice of
Aegis Logistics Limited.
9.2.3
Construction Equipment & Waste

Care shall be taken to prevent accidental spillage of any oil from construction
equipment. Combustible waste and other wastes shall be disposed-off by
adopting environmentally compatible methodology.
The earthy materials will be generated during preparation of foundations etc. The
generated waste shall be used in filling / levelling of low lying areas, mounded
bullet tops.
During construction of tanks and laying of pipeline, some solid materials will be
generated as waste. These materials will be sold through registered scrap
dealers. The gas cylinders used for welding shall be returned back to the
supplier. Cement bags, coal tar drums and other containers used during
construction and discarded as wastes shall be auctioned through registered
vendors as per standard practices adopted by Aegis. Similarly, the damaged
tools shall be disposed in the above manner.
9.2.4
Storage of Hazardous Materials

The hazardous material such as, lubricating oils, compressed gases (for
welding), paints, varnishes, etc. are required to be stored at the site during
construction phase. Since, these materials are hazardous; will be stored as per
the prescribed / accepted guidelines & safety norms.
153 of 164
9.2.5
Solid / Hazardous Waste Disposal

The hazardous materials used during the construction may include diesel,
welding gas and paints. These materials would be stored and handled according
to the guidelines specified under Solid Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules dated 24th September 2008 by MoEF and
subsequent amendment. Some of the precautions of storage and handling of the
hazardous materials includes the following:
y
Enclosures would be provided wherever necessary for storage of hazardous

materials.
Diesel and other fuels would be stored in separate enclosures.
Vehicle
maintenance
area
shall
be
selected
properly
to
prevent
contamination of soil and ground water by accidental spillage of oil, and other
wastes.
9.2
MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE
9.2.1
Air Environment
There is no continuous source of air pollution. The sources of air pollution are
limited to the new generation DG Sets and the Fire water pumps. These sources
of air pollution are intermittent. During operation, these sources would emit the
exhaust gases containing NOx and SO2, and negligible quantity of particulate
matter.
Control of air pollution from these sources would be achieved by
providing adequate heights to the respective exhaust ducts. For computing the
minimum height of these exhausts ducts, the following formula, specified by the
Central Pollution Control Board, has been used.
H
h + 0.2 X (KVA) 0.5
=
=
=
Total height of stack, m

height of the building where the DG Set is installed, m, and
Total generation capacity of the DG Set, KVA.
Where,
H
h
KVA
The minimum required heights for proposed DG Sets (height of the shed 3
metres above the ground level) are as follows:
154 of 164
Table - 9.1
DG Set Capacity
200 KVA
650 KVA
Height Required, m
3 + 2.8 = 5.8 m
3+5=8m
However, standard diesel shall be used as per guidelines.

In order to detect any leakage in the pipeline transport system & storage
facilities, petrosensors shall be procured & installed at vulnerable places in
addition to portable petrosensors.
9.3
WATER ENVIRONMENT
9.3.1
Waste Water Generation

The source of waste water generation in the proposed terminal is limited to only
Sanitary Waste Water from toilets, wash-rooms and canteen and wastewater
generated during mock fire drill.
9.3.2
Waste Water Treatment & Disposal

Sanitary Waste Water from toilets, canteen and wash rooms will be treated in
septic tanks and disposed off through soak pits. Wastewater generated during
mock fire drills will be passed through filters and oil trap. The filtered water shall
be either collected in rainwater harvesting tank or used for irrigation of green belt.
During normal operation, no wastewater would be generated. In upset conditions
such as rainy season, the wastewater shall be passed through filters and
collected in rainwater harvesting tank.
9.3.3
Oil Trap
Oil trap shall be provided for wastewater generated during mock fire drill and
upset conditions such as rainy season. The wastewater will be fed to Oil trap/disc
oil and oil free water shall be collected separately and used for green-belt
maintenance / dust suppression, etc.
9.3.4
Rain Water Harvesting System

To cease the ingration of salty water into the ground water table of the shore
area of Haldia Dock Complex, a rainwater harvesting has been designed in
accordance with the guidelines of Central Ground Water Board under Ministry of
Water Resources, 2000.
155 of 164
In this connection, the rainfall of 1600 mm has been considered corresponding to

a reservoir capacity of 500 m3. The tank along the boundary wall has been
considered for percolation of harvested rainwater with installation of 2-3
boreholes of 4" dia and depth of 60 m with proper perforation and shoes has
been considered. The width and the depth of tank along the boundary wall shall
be 2.0 m & 2.0 m respectively.
BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR PROPOSED RAIN WATER
HARVESTING PRETREATMENT SYSTEM
From Drains
Grit Chamber
Oil Trap
Sedimentation Unit
Groundwater Aquifer
9.4
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
9.4.1
Sources of Noise
The sources of noise in the proposed terminal are limited to the DG Sets, fire
water pumps and movement of tankers. Noise level (SPL) at a distance of 1
meter from the sheds housing the above sources are supposed to be as under:
Table - 9.2
NOISE LEVEL OF DIFFERENT SOURCES (MAX)
Sl. No
01.
02.
9.4.2
Source of Noise
DG Set shed
Fire Water Pump House
SPL dB(A)
75
85
Control of Noise
The following measures are proposed for control and abatement of noise &
vibration.
a)
New generation DG sets shall be procured which conforms to the

applicable norms for noise level less than 75 dB.
b)
The foundations of DG Sets and Fire Water pumps shall be provided with
anti-vibration padding.
c)
The DG Sets and FW Pumps will be designed to produce noise within the
permissible limit and strict compliance of this will be ensured during
procurement.
156 of 164
d)
The DG Set will be housed inside a building so that the noise is reduced by
the acoustic enclosures.
e)
Regular condition monitoring e.g. speed, vibration and regular preventive

maintenance including schedule lubrication will be done for the moving
machines to keep them in good condition and also to reduce vibration.
f)
The green belt around the facilities would also facilitate reduction of noise
level beyond the boundary walls.
9.5
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
9.5.1
EMP with respect to solid waste management may be summarized as under:
A little hazardous solid waste shall be generated from the proposed LPG
cryogenic storage terminal in addition to metallic waste from tank fabrication,
maintenance etc. and shall be disposed as per standard guidelines and
practices.
Used oil, grease and empty drums generated during construction shall be
disposed off through registered vendors as per Hazardous Waste
(Management, Handling & Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2008 &
subsequent amendments.
9.6
LAND LOSERS / OUSTERS

The proposed project activities shall be carried out in the land allotted by HDC to
Aegis Logistics Ltd. Within the premises of Haldia Port. The site is free from any
litigation, major population, forest and other ecological sensitive areas. As no
dwelling units are located in the proposed site, no legal occupant (Family) will be
rendered homeless.
9.7
AFFORESTATION
9.7.1
Trees and plants are well known for trapping noise, particulate matters, and
gaseous pollutants and also in controlling soil erosion. An area of approx 1.33
acres for afforestation (green carpet & green belt) will be provided in the storage
terminal. The plant & species shall be selected in consultation with the local
horticulture experts.
157 of 164
9.8
SAFETY & FIRE FIGHTING
9.8.1
Safety
The main safety features associated with the proposed LPG Terminal are as
follows:
a)
The layout shall be designed as per the recommendation of OISD-169/150.
b)
Static and mobile pressure Vessel rules and necessary prior approval shall
be obtained from
c)
Petroleum and Explosive Safety organisation (PESO)
Director, Industrial Safety & Health, West Bengal
Ministry of Environment and Forest
Port Authorities
Fire fighting systems conform to the latest editions of OISD - 117

respectively.
d)
A 3-m high compound wall with 0.6 m high barbed wire fencing shall be
provided around the facilities in all directions.
e)
To segregate de-licensed area from licensed area, 1.80 m high chain Link
fencing shall be provided.
f)
Adequate nos. of gates, main gate and emergency gate has been provided.
g)
All electrical fittings provided in sensitive areas shall be flame proof and
intrinsically safe.
h)
Tank lorry parking area of adequate capacity has been provided in the
designated places of HDC.
9.8.2
Fire Fighting Facilities

The fire fighting system in the proposed facilities consists of Fire Water Storage,
Fire Water Pumps and Fire Hydrant System. Fire Hydrant rings covering all
facilities will be provided as per OISD - 117 requirements. Double hydrants (with
hose boxes, hoses and nozzles) and fire water monitors have been provided as
per OISD-117 stipulations.
158 of 164
9.8.3
Safety Organization
The fire and safety department shall be under the control of trained and
responsible officer. All the officers and staff of the terminal shall be trained in
combating fire and use of safety equipment.
9.8.4
Security
The following security arrangement has been provided for the proposed
installation:
a)
The facilities will be guarded round the clock by efficient security personnel.
They will prevent any unauthorized entry inside the plant.
b)
Watch towers will be provided and manned round the clock to watch
unauthorised entry from outside.
c)
A boundary wall will be provided around the installation to resist any

unauthorized entry.
d)
Security of the terminal is also ensured by the 24 Hrs. CCTV Surveillance

and access control system.
e)
Additionally, the terminal is located within the Port Premises, which itself
operate under the level II of INTERNATIONAL SHIP & PORT FACILITIES
SECURITY (ISPS)
9.8.5
Safety & Environmental Audit

In view of the high hazard potential of petroleum products, extreme care is taken
to maintain the safety needs of the installation. Safety audits will be done
regularly by the plant in-charge along with safety officer, other engineering
officers and the workers. The safety audit will include operating procedures,
housekeeping, provision of fire fighting and safety gadgets, mock drills etc.
9.8.6
Occupational Safety and Health

M/s Aegis Logistics is an ISO 9001: 2008 & OHSAS: 14001, 2007 company.
Safety Department in the terminal shall look after the occupational safety aspects
of the workers also. Workers will be informed about the preventive measures and
safe operating practices to be followed for various types of job. Training course
will be organized for the workmen and the officers before they are put on the job.
Contractor's labourers will also be trained and educated to ensure safe operating
159 of 164
practices for the jobs. The HSE policy & sub policy approved by Managing
Director of the company is given below:
160 of 164
9.8.7
Tools & Tackles

In Hydrocarbon industry, it is customary to use non-sparking type tools
(spanners, wrenches etc). Electrical hand tools like torches, lamp etc. to be used
in the hazardous area will be flame proof type. All tools will be of approved
quality and make and will be purchased with test certificates.
9.8.8
Corporate Environmental Responsibility Policy

The company, Aegis Logistics Ltd., will implement the Corporate Environmental
Policy as per MoEFs OM dated 18.05.2012. The policy will cover the following
points:
a. Be appropriate to the nature and scale of the organisations activities, product
and services and adapt at the Board level. It shall be documented,
implemented, maintained and communicated to all persons working for the
organisation and on its behalf.
b. Contain environmental norms and standards that where relevant, exceed
legal compliance requirement and be progressively enhanced.
c. Define a specific organisational structure for guidance, implementation.
d. Promote self regulation on environmental compliance related to all activities
in the business cycle of the organisation.
e. Ensure the required commitment from the top management for allocation of
sufficient financial, human, organisational infrastructure & technology
resources for its implementation.
f.
Shall be integrated with all stages of the project activity cycle of the
organisation.
g. Ensure environmental performance of all projects / activities over & above the
applicable legal requirements to which organisation has to compile.
h. Shall be aligned with policies and management system of the organisation
including the environmental management system or other environmental
performance initiative
i.
Shall provide for incentive to the employees for achieving corporate

environmental targets that go beyond legal compliance and disincentive for
failure to achieve these.
161 of 164
j.
Provide for monitoring and review of corporate environmental performance

along with reporting of non-compliance. The monitoring, reporting of
implementation and review shall be at the level of Board and the guidance of
the board shall be communicated to all concern in writing for compliance.
Together these would comprise the corporate environmental performance
report and shall be included in Organisations annual report.
Organizational Chart of Proposed Cryogenic LPG P/L Terminal

CHIEF TERMINAL
MANAGER
OPERATION OFFICER /
JETTY OFFICER
MAINTENANCE
OFFICER
HSE OFFICER
ASSISTANT OFFICER
ASSISTANT OFFICER
ACCOUNTS OFFICER
SKILLED CONTRACT
PERSONNEL
TECHNICIAN &
FITTER
CONTRACT SECURITY
PERSONNEL
ASSISTANT OFFICER
ADMN. OFFICER /
SECURITY OFFICER
SKILLED CONTRACT
PERSONNEL
162 of 164
9.8.9
Preventive Maintenance & Planned Inspection

To facilitate inspection and maintenance service in planned manner, a schedule
will be made and jobs to be done daily, weekly, bi-weekly, monthly, half yearly
and yearly will be prepared. Record of the jobs done will be maintained properly.
The inspection & maintenance schedule will be done as per the directive &
procedure laid down by OISD as well as instructions of suppliers. The planned
inspection will also include statutory inspection of pressure vessels, storage
tanks, safety valves etc.
9.8.10
CONCLUSION
The proposed project scope is limited only to the receipt & storage of LPG
products and its despatch to the consumer points in bulk. It falls under low
polluting activities.
The proposed project site is a low population zone and does not have natural
forest and ecological sensitive area. Thus, the project will have insignificant
impact on physical features, water, noise and air environments. Project would
also be facilitating LPG imports & handling for Public sector oil companies,
besides others, to cater to demand of LPG for domestic/House hold use thus
enabling the Public sector oil companies to effectively cater the public distribution
system/Network for domestic LPG, which is 89% of all consumption in India. The
anticipated growth in industrial sector will generate additional direct employment
and indirect service sector enhancement in the region and this would help for the
socio-economic up-liftment of the state as well as the nation.
Thus, the proposed project will impart sustainable development in the area. The
project will have positive impacts on the biological and socio-economic
environments as well.
163 of 164
Aegis Logistic Limited pays proper attention to improve the working environment
by adopting the principle of Ergonomics in the following line of action:
In order to maximise the working and skill capability of the work-men, the
Environmental Management Plan considers the strategy and goal of Ergonomics.
The application of ergonomics will reduce the Muscular Skeletal Disorder (MSD).
Attempts shall be made to make the Working Environment to fit the
Workmen
instead
of
forcing
workman
to
adopt
the
Working
Environment.
164 of 164
ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE-I
Form-I
Form - I
(I)
Basic Information
Name of the Project:
Development of Cryogenic LPG import, Storage and Distribution

Facility along with allied infrastructure.
Location:
Aegis Logistics Limited, Haldia Dock Complex, Mauza Jagat Chak,

Village Durachak, J.L No. 140 & 138 Dist: Purba Medinipur, West
Bengal.
Size of the project:
Development of Cryogenic LPG import, Storage and Distribution

Facility with allied infrastructure.
Expected cost of Project:
Rs. 150 Crores
Contact Information:
Mr.K.S.Sawant, President, (Projects and Operations),

Tel: 022-25535521
email: kssawant@aegisindia.com
Project Sector:
Infrastructure & Miscellaneous Projects + CRZ.
Project category:
7 (e) Ports and Harbours (Creation of Warehousing & Storage

facilities within the Port premises as per EC Granted to Haldia
th
Dock Complex. EC No. PD/2601B/5/98-PDZ(CRZ) dtd: 26
June 1999)
6 (b) Service Sector (6b) - Isolated Storage - Category B.
Since the Area is notified as Critically Polluted Area without
Moratorium this will be treated as category A project.
(II)
Activity
1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which

will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water
bodies, etc.)
Sr.No
Information/Checklist Confirmation
Yes/No
1.1
Permanent or temporary change in

land use, land cover or topography
including increase in intensity of land
use (with respect to local land use
plan)
No
1.2
Clearance of existing land,

vegetation and buildings?
No
Details thereof (With Approximate

Quantities/rates, wherever possible)
with Source of information data.
The development is proposed in the
port notified land intended to use for
Isolated Storages of Petroleum
Products. This is as per the land use
planning by HDC and as per the T&C of
EC granted to HDC.
The existing land is ready for
construction.
1.3
Creation of new land uses
No
1.4
Pre-construction investigations
e.g. bore houses, soil testing?
Construction works?
No
Demolition Works?
Temporary sites used for construction
work for housing of construction
workers?
Above ground buildings, structures or
earthworks including linear structures,
cut and fill or excavations
No
No
No
1.10
Underground works including mining

or tunnelling?
Reclamation works?
The Tank farm with allied facilities and

the office/Admin. building shall be
constructed involving the Civil Works,
mechanical fabrications of Tanks,
Loading gantries & Pipelines etc.
Nil
No
Nil
1.11
Dredging?
No
Nil
1.12
Offshore structures?
No
Nil
1.13
Production and manufacturing

processes?
No
1.14
Facilities for storage of goods or

materials?
Yes
No Production and manufacturing is

planned in the tank farm. Only
Import/Export (which will use the
existing port infrastructure i.e. Oil
Jetties for the foreshore and
waterfront operations), Storage and
Distribution of LPG/Propane/Butane is
proposed. This is as per the approved
use of HDC Land as per the EC granted
to HDC.
Total 25100 MT of
LPG/Propane/Butane Storage as
approved by the PESO.
1.15
Facilities for treatment or disposal of

solid waste or liquid effluents?
No
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
Yes
Yes
Activity planned as per Port approved

land use and allotment to Aegis
Logistics Limited.
Soil Investigation needs to be done for
the proposed project
The Tank farm and the buildings shall
be constructed involving the Civil ,
mechanical works etc.
The Built up Area for the facility after
construction is 3612 Sqm. Out of
16265 Sqm. Of Plot area.
The Tank farm and allied facilities shall
be constructed as per the applicable
PESO, OISD, NFPA and API
recommendations, with all the safety
features and the Fire Fighting Facilities
as per international industry standards.
There will be no construction outside
the Tank farm boundary.)
Nil
Nil
1.16
Facilities for long term housing of

Operational workers?
New road, rail or sea traffic during
Construction or operation?
New road, rail, air waterborne or
other transport infrastructure
including new altered routes and
stations, ports, airports etc?
Closure or diversion of existing
transport routes or infrastructure
leading to changes intraffic
Movements?
New or diverted transmission lines or
Pipelines?
No
Nil
No
Nil
No
Nil
No
Nil
Yes
Impoundment, damming, culverting,

realignment or other changes to the
hydrology of watercourses or
aquifers?
Stream crossings?
No
New pipelines shall be laid to support

the tank farm. The pipelines shall be
laid from the Proposed Tank farm to
Liquid Jetty No.1, 2 and 3.
Aegis has planned to put 2 lines of 12
, each Approx. 6 km long for HOJ1&2
and app 12 Kms Long HOJ3. All the
pipelines shall be laid along the
approved pipeline corridor provided by
HDC.
Nil
No
Nil
1.23
Abstraction or transfers of water from

ground or surface waters?
No
1.24
Changes in water bodies or the land

surface affecting drainage or run-off?
Transport of personnel or materials
for construction, operation or
decommissioning?
No
Water supply from Haldia Dock

Complex (HDC)/Haldia Development
Authority (HDA) source through
pipeline to tank farm area.
Nil
Long-term dismantling or
decommissioning or restoration
works?
On-going activity during
decommissioning which could have an
impact on the environment?
Influx of people to an area in either
Temporarily or permanently?
Introduction of alien species?
No
The transport of Material and men

shall be done on the developed roads
within the port areas and within the
terminal as and when required.
Nil
No
Nil
No
Nil
No
Nil
Loss of native species or genetic

diversity?
No
Nil
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.22
1.25
1.26
1.27
1.28
1.29
1.30
Yes
1.31
Any other actions?
No
Nil
2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land,
water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-renewable or in
short supply):
Sr.No
Yes/No
2.1
Land especially undeveloped or

agricultural land (ha)
No
2.2
Water (expected source & competing

users) unit: KLD
Yes
2.3
2.4
Minerals (MT)
Construction material stone,
aggregates, sand / soil (expected
source MT)
No
Yes

The development is proposed on the
land acquired by Haldia Dock Complex
for the purpose of storing petroleum
products (Included in Annexure II of
CRZ notification 2011)
Water requirement is as follows:
app.100 KL per Day during
construction and 25 KL per day during
regular operations.
The Water shall be sourced from
HDC/HDA.
The Estimated quantities for the
Expansion Work are estimated as
Sand 11000 Cum.
Metal 14000 Cum.
Bricks 420 Cum.
Stone 12300 MT
2.5
Forests and timber (source MT)
No
2.6
Energy including electricity and fuels

(source, competing users) Unit: fuel
(MT), energy (MW)
Yes
The construction material shall be

sourced from the local sources.
No use of Forest produce & Timber is
envisaged in the project or operations.
About 2.5 MVA Power is estimated for
the full working of the Terminal. The
power will be sourced from the State
Power company.
The HSD shall be required for the DG
sets running as back-up Power Source.
About 42 KL per annum.
During the construction Phase the
diesel requirement will be on higher
side and estimated at 1000 KL over the
period of 18 Months. The fuel shall be
sourced from the National Oil
Companies retail network.
2.7
Any other natural resources (use
NA
appropriate, standard units)
3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which

could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual
or perceived risks to human health.
Sr.No
Yes/No
3.1
Use of substances or materials, which

are hazardous (as per MSIHC rules) to
human health or the environment
(flora, fauna, and water supplies)
Changes in occurrence of disease or
affect disease vectors (e.g. insect or
water borne diseases)
Affect the welfare of people e.g. by
changing living conditions?
Vulnerable groups of people who
could be affected by the project e.g.
hospital patients, children, the
elderly etc.,
Any other causes
Yes
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5

Import, Export, Storage and
Distribution of Propane, Butane and
LPG (Schedule 1 of MSIHC rules 1989)
No
Nil
No
Nil
No
Nil
No
Nil
4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning

(MT/month)
Sr.No
Yes/No
4.1
4.2
Spoil, overburden or mine wastes

Municipal waste (domestic and or
commercial wastes)
No
Yes
4.3
Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous

Waste Management Rules)
Yes
4.4
Other industrial process wastes
Nil
4.5
4.6
Surplus product
Sewage sludge or other sludge from
effluent Treatment
Construction or demolition wastes
No
Nil
4.7
Yes

Nil
Municipal Domestic Waste only.
Approx 1 KL Per day, Treated in Septic
Tank/Soak pit, in future will be
connected to Municipal Drainage
system of HDA/HDC
The estimated quantities are:
Used/Spent oil @3000 Litres per
year.
There is no processing. The Tank farm
is used to import, store,
Loading/unloading of Tankers for
distribution of LPG/Propane/Butane.
Nil
Not Applicable
Since the site is new, minimum
Construction & demolition Debris shall
4.8
Redundant machinery or equipment
No
be generated and used for land

levelling at site
Nil
4.9
Contaminated soils or other materials
No
Nil
4.10
4.11
Agricultural wastes
Other solid wastes
No
Yes
Nil
Metallic Waste from Tank fabrication
etc. shall be disposed as ferrous scrap
during the construction Phase.
5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr)

Sr.No
Yes/No
5.1
Emissions from combustion of fossil

fuels from stationary or mobile
sources
Yes
5.2
Emissions from production processes
No
5.3
Emissions from materials handling

including storage or transport
Yes
5.4
Emissions from construction activities

including plant and equipment
Yes
5.5
Dust or odours from handling of

materials including construction
materials, sewage and
Waste
Emissions from incineration of waste
Emissions from burning of waste in
open air (e.g.slash materials,
construction debris)
Emissions from any other sources
Yes
5.6
5.7
5.8

During Construction phase Emission is
expected from the small diesel engines
used for the piling works and DG Sets.
During Operations phase the emissions
is expected from the occasional use of
DG Power sets.
NIL (No processing or manufacturing is
envisaged. The tank farm shall be used
to receive the Imported product, store
and redistribution by road or export by
jetty pipelines)
Vehicular emissions only. Storage
system for LPG/Propane/Butane will
be totally closed. Transfer Pumps will
be submerged type. Vents shall be
collected compressed and sent back to
storage tanks.
During Construction phase Emission is
expected from the small diesel engines
used for the piling works and DG Sets.
During Operations phase the emissions
is expected from the occasional use of
DG Power sets.
Dust during construction phase from
civil construction Activities will be
there.
No
No
Nil
Nil
NA
Nil
6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:
Sr.No
Yes/No
6.1
From operation of equipment e.g.

engines, ventilation plant, crushers
Yes
6.2
From industrial or similar processes
No
6.3
From construction or demolition
Yes
6.4
From blasting or piling
Yes
6.5
From construction or operational

traffic
From lighting or cooling systems
From any other sources
Yes
6.6
6.7
Yes
NA

Normal Noise and Vibrations expected
from Operations of Pumps,
Compressors and DG Sets during
operations. Proper noise control
measures will be taken to meet State
Pollution Control norms for noise
reduction.
No processing or manufacturing is
envisaged.
Normal Noise of Construction
machinery and vehicular movement
expected during construction phase.
Normal Noise from Piling activity is
expected. No Blasting is envisaged for
the proposed project.
Normal Vehicular Traffic noise is
expected.
Normal
NA
7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or
into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:
Sr.No
Yes/No
7.1
From handling, storage, use or spillage

of hazardous materials
No
7.2
From discharge of sewage or other

effluents to water or the land
(expected mode and place of
discharge)
By deposition of pollutants emitted to
air into the land or into water
From any other sources
Is there a risk of long term build-up of
pollutants in the environment from
these sources?
No
7.3
7.4
7.5
No
No
No

LPG/Propane/Butane is proposed to be
stored and handled in totally closed
system. Therefore no possibility of
Contamination of Land or Water due to
release of LPG.
Minor Quantity of Hazardous waste
like Used/Spent oils will be generated
and will be sent for recycling at
approved vendors.
No trade effluent will be generated.
No Process emission will be there to

air other than the DG set operations.
Nil
Nil
8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which

could affect human health or the environment
Sr.No
Yes/No
8.1
From explosions, spillages, fires etc

from storage, handling, use or
production of hazardous
Substances
Yes
8.2
8.3
From any other causes

Could the project be affected by
natural disasters causing
environmental damage (e.g. floods,
earthquakes, landslides, cloudburst
etc)?
No
No

Within the acceptable limits.
A detailed Quantitative Risk
Assessment (QRA) is prepared with full
details of the risk of fire and explosions
mentioned for the project, which is
attached herewith.
Annexure 3 QRA
Nil
The project will be designed,
developed and operated to withstand
the natural disasters, as per the
applicable standards of Design,
Operations and Maintenance codes
relevant for local area/conditions.
9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could

lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other
existing or planned activities in the locality.
Sr.No
Yes/No
9.1
Lead to development of supporting.

lities, ancillary development or
development stimulated by the
project which could have
impact on the environment e.g.:
Supporting infrastructure (roads,
power supply, waste or waste water
treatment, etc.)
housing development
extractive industries
supply industries
other
Lead to after-use of the site, which
could have an impact on the
environment
Set a precedent for later
developments
Yes
9.2
9.3
No
Yes

The tank farm is located within the
Port notified area boundary.
There is all round development of the
area around the port due to the
economic activity of the port.
The LPG Terminal will have a positive
social impact and cause minimal
disturbance during the construction
phase & operation phase for which a
detailed environmental monitoring &
management programme will be
followed as per the WBPCB Guidelines.
Nil
The development of industry based on

downstream uses of LPG/Propane as
environment friendly fuel for domestic,
automotive and industrial/commercial
purpose is expected. It will make
positive impact on environment by
substituting dirty fuels by clean LPG.

9.4
(III)
Have cumulative effects due to

proximity to other existing or planned
projects with similar effects.
Areas
Areas protected under international

conventions, national or local
legislation for their ecological,
landscape, cultural or other related
value
Areas which are important or sensitive
for ecological reasons -Wetlands,
watercourses or other water bodies,
coastal zone, biospheres, mountains,
forests
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Nil
Environmental Sensitivity
Sr.No
No
Name
Aerial Distance (Within 15 kms)
/identity proposed project location boundary.
No
Nil
No
Areas used by protected, important or

sensitive species of flora or fauna for
breeding, nesting, foraging, resting,
over wintering, migration
Inland, coastal, marine or
underground waters
State, National boundaries
Routes or facilities used by the public
for access to recreation or other
tourist, pilgrim areas
Defence installations
Densely populated or built-up area
Areas occupied by sensitive manmade land uses(hospitals, schools,
places of worship, community
facilities)
Areas containing important, high
quality or scarce resources
(ground water resources, surface
resources, forestry, agriculture,
fisheries, tourism, minerals)
Areas already subjected to pollution
or environmental damage. (those
where existing legal environmental
standards are exceeded)
No
Areas susceptible to natural hazard

which could cause the project to
present environmental
The tank farm proposed is outside CRZ

Area.
The products (LPG/Propane/Butane)
handled will use the existing port
infrastructure i.e. Oil Jetties for the
foreshore and waterfront operations.
Nil
No
No
No
Nil
Nil
No
No
No
Nil
No
Nil
Yes
Haldia Dock Complex is notified as

'Critically Polluted Area without
moratorium'
No
Nil
Nil
problems (earthquakes, subsidence,

landslides, erosion, flooding
or extreme or adverse climatic
conditions)
(IV).
Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies
The proposed project is for Creation of Warehousing & Storage facilities within the Port
Premises as per EC Granted to Haldia Dock Complex. EC No. PD/2601B/5/98-PDZ(CRZ) dtd:
26th June 1999.
This EC specifically allows the creation of storage and handling facilities for Propane,
Butane and Liquefied Petroleum Gases (LPG)
The development of Liquefiable gases storage and handling facility is part of Port and
infrastructure which requires Oil jetties for foreshore and waterfront operations.
The proposed tank farm is part of the notified and currently operating port complex,
having Environmental Clearance, and is planned on the prior approved land use by Haldia
Dock Authorities and as per the terms and conditions of allotment to Aegis Logistics
Limited.
Please note the following facts:
1. No acquisition of new land but located within the existing Port Complex of HDC.
2. No Change of Land Use and planned as per the approved and allotted land use and
as per the T&C of EC Granted to HDC (copy attached).
3. Aegis Will use the existing Haldia Dock Complex infrastructure i.e. Oil Jetties for
the foreshore and waterfront operations. No new construction on water front or
foreshore facilities.
4. No Processing or manufacturing involved.
5. No trade effluents.
6. No high Risk as per Quantitative Risk Analysis done by PDIL. The risks are well
within the acceptable limits. (Report Attached).
With above facts the proposed Project may be classified as type B2, which does not
require EIA and also since this is a part of Notified Port complex having prior
Environmental Clearance, the Public Consultation is not required.
ANNEXURE-II
Feasibility Report
AEGIS LOGISTICS LIMITED. HALDIA CRYOGENIC LPG TERMINAL EXPANSION PROJECT
Aegis Logistics Limited.
DEVELOPMENT of Cryogenic
LPG Terminal
Haldia
Project Feasibility Report
October 2014
Page 1 of 25
Amendment Record:
Amendment
Inserted by
Date
Signature
Remarks
(Name printed)
Page 2 of 25
Table of Contents
1.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .................................................................................................... 4
2.
INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT ................................................................................. 6
3.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................... 7
4.
SITE ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................. 12
5.
REHABILATION AND RESETTLEMENT PLAN: .......................................................... 14
6.
PROJECT SCHEDULE & COST ESTIMATES: ................................................................ 14
7.
ANALYSIS OF PROPOSAL ............................................................................................... 14
Annexure I Capacity Per Annum ........................................................................................... 15

Annexure II Project Cost ........................................................................................................... 16
Attachment 1 Prior Approval letter from PESO, Nagpur. ........................................................ 18
Attachment 2 PESO Approved Layout. .................................................................................... 20
Attachment 3 Image of Proposed Site ....................................................................................... 21
Attachment 4 - Environmental Clearance for HDC .................................................................... 22
Page 3 of 25
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Aegis Group is one of Indias leading Logistics group providing total logistics
solutions for Oil, Gas and Chemicals since 1977. We are an ISO-9001 company and the
only Terminal in India to have been awarded ISO-14001 and OHSAS-18001
certification.
Aegis group owns / operates Indias largest integrated bulk Liquid cum LPG Terminal in
the port of Mumbai and also the largest private bulk Liquid Terminal at Kochi port, apart
from a pressurized LPG Storage Terminal at Pipavav Port and a LPG Bottling /Blending
Unit at Kheda, Gujarat.
The Group aims to create necklace of similar port terminals around the coastline of
India. It has firmed up plans to put up new/additional storage capacity at Pipavav, Kochi
and Haldia during the next 18-24 months at an investment exceeding INR 4,000 million.
Haldia is a strategically located port and connected very well with National Highways,
Rail Network and is a gateway to Eastern and North Eastern Indian Market. The area of
port has low population density and does not have Natural Forests and ecologically
sensitive areas. These qualities of Haldia Dock Complex the new proposed development
will complement the existing Business of Aegis Group on the Eastern coast of India.
The Proposed Project will be:
The development Cryogenic Propane/Butane/LPG Terminal with allied facilities for
storage, Handling and distribution and Export of products. including Product Jetty
Pipelines, unloading facilities, Allied Machinery, Loading Gantries for onward
Distribution by Rail, road and Sea at the existing plot of the company allotted by the
Haldia Dock Complex.
Construction will be started post all the statutory clearances and will require approx.
18 Months for completion..
The Gas storage terminal will have connectivity to the Jetty through dedicated pipelines.
The storage facility will comprise of two Cryogenic Atmospheric tanks of capacity 12500
MT each, of Propane/Butane/LPG and shall be constructed as per the applicable PESO,
OISD NFPA and API recommendations, with all the safety features and the Fire Fighting
Facilities as per international industry standards.
The Tank lorry gantries shall be constructed for loading/unloading the Trucks for
onward distribution of the products.
The Haldia Site is primarily selected because:
1. Aegis has Land availability for the tank farms construction in the haldia dock
complex which is as per the existing land use planning.
2. Dedicated port pipeline corridors to Haldia port oil jetties.
3. Existing Environmental Clearance for Storage and handling of Petroleum
products as per the Annexure II of CRZ Notification 2011. (Attachment 4)
4. Availability of Power, Water and Road/Rail connectivity to Eastern as well as
North eastern Indian states.
5. Low Population around Port area.
Page 4 of 25
6.
Absence of Natural Forests and ecologically sensitive areas within the port
premises. Land is not within CRZ.
7. The project is non-polluting as there is no processing or manufacturing involved.

The project will bring the growth and development in the region and will generate
direct and indirect employment, Revenues for Government by way of Customs
duties, VAT, Sales tax and for Port by way of Lease rentals, Wharfages, Berthing
Charges, thus contributing to state exchequer.
The other advantage will be availability of Cleaner fuels for Domestic, Commercial,
Automotive and Industrial use which may replace the polluting solid and liquid fuels.
Page 5 of 25
2. INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT

Identification of Project / Project Proponent:
Aegis Group is one of Indias leading Logistics group providing total logistics
solutions for Oil, Gas and Chemicals. We are an ISO-9001 company and the only
Terminal in India to have been awarded ISO-14001 and OHSAS-18001 certification..
Aegis Logistics Limited (ALL) is listed on BSE and NSE and has plans to develop the
necklace of similar port terminals around the coastline of India. It has firmed up plans to
put up new/additional storage capacity at Pipavav, Kochi and Haldia during the next 1824 months at an investment exceeding INR 4,000 million.
As part of this plans Aegis have acquired 100% share-holding of the entire LPG business
and assets of Shell Gas (LPG) India Pvt. Ltd. in India. By virtue of this, Aegis have
acquired their 2,700 MT LPG Storage Terminal at Gujarat Pipavav Port Ltd, (GPPL)
Pipavav Gujarat.Since takeover of these assets, the company has gone for expansion of
Terminal at Pipavav and successfully completed the expansion and commissioning of
tank farms.
Aegis Logistic Limited, in their expansion plan has identified Haldia port as one of the
most suitable site for the following reasons:
1. Aegis Logistics Limited already owns and operates Liquid Tank farm at Haldia dock
complex.
2. Aegis Logistics Limited also has land available at Haldia to be used for construction
of tank farms for petroleum product.
3. The development of this tank farm will give operational leverage to Aegis and will
complement the already operational LPG Terminals on West Coast.
4. Haldia is strategically located all season port with excellent draft.
5. Haldia port has excellent liquid / gas jetties and has plan to expand the same.
6. This port is one of the nearest port for accessing the Eastern and North eastern
markets and can supply the LPG to these deficient market and contribute to the
national cause of promoting LPG as and eco friendly fuel .
7. The port area is a low population zone and does not have Natural forest and
ecological sensitive area.
Need for Project:
The project being creation of Port support Infrastructure is very much needed for the
economy, for better serviceability to end customer and to improve the primary /
secondary logistic cost. The development of this project will help the industrial growth
especially in Eastern and North Eastern part of India also help reducing the finished
product cost.
The project creates the infrastructure to import the Eco friendly LPG, which in turn makes
the fuel available for use in Domestic/Commercial/Automotive and Industrial sectors,
replacing the highly polluting Solid and Liquid Fuels.
Such project will also create an environment for development in the region and create
ample employment opportunities in the region directly or thru ancillary requirement for
construction, operations and maintenance
Page 6 of 25
Currently the haldia port handles similar cargoes hence development of this project will
create an opportunity for optimum utilization of the Port Infrastructure and contribute to
the national and state exchequer.
Import V/s Indigenous Production:
The planned facility is mainly for import of LPG/Propane/Butane, storage of the same
and distribution thereof to nearest markets/industries.
There is no manufacturing of any product involved at the proposed facilities. The import
of the products will be carried out as per demand / supply gap in indigenous products.
The port and proposed facility are located in State of West Bengal, which acts as a
gateway for Eastern and North eastern states , where there is deficit of LPG and the
government is promoting the use of LPG in domestic as well as other sectors to minimise
the impact on Environment.
Project would also be facilitating LPG Imports & handling for Public Sector Oil Companies,
besides others, to cater to demand of LPG for Domestic/Household Use thus enabling the
Public sector Oil Companies to effectively cater to the Public Distribution System/ Network of
Domestic LPG, which is 89% of all LPG Consumption in India.
Domestic / Export Markets:
The proposed facility is mainly to cater to the requirement of Domestic market.
Employment Generation:
Aegis Logistics Limited has planned the terminal that will generate the direct
employment of around 50-75 personal at various levels to operate the terminal in 3 shifts.
Other than the direct employment there will be huge indirect employment in terms of
transportation business, associated service station, restaurant, hotels, travel agencies,
maintenance contractors, suppliers etc. With the completion of this expansion, we
anticipate a healthy increase in indirect employment for the local people.
3. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Haldia being an all weather port & at a strategic location, with excellent connectivity to
National Highways, Railways and gateway to Eastern India markets, is an ideal location
for Aegis Group to develop the Tank Farm which will complement the existing presence
of Aegis Group on the western Coast. This will be leveraged to serve the existing
customers and also to rope in the new Markets and segments.
Type of Project:
Aegis proposes to develop the tank farm for Import ,storage and distribution of
LPG/propane and Butane. This terminal will primarily cater to import / export, storage
of Propane/Butane and LPG through Haldia Oil jetties. So the proposed project has
highest dependability with the existing facilities of Haldia Dock Complex.
The Proposed development will be:
Construction of Propane/Butane/LPG Cryogenic tank farm along with allied
infrastructure like Jetty Lines, Pumps, compressors and Loading gantries.
There is no processing or manufacturing involved in the tank farm and hence there are no
trade emissions or effluents to the environment.
Page 7 of 25
ALL Development plan
1.
Cryogenic Atmospheric tanks with

25000 MT in 2 tanks of 12500 MT
double wall double containment
Each..
type
2.
Pressurised Tanks for Condensate

100 MT in 2 tanks of 50 MT each.
collection
The Tanks will be connected to Jetties, with Suitable Pipelines for Import/Export of
Products.
The Estimated pipelines would be 2 nos. of approx. 6 Km Long of 12 Dia. of suitable
material.
Normally the evacuation of the product from the terminal is planned by road through the
licensed vehicles for the transport of LPG/propane/Butane
There is also planning for Evacuation by Railways in future by extending the railway line
and creating the Rail Loading Gantry, if feasible.
Required number of Gantries with suitable pumping capacities shall be constructed for
filling of Tankers within the terminal area.
The Layout shall be designed as per the recommendations of Oil Industries Safety
Directorate (OISD) Standards 144/169/150, Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels Rules
and the necessary prior approvals shall be obtained from:
Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation (PESO). Attached is the prior

approval from PESO for the Tank farm layout. (Attachment 1)
PESO Approved layout Plan is attached. ( Attachment 2)
Director, Industrial Safety & Health, West Bengal.
Ministry of Environment & Forests.
West Bengal Pollution Control Board.
Port Authorities
A detailed Quantitative risk assessment (QRA) is made to assess the risk posed during
the normal operations of the tank farm.
Location Map:
Please refer the attached Site image showing location Attachment 3.
Alternate Sites:
With the type of operation and the requirement and foreshore and waterfront , it is
necessary to have the site close to the port facilities.
Also since Aegis has suitable site available as allotted land by HDC, free from
population, forest and other ecological sensitive area, hence no other site have been
Page 8 of 25
evaluated for the purpose of above mentioned expansion and construction of new
facilities.
The planed use is as per the Terms and conditions of Allotment from HDC.
Size and Magnitude of Operation:
The proposed facilities will be for importing the Propane/Butane and LPG and
distribution of the same through road / rail route.
However there are possibilities for certain export through dedicated pipeline between
proposed facilities and HDC jetties.
The products proposed to be handled along with the estimated annual through put
quantities are attached as Annexure I for reference.
Project Description with Process Details:
The schematic layouts drawing for development of new facilities are given in following
drawing:
S.N.
Location
Area in M
Drawing Reference No.
Aegis Logistics
Limited,
1
Haldia Dock Complex,

16265Sqm With
Mauza Jagat Chak,
Village Durachak,
Builtup area of 3612 Sqm
LAYOUT PIP - 01
J.L No. 140 & 138

Dist: Purba Medinipur,
West Bengal
The construction of new facilities is mainly for importing / exporting, storage and
distribution LPG/Propane/Butane.
Raw Material:
No manufacturing or processing activities are envisaged in the project, hence no raw
material is required for the proposed facilities.
The project will provide the logistics solutions like imports, Storage, export and
Distribution of Propane/Butane/LPG .
Resource Optimization:
In the proposed facilities the water will be required mainly for cooling tower and is
estimated at the rate of 25 KL per day during regular operations. The Water shall be sourced
from Haldia Dock Complex/Port Authority.
Other than the above, we plan for rain water harvesting at the proposed facility.
Page 9 of 25
Water and Power Requirement:

Water requirement:
Since there is no manufacturing activity envisaged in the project, Water requirement is as
follows:
App.100 KL per Day during construction and 25 KL per day during regular operations.
The Water shall be sourced from Haldia Dock Complex/Port Authority/Haldia Development
Authority.The Water will primarily be used for Cooling Towers and domestic use.
Power requirement:
Estimated Power requirement would be 2.4 MVA. The Power will be sourced from the
State Power Company.
A Suitable infrastructure for Power take off from the source shall be constructed and
maintained by Aegis.
Wastes Management and Disposal:
There is no manufacturing process envisaged in the project and hence there is no process
generated waste estimated in the project.
The typical waste generated would be:
1. Used /Spent oils from the Plant and machinery:
The quantity of used oil is estimated to be 10 Litres per day. The used oil will be stored
properly in Barrels in demarcated place and will be disposed off to the Authorised
recycling units.
2. Domestic effluent.
The domestic effluent is estimated to be 1 KL per day and the same shall be treated within
the Septic tank and soak pits. In future the domestic effluent shall be connected to
municipal drainage network of HDC/HDA.
3. Solid wastes :
Metallic Waste from Tank fabrication etc. shall be disposed as ferrous scrap during the
construction Phase..
Other Environmental Aspect:
The Air & Ground water assessment shall be done every six months or as recommended,
for monitoring the quality of the same.
Noise Level shall be also monitored within the Tank farm areas every six months and the
arrangements shall be made like acoustic enclosures etc to minimize the noise in DG
sets/Compressor and pump rooms
The Pollution control measures of the Port shall be applied at the jetty while receiving the
cargoes on jetties and the marine vessels would be subjected to the same.
The Oil Spill Response Plan is available with Aegis Group to handle the Spills and Leaks
over the jetty. This shall be suitably modified to include the operations of the Aegis
Logistics limited at Haldia .
Page 10 of 25
ANNEXURE-IIIA
CRZ Study Report for Storage
Terminal
HTL, LTL AND CRZ FOR THE PROPOSED LPG

TERMINAL IN HALDIA PORT AREA AT HALDIA,
WEST BENGAL
National Centre for Earth Science Studies

Thiruvananthapuram 695 011, Kerala
APRIL 2015
HTL, LTL AND CRZ FOR THE PROPOSED LPG TERMINAL

IN HALDIA PORT AREA AT HALDIA,
WEST BENGAL
Prepared for
M/s AEGIS LOGISTICS LTD, MUMBAI
NATIONAL CENTRE FOR EARTH SCIENCE STUDIES

THIRUVANANTHAPURAM- 695 011
April 2015
CONTENTS
Page No.
1.0 Introduction
2.0 Objectives
3.0 Location
4.0 Approach
5.0 Base map
6.0 Data Source
7.0 Tide
8.0 Field investigation
9.0 Landuse
10.0 HTL/LTL with respect to the proposed site
11.0 Coastal Regulation Zone for the project site
12.0 Summary and Recommendations
REFERENCES
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig 1. Location Map
Fig 2. CRZ Map of the proposed site
PLATES
Plate 1. View of the proposed site
Plate 2. Green belt canal
Plate 3. Sluice in the mouth of Green belt canal
Plate 4. Another view of site
DOCUMENTATION PAGE
1. REPORT NUMBER
NCESS CRZ - 02 - 2015
2. TYPE OF REPORT
CRZ STATUS REPORT
3. TITLE
HTL, LTL AND CRZ FOR PROPOSED LPG TERMINAL IN

HALDIA PORT AREA, HALDIA, WEST BENGAL.
4.SCIENTIFIC OFFICER
S.MOHANAN, D.RAJU & M.RAMESH KUMAR
PROJECT STAFF
ABHI R. ARAVIND
CO-ORDINATORS
DR. T.N.PRAKASH, DR. SAMSUDDIN & DR.D.S.SURESH BABU
5. KEY WORDS
Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ), cadastral map, land use, tidal flat,
mangroves, seawall, High Tide Line (HTL), Low Tide Line (LTL),
reclamation, CRZ categories, CRZ IA, CRZ IB and CRZ IV.
6. ABSTRACT
M/s Aegis Logistics Ltd, Mumbai proposes to develop LPG terminal in

Haldia Port area, Haldia, West Bengal. They are planning to put up 2
nos.12,500 MT, each double walled cryogenic storage tanks and
associated facilities for storage and handling of LPG. Haldia Port is
located on the bank of Hoogly River. Cadastral maps of Barkumar chak
and Jagat chak in 1:3960 scale were used as the base map for
demarcating HTL and LTL. In case of Haldia Development Area, the
area proposed by the State Government which includes the Haldia Port
Complex Area only is categorised as CRZ-II. The CRZ for Haldia shall
be 100m from the HTL. Intertidal zone (CRZ IB) and Mangroves (CRZ
IA) are present in the study area. The waterbody and bed are CRZ IV.
Mangroves have coverage of more than 1000 m2 and hence has a buffer
zone of 50 m. The proposed site is categorised as CRZ-II as per the
CZMP (1996) of West Bengal.
7.DISTRIBUTION
STATEMENT
NOT FOR CIRCULATION
8. INSTITUTION
M/s AEGIS LOGISTICS LTD, MUMBAI
HTL, LTL AND CRZ FOR THE PROPOSED LPG TERMINAL

IN HALDIA PORT AREA AT HALDIA,
WEST BENGAL
1.0 Introduction
M/s Aegis Logistics Ltd, has proposed to develop LPG terminal in the land allotted to
them by Haldia Dock Complex and located within Haldia Port in the state of West
Bengal. They are planning to put up 2 nos. 12,500 MT each Double walled cryogenic
storage tanks and associated facilities for storage and handling of LPG. The project
proponents
requested
the
National
Centre
for
Earth
Science
Studies,
Thiruvananthapuram, an agency authorized by MoEF to demarcate High Tide Line

(HTL) and the Low Tide Line (LTL). Accordingly the CRZ map is prepared in cadastral
scale as per the guidelines given in the CRZ notification.
2.0 Objectives
The objectives of the study are:
Delineation of HTL and LTL for the proposed project area
Demarcation of Coastal Regulation Zones
Observations on CRZ categories
3.0 Location
Haldia Port is located on the bank of Hooghly River. The proposed site is in two villages
namely Jagat Chak, J.L.No.140 and Barkumar Chak J.L.No.138 in Purbamedinipore
District in the state of West Bengal and the site is located at latitude of 22 03' 31.69" N
and a longitude of 88 08' 16.67" E (Fig.1).
4.0 Approach
The Government of India Notification [S.O.19 (E) dated 6.1.2011] under Section 3(1)
and Section 3(2)(v) of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rule 5(3)(d) of
Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 declares the coastal stretches of the country and
the water area upto its territorial water limit as Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)
1
CRZ status report of the LPG terminal site at Haldia for Aegis Logistics Ltd.
National Centre for Earth Science Studies, Thiruvananthapuram.
(MoEF, 2011). The CRZ 2011 is in suppression of CRZ 1991 except as respects things
done or omitted to be done before such supercession. All developmental activities in the
CRZ are regulated through the CRZ Notification (MoEF, 2011). The CRZ consists of:
1. Land area from High Tide Line (HTL) to 500 m on the landward side along
the sea front.
2. Land area from HTL to 100 m or width of the creek whichever is less on the
landward side along the tidal influenced water bodies that are connected to the
sea and the distance upto which development along such tidal influenced
water bodies is to be regulated are governed by the distance upto which the
tidal effects are experienced which is determined based on salinity
concentration of 5 parts per thousand (ppt) measured during the driest period
of the year and distance upto which tidal effects are experienced would be
clearly identified and demarcated accordingly in the Coastal Zone
Management Plans (CZMPs). Tidal influenced water bodies means the water
bodies influenced by tidal effects from sea, in the bays, estuaries, rivers,
creeks, backwaters, lagoons, ponds connected to the sea or creeks and the like.
3. Land area falling between the hazard line and 500 m from HTL on the
landward side, in case of seafront and between the hazard line and 100 m line
in case of tidal influenced water body. The word hazard line denotes the line
demarcated by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) through the
Survey of India (SoI) taking into account tides, waves, sea level rise and
shoreline changes.
4. Land area between HTL and Low Tide Line (LTL) which will be termed as
the intertidal zone.
5. The water and the bed area from the LTL to the territorial water limit (12 Nm)
in case of sea and the water and the bed area from LTL at the bank to the LTL
on the opposite side of the bank, of tidal influenced water bodies.
The tidal influenced water body has been defined for the purpose of this notification as
bays, estuaries, rivers, creeks, backwaters, lagoons and ponds connected to the sea or
2
creeks and the like. The distance from the HTL shall apply to both sides of the tidal
influenced water body. The CRZ Notification categorizes Coastal Regulation Zones as
CRZ I, CRZ II, CRZ III and CRZ IV based on whether the area is ecologically sensitive,
developed, undeveloped or water body and its bed. Ecologically sensitive and important
areas and the intertidal zone constitute CRZ I. Sensitive ecosystems like mangroves,
corals, turtle nesting grounds, salt marshes, mudflats, etc are CRZ IA. Intertidal zone is
CRZ IB. The areas that have already been developed upto or close to the shoreline are
categorized as CRZ II. Areas that are relatively undisturbed belong to CRZ III. The water
area and the bed constitute CRZ IV.
The CRZ Notification of 2011 has also defined Critical Vulnerable Coastal Areas
(CVCA), which includes Sunderbans, and other identified ecological important areas
including Gulf of Khambat and Gulf of Kutchchh in Gujarat. It is proposed to prepare
Integrated Management Plans (IMPs) for such CVCA keeping in view of the
conservation and management of mangroves, needs of local communities such as,
dispensaries, schools, public rain shelter, community toilets, bridges, roads, jetties, water
supply, drainage, sewerage and the impact of sea level rise and other natural disasters.
The IMPs will be prepared as per the guidelines of the MoEF.
The Coastal Zone Management Plan (CZMP) prepared based on 1991 Notification and
approved in 1996 remains valid for 2 years (from January 2011 when the CRZ 2011 was
issued) or till a new CZMP is prepared and got approved (MoEF, 2011).
5.0 Base map

Cadastral map of Barkumar Chak,JL No. 138 & Jagat Chak, JL No. 140 (scale - 1:3960)
were made available from the Revenue Dept. These maps were slightly distorted due to
the problems associated with photocopying. The maps were checked in the field and used
as the base map on which the HTL and LTL are demarcated.
3
6.0 Data Source

In addition to field investigation, data from a variety of sources were used for
compilation of the final map and preparation of the CRZ report.
The principal data sources are listed below:
Hydrographic charts of Naval Hydrographic Office
Topographic map of Survey of India
Remote sensing data

CZMP maps of West Bengal
7.0 Tide
Coastal zone regulations are restricted to the seacoast and banks of water bodies
influenced by tidal action. Tidal range is an important parameter that decides the
landward extent of the reach of seawater into the land and the location of the HTL
including the extent of CRZ. The distance up to which development along rivers, creeks
and backwaters is regulated depends on the landward extent of tidal influence. Tidal
range data with respect to Chart Datum pertaining to Haldia as provided by Naval
Hydrographic Office, Dehradun (Chart No. 3013), is given below:
Tide Condition (Haldia)
Height (m)
MHHW
5.3
MLHW
3.9
Mean Sea Level
2.8
MHLW
1.7
MLLW
0.3
4

Field investigations were carried out during February 2015. The HTL was identified from
field signatures such as embankments and landward boundaries of tidal flats (MoEF,
2011 & 1999). The configuration of HTL/LTL was plotted with respect to reference
points which were identified in the field and located in the map. An appraisal of existing
land use/landform in the project area was also carried out. Disto Plus laser distometer
and Trimble GeoXT GPS were used for precision field measurements including distances
and positions. Wherever required, Trimble GeoXT GPS was used as DGPS with a
GeoBeacon receiver.
9.0 Landuse
The proposed LPG terminal is on the bank of Hooghly River. Mangrove vegetation occur
south of the project area. Green belt canal is on the eastern side of the project site. This is
a drainage canal separated from the Hooghly River by a sluice gate which is normally
kept in closed condition. This sluice is operated as and when required to drain out the
rain/ storm water to prevent the flooding of the industrial belt and adjoining areas. The
Haldia port has developed roads and better connectivity. The in and around port area has
low settlement density and does not have natural forests. Haldia is an industrial city
having several major factories, including Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited, Shaw
Wallace, Consolidated Fiber and Chemical, West Bengal Industrial Development
Corporation and Tata Chemicals.

The CRZ Notification defines the HTL as the line on the land up to which the highest
water line reaches during the spring tide. The HTL/LTL has to be identified based on
coastal geomorphologic signatures in the field/satellite imageries/aerial photographs
following the guidelines given by MoEF (2011 & 1999). Delineation of the HTL, LTL
and identification of Coastal Regulation Zones were carried out based on field
5
investigations and the CZMP of West Bengal. Distinct boundaries are present landward
of mangrove vegetation/tidal flats and these are considered for demarcation of the HTL.
The morphological conditions as existed at the time of field mapping have been
considered in demarcating the HTL and LTL. After identifying the HTL and LTL, the
corresponding distances are measured from known points and their respective positions
transferred to the base map and shown in the local level CRZ map (Fig. 2).
11.0 Coastal Regulation Zone for the proposed site

Being on the seacoast, the CRZ consists of 500 m landward from the HTL, the inter tidal
zone between the HTL and LTL and the coastal waters (territorial waters) up to 12 nm
and the bed. The water body and the bed are CRZ IV. Mangroves fall under CRZ IA.
The intertidal zone without mangroves is CRZ IB. The CRZ except CRZ I and CRZ IV
belong to CRZ III. Mangroves have a coverage of more than 1000 m2 and hence have a
buffer zone of 50 m. As per the CZMP (1996) of West Bengal, the Haldia Development
Area proposed by the State Government which includes the Haldia Port Complex Area
only is categorised as CRZ-II. The CRZ of Haldia shall be 100m from the HTL
(Reference 5). The proposed site is outside the CRZ. The details are shown in the CRZ
map (Fig. 2).
12.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
The HTL, LTL and CRZ categories are presented in 1:4000 scale maps
The HTL and LTL around the banks of the creeks are demarcated by taking into
consideration different signatures such as tidal/mudflats, embankments and bunds
as existed at the time of field mapping.
As per the CZMP (1996) of West Bengal, the Haldia Port Development Area
proposed by the State Government which includes the Haldia Port Complex Area
only is categorised as CRZ-II. The CRZ of Haldia shall be 100m from the HTL.
The proposed site is outside the CRZ
Mangroves are CRZ IA while the tidal flats are CRZ IB. The categorization of
CRZ in the approved CZMP may be followed for CRZ categorization.
6
References
1. MoEF, 1991. Notification No.S.0114 dated 19th February, 1991, Ministry of
Environment and Forests, Government of India, New Delhi.
2. MoEF, 1996. Letter No. Letter No.J-17011/8/95-IA-III, dated 27-9-1996 dated 27th
September 1996 to the Chief Secretary, Govt. of Maharashtra. Ministry of Environment
and Forests, Government of India, New Delhi.
3. MoEF, 1999. Letter No.J.17011/8/92-1A III dated 4 January 1999 to the Chief
Secretary of Coastal States. Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India,
New Delhi
4. MoEF, 2011. Notification No. S.O.19 (E) dated 6.1.2011, Ministry of Environment
5. MOEF, 1996. Notification No. J-17011/24/92-1A-11 dated 27th September 1996,
Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, New Delhi.
7
PLATES
Plate 1: View of the proposed site
Plate 4: Another view of site
Plate 2: Green belt canal
Plate 3: Sluice in the mouth of Green

belt canal
8
H A L D I YA
Murali chak
Barkumar chak
Aegis Proposed site
Vagat chak
Patikhali
R
Agnimari char
(Nayachara Island)
Legend
Road
Railway
Inter Tidal Zone
Kilometers
Waterbody
1:60,000
Fig. 1: Location map
National Centre for Earth Science Studies, Thiruvananthapuram
888'30"E
16
14
17
51
C
D
13
14
49
165
AW160
SH ACE
L
L
WA
50
200
48
B A R K U M A R
15
16
17
1212
12
1212
C H A K
14
20 T - 201
43
AEG
19
163
IS
14
1014
FWT 2FWT 1 6 4 1
11
233
18
57
T-203
T-204
54
53
51
160
S
U
165
13
14
50
48
24
J A G AT
23
169
29
35
33
30
31
32
J A G AT
High Tide Line

Low Tide Line
C H A K
80
Village Boundary
CRZ line for Creek or Backwater
81
Mangroves - CRZ IA
Mangrove Buffer Zone
CRZ landward of HTL - CRZ II
65
64
66
63
49
Inter Tidal Zone - CRZ IB
223'30"N
69
67
Proposed Layout
68
Waterbody - CRZ IV B
62
C H A K
173
172
39
60
61
Demarcation of HTL, LTL and CRZ

for proposed LPG Storage tanks site
at Haldia, West Bengal
203
44
161
38
Survey Plot
Sluice
47
175
40
171
56
79
78
87
50
50
41
55
179
. L
. C
B . P
42
28
200
Road
77
86
1452
12 12
21
22
Legend
75
76
57
T - 202
223'30"N
13
12
22
14
11
163
19
21
T-203
T-204
n
e e
G r
T - 202
52
l t
b e
T - 201
53
l
n a
a
C
20
14
FWT 1 14 1
6 4
3
11FWT 2
2
3
18
57
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
A E G I S
43
10
Mapped
during
43
37
168
iv
1:4,000
0
Feb
2015
50
100
Meters
ly
Checked by
Approved by
888'30"E
1 Security Room
2 Weigh bridge cabin
8 LPG compressor cum utility house
Substation
Weigh Bridge
12 Truck loading station 13 Water seal & vent
4 Administrative Room
5 Control Room
6 Occupational Health Centre
9 Mounded Vessels
10 Fire pump house
11 Underground water Tank
14 Watch Tower
Fig 2. CRZ Map (Refer CRZ Report for details)
Akkulam,Thuruvikkal P.O
Thiruvananthapuram 31
Basulia
Parbbatipur
Chaul khola
HALDIYA
Durgachak
Proposed site
Patikhali
CRZ IV B
CRZ II
Agnimari char
(Nayachara Island)
Legend
Road
Railway
CRZ line for Creek or Backwater
Mangroves - CRZ IA
Kilometers
1:85,000
Inter Tidal Zone - CRZ IB

Waterbody - CRZ IV B
Fig 3 : CRZ Categories 7 Km around the Proposed LPG storage tanks site at Haldiya, West Bengal
National Centre for Earth Science Studies, Thiruvananthapuram
ANNEXURE-IIIB
CRZ Study Report for Pipeline
HTL, LTL AND CRZ FOR THE PROPOSED LPG

PIPELINE IN PORT AREA AT HALDIA,
WEST BENGAL

Thiruvananthapuram 695 011, Kerala
JUNE 2015
HTL, LTL AND CRZ FOR THE PROPOSED LPG PIPELINE

IN PORT AREA AT HALDIA, WEST BENGAL
Prepared for
M/s. AEGIS LOGISTICS LTD, MUMBAI
NATIONAL CENTRE FOR EARTH SCIENCE STUDIES

THIRUVANANTHAPURAM- 695 011
JUNE 2015
CONTENTS
Page No.
1.0 Introduction
2.0 Objectives
3.0 Location
4.0 Approach
5.0 Base map
6.0 Data Source
7.0 Tide
9.0 Land use
11.0 Coastal Regulation Zone for the project site
12.0 Summary and Conclusions
REFERENCES
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig 1. Location Map
Fig 2. CRZ Maps (Sheet 1, Sheet 2 and Sheet 3) of the proposed LPG pipeline route
PLATES
Plate 1. Proposed pipeline route (between the compound wall and existing
Pipe line).
Plate 2. Existing pipeline close to HTL.
Plate 3. Pathikali Bridge.
Plate 4. View of Haldia Oil Jetty.
DOCUMENTATION PAGE
1. REPORT NUMBER
NCESS - CRZ - 04 - 2015
2. TYPE OF REPORT
CRZ STATUS REPORT
3. TITLE
HTL, LTL AND CRZ FOR PROPOSED LPG PIPELINE IN PORT

AREA AT HALDIA, WEST BENGAL.
4.SCIENTIFIC OFFICER
S.MOHANAN, D.RAJU & M.RAMESH KUMAR
PROJECT STAFF
ABHI R. ARAVIND & ARUN T.J
CO-ORDINATORS
DR. T.N.PRAKASH, DR. SAMSUDDIN & DR.D.S.SURESH BABU
5. KEY WORDS
Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ), cadastral map, land use, tidal flat,
mangroves, seawall, High Tide Line (HTL), Low Tide Line (LTL),
reclamation, CRZ categories, CRZ IA, CRZ IB and CRZ IV.
6. ABSTRACT
M/s Aegis Logistics Ltd, Mumbai proposes to lay the LPG pipeline in
Hadia Port area, West Bengal. Haldia Port is located on the bank of
Hoogly River. Cadastral maps in 1:3960 scale were used as the base
map for demarcating HTL and LTL. In case of Haldia Development
Area, the area proposed by the State Government which includes the
Haldia Port Complex Area only is categorised as CRZ-II. The CRZ for
Haldia shall be 100m from the HTL. Mangrove vegetation is present on
the proposed pipeline route at Jagat Chak, Pathikali and Bhimar Chak
and the pipeline passes through the buffer zone of mangrove in this
area. Mangroves have coverage of more than 1000 m2 and hence has a
buffer zone of 50 m. Existing oil and gas pipelines of other industries
were noticed very close to HTL and along the proposed pipeline route.
Major part of the proposed LPG pipeline is passing through the
regulation zone of CRZ II of the Hooghly River. Intertidal zone (CRZ
IB) and Mangroves (CRZ IA) are present in the project area. The
waterbody and bed are CRZ IV. The proposed area is categorised as
CRZ-II as per the CZMP (1996) of West Bengal.
7.DISTRIBUTION
STATEMENT
NOT FOR CIRCULATION
8. INSTITUTION
M/s. AEGIS LOGISTICS LTD, MUMBAI
HTL, LTL AND CRZ FOR THE PROPOSED LPG PIPELINE

IN THE PORT AREA AT HALDIA,
WEST BENGAL
1.0 Introduction
M/s Aegis Logistics Ltd, Mumbai has proposed to lay the LPG pipeline of 12 diameter
of 2 number from storage tank farm at Barkumar Chak and Jagat Chak to Haldia Oil Jetty
(HOJ -1, HOJ-2 and HOJ-3) within Haldia Port area in the West Bengal. The project
proponents requested the National Centre for Earth Science Studies (NCESS),
Thiruvananthapuram to prepare a CRZ Status Report demarcating the High Tide Line
(HTL), Low Tide Line (LTL) and Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) for the LPG pipeline
in the Haldia Port area. Accordingly the CRZ map is prepared in cadastral scale as per the
guidelines given in the CRZ notification.
2.0 Objectives
The objectives of the study are:
Delineation of HTL and LTL for the proposed LPG pipeline route
Demarcation of Coastal Regulation Zones
Observations on CRZ categories
3.0 Location
Haldia Port is located on the bank of Hooghly River. The LPG pipeline is proposed to lay
on the bank of Hooghly River from storage tanks at Barkumar Chak and Jagat Chak to
Haldia Oil Jetty HOJ-1, HOJ -2 and HOJ -3 located at Dakshin Hulapara Chak, Dandatta
Chak and Barsandia respectively in Purba Midnapur District in the West Bengal. (Fig.1).
4.0 Approach
The Government of India Notification [S.O.19 (E) dated 6.1.2011] under Section 3(1)
and Section 3(2)(v) of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rule 5(3)(d) of
Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 declares the coastal stretches of the country and
the water area upto its territorial water limit as Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)
CRZ status report of the LPG pipeline at Haldia for Aegis Logistics Ltd.
(MoEF, 2011). The CRZ 2011 is in supersession of CRZ 1991 except as respects things
done or omitted to be done before such supersession. All developmental activities in the
CRZ are regulated through the CRZ Notification (MoEF, 2011). The CRZ consists of:
1. Land area from High Tide Line (HTL) to 500 m on the landward side along
the sea front.
2. Land area from HTL to 100 m or width of the creek whichever is less on the
landward side along the tidal influenced water bodies that are connected to the
sea and the distance up to which development along such tidal influenced
water bodies is to be regulated are governed by the distance up to which the
tidal effects are experienced which is determined based on salinity
concentration of 5 parts per thousand (ppt) measured during the driest period
of the year and distance up to which tidal effects are experienced would be
clearly identified and demarcated accordingly in the Coastal Zone
Management Plans (CZMPs). Tidal influenced water bodies means the water
bodies influenced by tidal effects from sea, in the bays, estuaries, rivers,
creeks, backwaters, lagoons, ponds connected to the sea or creeks and the like.
3. Land area falling between the hazard line and 500 m from HTL on the
landward side, in case of seafront and between the hazard line and 100 m line
in case of tidal influenced water body. The word hazard line denotes the line
demarcated by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) through the
Survey of India (SoI) taking into account tides, waves, sea level rise and
shoreline changes.
4. Land area between HTL and Low Tide Line (LTL) which will be termed as
the intertidal zone.
5. The water and the bed area from the LTL to the territorial water limit (12 Nm)
in case of sea and the water and the bed area from LTL at the bank to the LTL
on the opposite side of the bank, of tidal influenced water bodies.
The tidal influenced water body has been defined for the purpose of this notification as
bays, estuaries, rivers, creeks, backwaters, lagoons and ponds connected to the sea or
2
creeks and the like. The distance from the HTL shall apply to both sides of the tidal
influenced water body. The CRZ Notification categorizes Coastal Regulation Zones as
CRZ I, CRZ II, CRZ III and CRZ IV based on whether the area is ecologically sensitive,
developed, undeveloped or water body and its bed. Ecologically sensitive and important
areas and the intertidal zone constitute CRZ I. Sensitive ecosystems like mangroves,
corals, turtle nesting grounds, salt marshes, mudflats, etc are CRZ IA. Intertidal zone is
CRZ IB. The areas that have already been developed upto or close to the shoreline are
categorized as CRZ II. Areas that are relatively undisturbed belong to CRZ III. The water
area and the bed constitute CRZ IV.
The CRZ Notification of 2011 has also defined Critical Vulnerable Coastal Areas
(CVCA), which includes Sunderbans, and other identified ecological important areas
including Gulf of Khambat and Gulf of Kutchchh in Gujarat. It is proposed to prepare
Integrated Management Plans (IMPs) for such CVCA keeping in view of the
conservation and management of mangroves, needs of local communities such as,
dispensaries, schools, public rain shelter, community toilets, bridges, roads, jetties, water
supply, drainage, sewerage and the impact of sea level rise and other natural disasters.
The IMPs will be prepared as per the guidelines of the MoEF.
The Coastal Zone Management Plan (CZMP) prepared based on 1991 Notification and
approved in 1996 remains valid for 2 years (from January 2011 when the CRZ 2011 was
issued) or till a new CZMP is prepared and got approved (MoEF, 2011).
5.0 Base map
Cadastral maps of all villages in the Haldia Port limit is in the scale of 1:3960. This maps
were collected from the Revenue Department of West Bengal and were provided by the
project proponent. The maps were slightly distorted due to the problems associated with
the photocopying. All maps were checked in the field and were used as the base map on
which the HTL and LTL are demarcated.
3
6.0 Data Source

In addition to field investigations, the data were collected from a variety of sources and
compiled for the preparation of final map and CRZ report.
The principal data sources are listed below:
Hydrographic charts of Naval Hydrographic Office
Topographic map of Survey of India
Remote sensing data

CZMP maps of West Bengal
7.0 Tide
Coastal zone regulations are restricted to the seacoast and banks of water bodies
influenced by tidal action. Tidal range is an important parameter that decides the
landward extent of the reach of seawater into the land and the location of the HTL
including the extent of CRZ. The distance up to which development along rivers, creeks
and backwaters is regulated depends on the landward extent of tidal influence. Tidal
range data with respect to Chart Datum pertaining to Haldia as provided by Naval
Hydrographic Office, Dehradun (Chart No. 3013), is given below:
Tide Condition (Haldia)
Height (m)
MHHW
5.3
MLHW
3.9
Mean Sea Level
2.8
MHLW
1.7
MLLW
0.3
4

Field investigations were carried out in February and May 2015. Local level maps of
1:3960 scale pertaining to the project site were used as base maps. The HTL were
identified from field signatures such as embankments and landward boundaries of tidal
flats (MoEF, 2011). The HTL/LTL was plotted with respect to reference points and were
transferred in the map. An appraisal of existing land use/landform in the project area was
carried out to identify any ecologically sensitive and important areas eligible to be
categorized as CRZ IA. The CZMP (1996) of the state was referred inaddition to the
landuse and CRZ (2011) for the categorization and demarcation of CRZ categories.
Disto Plus laser distometer and Trimble GeoXT GPS were used for precision field
measurements including distances and positions.
9.0 Landuse
The LPG pipeline route is proposed through the bank of Hooghly River. An appraisal of
existing land use/landform in the project area was carried out to identify any ecologically
sensitive and important areas eligible to be categorized ass CRZ IA. Mangrove vegetation
is found on the banks of Hooghly River from Jagat Chak to west upto Bhimar Chak.
Existing oil and gas pipelines of other industries were noticed very close to HTL and
along the proposed pipeline route. The Haldia port has developed roads and better
infrastructure facilities. Sparse settlement is seen in and around the port area. No natural
forests are seen. Haldia is an industrial city with many factories, such as Bharat
Petroleum Corporation Limited, Shaw Wallace, Consolidated Fiber and Chemical, West
Bengal Industrial Development Corporation, Tata Chemicals etc.
The CRZ Notification defines the HTL as the line on the land up to which the highest
water line reaches during the spring tide. The HTL/LTL has to be identified based on
coastal geomorphologic signatures in the field/satellite imageries/aerial photographs
following the guidelines given by MoEF (2011 & 1999). Delineation of the HTL, LTL
and identification of Coastal Regulation Zones were carried out based on field
5
investigations and the CZMP of West Bengal. Distinct boundaries are present landward
of mangrove vegetation/tidal flats and these are considered for demarcation of the HTL.
The morphological conditions as existed at the time of field mapping have been
considered for demarcation of HTL and LTL. After identifying the HTL and LTL, the
corresponding distances are measured from the known points and their respective
positions transferred on the base map and is shown in the local level CRZ map (Fig. 2).
11.0 Coastal Regulation Zone for the proposed site

The CRZ details of LPG pipeline along the river/creeks are shown in the maps. Being the
bank of river/ creek, the CRZ landward of the HTL is equal to its width or 100m from the
HTL. Mangrove vegetation is present on the bank of Hooghly River at Jagat Chak,
Pathikali and Bhimar Chak. Mangroves have a coverage of more than 1000 m2 and hence
will have a buffer zone of 50 m. In these area pipeline passes through the buffer zone.
Mangroves fall under CRZ IA. The water body and the bed are CRZ IV. The intertidal
zone without mangroves is CRZ IB. The CRZ except CRZ I and CRZ IV belong to CRZ
II. As per the CZMP (1996) of West Bengal, in the case of Haldia Development Area, the
area proposed by the State Government which includes the Haldia Port Complex Area
only is categorised as CRZ-II. The CRZ of Haldia shall be 100m from the HTL
(Reference 5). In majority of the area the pipeline passes through the regulation of CRZ
II. The details are shown in the CRZ map (Fig. 2). Facilities for transport and storage of
petroleum products are permitted activities as specified in the Annexure-II (CRZ
Notification 2011, 8- II (iv)).
12.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
The HTL, LTL and CRZ categories are presented in 1:4000 scale maps
The HTL and LTL around the banks of the creeks are demarcated by taking into
consideration different signatures such as tidal/mudflats, embankments and bunds
as existed at the time of field mapping.
6
As per the CZMP (1996) of West Bengal, in the case of Haldia Port Development
Area, the area proposed by the State Government which includes the Haldia Port
Complex Area only is categorised as CRZ-II. The CRZ of Haldia shall be 100m
from HTL
Mangroves are CRZ IA while the tidal flats are CRZ IB. The categorization of
CRZ in the approved CZMP may be followed for CRZ categorization.
Mangrove vegetation is present on the bank of Hooghly River at Jagat Chak,

Pathikali and Bhimar Chak and the pipeline route passes through the buffer zone
of mangrove in this area, CRZ IA. Mangroves have a coverage of more than
1000 m2 and hence have a buffer zone of 50 m.
Existing oil and gas pipe lines of other industries were noticed very close to HTL
and along the proposed pipeline route.
Major part of the proposed LPG pipeline is passing through the regulation of CRZ
II of the Hooghly River.
Facilities for receipt and storage of petroleum products and liquefied natural gas
are permitted as specified in the Annexure-II (CRZ Notification 2011, 8- II (iv)).
7
References
1. MoEF, 1991. Notification No.S.0114 dated 19th February, 1991, Ministry of
Environment and Forests, Government of India, New Delhi.
2. MoEF, 1996. Letter No. Letter No.J-17011/8/95-IA-III, dated 27-9-1996 dated 27th
September 1996 to the Chief Secretary, Govt. of Maharashtra. Ministry of Environment
3. MoEF, 1999. Letter No.J.17011/8/92-1A III dated 4 January 1999 to the Chief
Secretary of Coastal States. Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India,
New Delhi
4. MoEF, 2011. Notification No. S.O.19 (E) dated 6.1.2011, Ministry of Environment
5. MOEF, 1996. Notification No. J-17011/24/92-1A-11 dated 27th September 1996,
Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, New Delhi.
8
PLATES
Plate 1. Proposed pipeline route (between the compound wall and existing
Pipeline).
Plate 2. Existing pipeline close to HTL
9
Plate 3. Pathikali Bridge
Plate 4. View of Haldia Oil Jetty
10
ANNEXURE-IV
WBSCZMA Clearance
WEST BENGAL STATE COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY

PouraBhawan,4th Floor, FD-415A
Sector - III, Salt Lake, Kolkata - 700 106
Telefax No. : 0332337 0268
Email -environmentwb@gmail.com
Date:
No. 1501 /EN /T-II-4/008/2015

To:
19 / 06/2015
The Secretary
Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change
Government of India
Indira Paryavaran Bhawan
Jorbagh Road, New Delhi - 110003
SUB.: CORRIGENDUMto
Recommendation from CRZ angle for setting up Cryogenic facility for import,
storage, handling and distribution of LPG/ Propane/ Butane along with along
with allied infrastructure at J.L. No. 140 & 138, Haldia Dock Complex, Mauza:
Jagat Chak, Village: Durgachak, Dist : Purba Medinipur, West Bengal by
AEGIS Logistics Ltd.
REF.: This office memo no.1459/EN/T-II-4/00B/2015
dated 17/06/2015.
Sir,
With reference to the above, in the 5th line of para 2 following correction
requested.
is
The line should read as "As per project report submitted
by the project
proponent, new pipelines shall be laid to support the tank farm. The pipeline
shall be laid from the proposed tank farm to liquid jetty no. 1, 2 &3. AEGIShas
planned to put two lines of 12" dia, each approx. 6 km. long for HOJ 1 & 2 and
approx. 12 km. long HOJ 3. All the pipelines shall be laid along the approved
pipeline corridor provided by HDC " instead of 'The pipeline two in number with 12
inch dia approx. 6 km long, as per the project report, passes along the common corridor
made by Kolkata Port Trust at Haldia, through which the pipelines of other adjacent
allied industries are also laid.'
Yours faithfully,
(Dr.JoseT\~
Member Secretary, Wrs~ZMA
No. 1501 /EN /T-II-4/008/2015
/1(1)
Date:
19 / 06/2015
Copy forwarded for kind information to :

The President, Aegis Logistics Limited, 502, 5th Floor, Skylon, G.LD.C.,
Char Rasta, Vapi -396 195, Dist.Valsad, Gujrat
Sd/Member Secretary, WBSCZMA
No. 1501 /EN /T-II-4/008/2015
/2(4)
Copy forwarded for information to :1. District Magistrate, Purba Medinipur District.
Date:
19 / 06/2015
ANNEXURE-V
Layout along with the port
boundary
S
GI L
A EER M I N A
T
ANNEXURE-VI
DMP of Haldia Port (HDC)
DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

HALDIA DOCK COMPLEX
TABLE OF CONTENTS :
Chapter 1 : :
FOREWORD
INTRODUCTION
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Chapter 2 : :
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
Chapter 3 : :
INTRODUCTION
OBJECTIVE OF PLAN
DESCRIPTION OF HALDIA DOCK COMPLEX
DEGREES OF DISASTER
ELEMENTS OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
DRILLS/REHEARSALS
TRAINING
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
INTRODUCTION
RAISING THE ALARM AND CONTROL OF OPERATIONS
CONTROL OF SHIPPING
FIRE-FIGHTING OPERATION
EVACUATION PLAN
CARGO OPERATIONS
RAILWAY OPERATIONS
MARINE OPERATIONS
MEDICAL SERVICES
P&E SERVICES
CIVIL ENGINEERING SERVICES
FINANCIAL SERVICES
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
STORE SUPPLIES
CISF SERVICES
INFORMATION CENTRE
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS SERVICES
DETAIL ACTION PLAN

3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
FIRE/EXPLOSION HAZARD INVOLVING SHIPS AT OIL/BARGE JETTIES

FIRE/EXPLOSION HAZARD INVOLVING SHIPS AT HALDIA DOCK
FIRE AT OFFICE BUILDINGS
FIRE AT BERTHS , TRANSIT SHEDS AND CARGO SHEDS
COLLAPSE OF BUILDINGS/SHEDS, ETC.
COLLAPSE OF LIFTING APPLIANCES
SPILLAGE / LEAKAGE OF OF OIL AT DOCK BASIN
SPILLAGE / LEAKAGE OF CHEMICALS INCLUDING RADIO-ACTIVE MATERIALS.
COLLISION & GROUNDING OF SHIPS
DROWNING OF DOCK WORKERS
SINKING OF VESSELS
RETRIEVAL OF TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT FROM DOCK BASIN
NATURAL CALAMITIES
FIRE/LEAKAGE OF OIL AT RAILWAY YARD.
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
FIRE HAZARD INVOLVING WORKSHOPS

GAS LEAKAGE AT OIL JETTY
EMERGENCY DUE TO WAR/TERRORISM
EMERGENCY DUE TO BOMB THREAT
LIST OF ANNEXURES
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
FLOW CHARTS OF ABOVE 18 DISASTER/EMERGENCY SCENARIOS

BRIEF RESPONSIBILITIES OF IMPORTANT PORT PERSONNEL
BASE AND FORWARD CONTROL
INFORMATION CENTRE
FIRE-FIGHTING MEDIUM OF VARIOUS LIQUID CHEMICALS HANDLED THROUGH HDC
FIRST AID MEASURES IN CASE OF EXPOSURE TO HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS DURING
HANDLING
GUIDELINES FOR TREATMENT OF PATIENTS EXPOSED TO HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
LIST OF COMPANIES HAVING OIL BARGES ALONGWITH THEIR ADDRESSES AND TEL.NOS.
LIST OF IMPORTANT HDC OFFICIALS WITH TELEPHONE NOS.
NAME, ADDRESS & TELEPHONE NOS. OF CONCERNED EXTERNAL AID AGENCIES.
VII
VIII
IX
X
FOREWORD
This document titled DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN has been prepared with the objective
of defining the functions and responsibilities of all concerned managerial, operational, supporting
services and departmental personnel with respect to preparedness, detection and effective
emergency response to disaster situation. This document generally stress on on-site response plans.
The plan objectives are as follows
1. Rapid response, control and containment of a hazardous or disaster situation
2. Minimizing the risk and impact of the event/accident to life, property and the environment.
3. Effective evacuation and rehabilitation of the affected persons/population
The elements of this plan are
Reliable and early detection of a disaster/emergency such as Fire, explosion, toxic

gas leakage, oil/chemical leakage/spillage, natural calamities like cyclones,
earthquakes, and vessel related accidents such as collisions, grounding, hull failures,
special situations arising out of War/Terrorism, Bomb threats, etc.
The command, coordination and response organization structure along with efficient
trained personnel
The availability of port owned appropriate resources for handling emergencies and
sources of additional resources from mutual aid partners
Appropriate emergency response actions at port level.
Effective notification and communication channels and facilities
Effective training of the participating team members.
This DMP has been drawn taking into account the relevant provisions of the Disaster Management
Act, 2006. This Disaster Management Plan (DMP) shall also serve as an Emergency Action Plan
(EAP) which is a mandatory requirement under Regulation 112 of Dock Workers (Safety, Health
& Welfare) Regulation, 1990.
CHAPTER :: 1 INTRODUCTION
1.0
INTRODUCTION :
Disasters are designated as major accidents which cause wide spread disruption of human
and commercial activities. Unlike common accidents which the community can absorb,
major accidents (disastrous situation) are quite impossible to be absorbed by the community
with their own resources. Most of the Disasters either natural or anthropological have
sudden onset and give little or no time to prevent such occurrence.
Disaster may cause loss of human life, injuries and long term disablement of people
working in the organisation and the residents of the surrounding areas. Normally, loss of
lives, total or partial disability have more impact on the community than damage to the
properties. Damage to the property has a long-term impact like loss of revenue,
employment and repairing/rebuilding cost and may lead to severe economic constraints.
Possible effects of disaster should be pre-conceived and this is of utmost importance. This
will ensure advance planning of mitigating efforts. Paramount importance should be given
to protect human life, property and environment in such planning. Accordingly the instant
Disaster Management Plan has been prepared.
1.1
OBJECTIVE OF PLAN :
The purpose of this plan is to co-ordinate the action of the various divisions of Haldia Dock
Complex and also to arrange for co-operation among the various participating
organisations external to HDC for combating disaster within the Port and outside, if they
spread to areas surrounding the Port.
Types of disaster that may develop in the Port area are broadly categorised as below :
* FIRE
* EXPLOSIONS
* SPILLS &
POLLUTION
* ACCIDENTS
* NATURAL
CALAMITIES
* WAR/TERRORISM
: Fires can be due to burning, explosion or lightening

strikes or chemicals and oils handled or stored in the
Port.
: Due to presence of explosive substance in the cargo or
due to the mixing of reactive chemicals during handling
or transportation, or due to lightening strikes and vapour
may cause explosions either from oil storage areas or
terminals or ships.
: Due to tank failure, pipeline ruptures dislocation of
unloading arm/flexible hoses. Chemicals leakage and
vapour clouds.
: Collision and Grounding of ships, collapse of lifting
appliances, buildings, sheds etc., drowning of dock
workers, retrieval of equipment
: Storm, flood and earthquake in Port areas.
: Various subversive and terrorist activities, bomb threats,
etc.
1.2
DESCRIPTION OF HALDIA DOCK COMPLEX :

Haldia Dock Complex is located on the right bank of river Hooghly approximately 70
nautical miles up-stream of Sandheads (Eastern Channel Light Vessel). The Dock handles
primarily bulk cargo and containers. The Dock System has 3 riverine oil jetties (HOJ-I,
HOJ-II & HOJ-III) for handling crude and POL products etc. The Dock has 12 Berths
(Berth 3, 4, 4A, 4B, 5, 6, 7 , 8, 9, 10 , 11 & 12) inside the impounded dock for handling
various dry bulk, break bulk & containerised cargo.
There are two small Pontoon jetties situated about 2500 ft. up-stream of Berth No.1 which
handles P.O.L. products by flexible hose pipe system in to the small Barges for onward
transmission to Budge Budge/Kolkata.
1.3
DEGREES OF DISASTER :
Two degrees of Disaster have been identified which are termed as "On-site" and "Off-site" ,
respectively.
1.3.1
ON-SITE DISASTER:
It concerns only the Port area. The HDC Authority can meet the disaster with its own means
and if necessary, by summoning external help under mutual aid arrangements, keeping
complete control over the activities.
1.3.2
OFF-SITE DISASTER:
When an "ON-SITE" disaster is likely to spread beyond port area, and the environment and
neighbouring population are threatened to the extent that Governmental Authorities are
involved to a degree, and where the Govt.'s decision, actions and help are frequently
needed, the disaster will be designated as "OFF-SITE". The decision to designate and
declare any disaster and implement the DMP will be made by Kolkata Port Trust/Haldia
Dock Complex. If in the opinion of the Deputy Chairman, Haldia Dock Complex the
disaster is of such a nature that threatens not only the Haldia Dock Complex areas (ONSITE) itself, but also the surrounding environment and neighbouring population, he may
declare an "OFF-SITE" disaster. In any case, the First Information Report of a major
disaster in the Port will be communicated to Government of India etc. by
Dy.Chairman/Administration of Haldia Dock Complex. In both eventualities, each
undertaking and authority and each division of the Haldia Dock Complex shall take such
action and render such assistance as the situation demands. Each undertaking/authority and
each Division of Haldia Dock Complex will be responsible for issuing their own detailed
instructions to their personnel within the general provisions of this plan.
The preparation of this plan and issuance of directives for general co-ordination of all
concerned/interested parties has been undertaken by Kolkata Port Trust/Haldia Dock
Complex as the Port Authority, acting in the general interest of all concerned in and around
the Haldia Dock Complex area.
1.4
ELEMENTS OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP):
1.4.1
FLOW OF INFORMATION/ALERT :
Ship-allied disaster should be reported to the Marine Office through Port Control and land
based disaster to Fire Stations of HDC. Besides such information will also be fed to
Administration Division. Every time an alarm is raised the Port Control/Fire Station will
inform the Administration, the Traffic control at CJP and CISF control. These stations in
their turn will inform the nominated officers of DMP. Administration Division will also
inform Dy. Chairman, GM(OPS) and GM (M&S) about the incident.
1.4.2
CO-ORDINATED ACTION :
All participating agencies, departments and undertakings will depute senior officer(s) to the
Management Group, for proper co-ordination of all efforts to bring the disaster under
control in the quickest possible time. They will also despatch to the scene of accident as
directed, the required equipment and materials, available with them.
1.4.3
CONTROL ROOM :
When an incident is likely to develop into an disaster, the Management Group will set-up a
Control Room. This Control Room will then become the centre of all activities to control
any disaster. All members of the representatives of the Management Group will assemble
there. The Control Room will have "ON-SITE" and "OFF-SITE" plans permanently
displayed. The action plans for every disaster situation should be easily available for ready
reference. The lay-out of the Control Room and the instruments and equipment that will be
installed for use of the Management Group will be such that a calm atmosphere prevails,
wherein cool discussions can be taken. The Control Room will be set up at Jawahar Tower.
However if any disaster breaks out at the Control Room (Jawahar Tower) itself, the
alternate Control Room will be set up at the conference room of Chiranjibpur
Operational Building.
Both the Control Rooms will have ON SITE and OFF SITE plans permanently displayed.
1.4.4
MANAGEMENT GROUP (COMPOSITION) :

Dy. Chairman of HDC will be in command of this group. This core group will consist of the
Dy. Chairman, two General Managers, Manager (Marine Operations) and Manager
(Administration). They will be advised and assisted by head of other divisions of Haldia
Dock Complex. This group depending on the type and extent of the disaster would co-opt
representatives of the external organizations. The Management Group will whenever
situation warrants seek assistance from pre-identified experts, whose advise and assistance,
in the Group's opinion, will augment their efforts to combat any disaster. The structure of
the Management Group is given below :
Dy.Chairman (H)
|
GM(M&S) & GM(Ops)
|
Manager(M.O.)
|
Manager (Admn.)
|
Internal Divisions
(Representatives from)
1. P&IR Division
2. I&CF Division
3. P&E Division
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Shipping & Cargo Handling Divn.

Rly. Ops. Division
Material Management Div.
Medical Division
Finance Division
1.4.5
|
External Participants
(Mutual Aid)
1. D.M. Purba Medinipur

2. ADM/SDO Haldia
3. Supdt. of Police (Purba Medinipur /SDPO,
Haldia
4. W.B.Fire Service
5. W.B.Health Service
6. Haldia Municipality
7. W.B.Pollution Control Board (Haldia Unit)
8. District Commander, Coast Guard, Haldia
9. M.M.D., Kolkata
10. Ship Owners/Agents
11. Shipping Corporation of India
12. Inspectorate of Dock Safety, Kolkata
13. Dy.Chief Controller of Explosives, East
Circle, Kolkata
14. S.E. Railway
15. Other organisation associated with the
incident concerned.
MANAGEMENT GROUP (RESPONSIBILITIES) :

The Management Group will activate the Disaster Management Plan as indicated in the flow
charts (see Annexure-I). The responsibilities of the group will include :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Setting up of a Control Room.

Identification of the disaster zone.
Co-ordinating with external organisations.
Monitoring and analysing reports from Action Team and making alteration in the
mode of action, if necessary.
Support the Action Team with men and materials.
Monitor that all actions envisaged under this plan are being carried out by the
designated personnel and organisations.
Appraise Chairman, CPT about the incident and action taken to tackle the disaster from
time to time.
Once the disaster is over this team will review the situation, draw conclusions and
make necessary amendments to the plan.
6
1.4.6
ACTION TEAM (COMPOSITION) :

The Action Team (On-Scene Team) will be led by Dy.Manager (M.O.) in case of disaster
related to safety and stability of ship and for all other cases it will be led by JAM(Fire).
Other team members will be :
1. Safety Officer (Jr.) of P&IR Division
2. Nominated Officer of P&E Division
3. Nominated Officer of Medical Division
4. Nominated Officer of I&CF Division
5. Nominated Officer of Shipping & Cargo Handling Div.
6. Nominated Officer of Marine Operations Divisions
7. Nominated Officer of Railway Operations Div.
8. Nominated Officer from CISF
9. Nominated Officer from external body involved e.g. ship owner, I.O.C. Police Authority
etc.
Each department will establish a line of succession of disaster/emergency officers. In case
the designated disaster/emergency officer is not available, the next officer on line should
take up his responsibilities. The succession list with telephone numbers will be available to
Fire Station & Port Control to convey information of the disaster directly to the designated
officers.
1.4.7
ACTION TEAM (RESPONSIBILITY) :

Responsibility of the Action Team will be as follows :
a) To verify the initial reports.
b) To decide which action plan is to be put into operation.
c) To combat the disaster with the men and material available at its disposal.
Action team will always keep in constant touch with the Management Group for conveying
the status of disaster from time to time and ask for required assistance as and when
necessary.
1.4.8
INTERNAL DIVISIONS OF HDC :

Each Divisions of HDC is responsible for drawing up its own action plan for not only
safeguarding its own tools and plant, but also join the combined efforts of the management
team to combat a crisis. Such plans should have among other details, devolution of power
for taking actions as well as the sequence of actions for all personnel earmarked for duties
in any disaster situation.
Each department will earmark an officer and establish a system through which he will be
informed whenever a crisis arises, whether during or out of office hours or on holidays.
These officers will then proceed directly to the scene and report to Action Team in-charge.
The General Responsibilities of each departments of HDC are given in chapter 2. Brief
responsibilities of the important port personnel are given in Annexure-II.
7
1.4.9
EXTERNAL PARTICIPANTS (MUTUAL AID) :

External organisations to the Port whose help maybe required to combat any disaster are
listed above. Their general responsibilities are enumerated below :
A.
GOVERNMENT OF WEST BENGAL

Assistance from various departments of Government and other governmental
agencies may become necessary. The District Magistrate, Purba Medinipur will be
the nodal officer mobilising the state government bodies through ADM-Haldia for
assistance. Specific requirements may also be made to various bodies directly by the
Action Team. Brief responsibilities are given below :
POLICE AUTHORITY
The Sub-divisional Police Officer (Haldia) will assume the responsibility of
controlling the flow of traffic outside the Port premises. As far as possible all the
public vehicles other than ambulances, vehicle for evacuation and vehicle used by
combating them should not be allowed to move through the affected area.
He will actively assist in rescue and evacuation operations. He will also make
necessary arrangements to prevent out-break of violence. He will personally assist
the Management Group or send some senior officer for co-ordination. He will also
inform the incident to Supdt. of Police (Purba Midnapore) and keep in close touch
with the Information Centre set up at Jawahar Tower Complex. S.P.(Purba
Midnapore) will set up a casualty information centre at the Divisional Police Headquarter and maintain constant touch with Admn. Division of HDC. Overall coordination of actions from Police Authority will be done by S.P.(Purba Midnapore)
who is a part of Management Group. In all its action Police will work in close
collaboration with Port Security and CISF Unit of HDC.
WEST BENGAL FIRE SERVICE
Upon receiving information from the Action Team, they will assist the Port Fire
Service by sending adequate number of fire tender and other appliances for fighting
fire and controlling pollution. A senior officer will join the Base Control to coordinate the action.
MEDICAL SERVICE
The Chief Medical Officer of Health (Purba Midnapore) will act as the nodal officer.
On being specifically asked, he will arrange with the help of Superintendent, Govt.
Hospital, Durgachawk, Haldia necessary help to the Port Medical Officers in
rendering first-aid, transportation of injured to hospital and treatment of all affected
persons.
POWER DEPARTMENT
The State Electricity Board, Haldia zone will ensure continuous supply of electrical
power in and around the affected area for smooth combating of disaster.
POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
The Haldia Unit of WBPCB will assist the Port in collection and analysis of spilled
oil/chemical, recommend the steps necessary to remove or disperse or otherwise
deal with such articles. Also will assist with their anti-pollution machinery and
personnel.
HALDIA MUNICIPALITY
On being informed, the authority of Haldia Municipality will ensure uninterrupted
supply of water in the affected area and also help in rehabilitation of evacuated
persons, deploy ambulances etc.
B.
ST. JOHN's AMBULANCE

This independent organisation will be informed of the disaster and will be asked to
help the port medical service, if situation demands. On being specifically asked they
will render all the help by sending their ambulances and other facilities to the Action
Team.
C.
PORT USER CONCERNED

The Port User concerned will support the port authority in its efforts to combat an
disaster with their available resources viz., trained personnel, fire fighting
equipments, dispersants etc.
D.
INDIAN COAST GUARD ORGANISATION/INDIAN NAVY

The Coast Guard District Head Quarter, Haldia will assist Port Authority in fire
fighting operations, moving vessels, evacuation of casualties etc. They will assist in
anti-pollution actions especially in combating oil-spill disaster with men and
material at its command. They will also arrange and keep ready the divers and
diving equipments, if needed. Search & Rescue helicopters may be required for air
lifting of personnel, spraying of dispersants etc. The District Commander of Coast
Guard will assist the Management Group during crisis hours in combating action
whenever their help will be asked for.
E.
MERCANTILE MARINE DEPARTMENT

The M.M.D. will assist Port in identifying the type of hazardous cargo and related
risks , carrying out preliminary investigations in case of ship related disaster,
preparation of FIRs regarding ship related incidents and identifying limitations of
ships fire-fighting and other safety equipment.
9
F.
SHIP OWNER/AGENT
They will help the Port Authority with their available resources in combating the
disaster and also to find ways for easy settlement of claims. They will inform
Base Control about their cargo and crew which is stranded in the affected area.
In case of leakage in an oil tanker leading to pollution, Ship owner/Agent will
arrange for empty tanker, if required for transfer of remaining portion of oil from the
affected ship.
G.
INDIAN RAILWAYS
South Eastern Division of Indian Railways will assist the Port Railway Service for
combating disaster which may broke out at Railways yards of HDC. In case of leaky
wagon, they will arrange for alternate wagon and transfer oil to it.
H.
DY.CHIEF CONTROLLER OF EXPLOSIVES, EAST CIRCLE

In case of accident involving hazardous chemicals, which are under the purview of
Explosive Act 1884 and Petroleum Act 1934, they will assist Action Team to
combat such disaster with the men, material and technology available with them.
They will carryout the investigation, if asked by Port Authority and suggest remedial
measures to prevent future accidents.
I.
INSPECTORATE OF DOCK SAFETY, KOLKATA

After the disaster is over they will assist Port Authority in finding out the causes of
such incident and also suggest remedial measures thereof.
J.
BHAVA ATOMIC RESEARCH CENTRE, MUMBAI

In case of disaster due to spillage/leakage or Radio-active materials they should
assist Port Authority with the advise for safe handling and disposal of Radioactive materials. They will be informed in all cases of spillage involving Radioactive materials, if felt necessary, they should depute an officer to the incident site
who will give necessary advices regarding safe handling and disposal of Radioactive materials as also to suggest suitable anti-dote for treatment of affected
persons. The officer should remain at the site till the emergent situation is declared
over.
1.5
DRILLS/EXERCISES :
The actions that has to be taken during a disaster situation have been detailed in this report.
However, a lot depends on how fast and successfully the steps are taken because crisis will
not give sufficient time to think. Hence skills of the persons, involved in combating action
will decide the fate of the disaster. So to increase the skills and to find out drawbacks in the
system and the plan, regular rehearsals/mock drills should have to be carried out. During
mock drills, participation of all concerned are to be made mandatory so that a team work
can be set up. Frequency of such rehearsals/mock drills should be once in six months.
10
Conducting the Training Exercise -The conduct of an exercise consists of briefing

participants, initiating the exercise, maintaining the exercise, evaluating activities and
finally terminating the exercise. All participants require an exercise briefing. In the case of a
notification exercise, when one of the objectives is to test team members availability and
response times, any briefing may be given a couple of weeks in advance but the exact day
and time should not be pre warned. It is worthwhile to check lines of communication are
established.
Review Phase:-An exercise coordinator should be made responsible for implementing and
communicating changes. Evaluation is critical to improving emergency and crisis response
capabilities. The collection and analysing data and reports documenting the findings and
recommendations for improvement should be completed within four weeks. A schedule
should be set to discuss opinions, findings and recommendations.
1.6
TRAINING :
P&IR Division will organise routine training programme about the use and operation of
First Aid Fire fighting extinguishers by all the employees and also educate them about fire
safety DO's and DONT's in case of fire. Training of use of Gas Mask should also be
imparted to Fireman and other supervisory personnel. He should also arrange for mock
drill in regard to fighting oil fire or emission of Gas/fumes at regular intervals. Training
programme to educate supervisory personnel about the First-Aid measures, especially in
case of exposure to Hazardous chemicals will also be organised by P&IR Division. In all
such Training programmes, P&IR division shall co-ordinate/consult with Medical Supdt. &
JAM(Fire) and/or division concerned.
A well coordinated programme of training includes activities of varying degrees of
interaction and complexity. Four types of exercises are identified
Notification exercises
Test communication systems-frequency & extent
Public notification tests
Tabletop exercises (simulated)
Equipment deployment exercises

Alarm systems-tests to be frequent and documentedFrequent tests of fire fighting and other response
equipment
Incident management exercises

Simulated emergencies and Evacuation practice
Training should focus on the following specific topics : Possible scenarios for disaster as detailed herein
Other accidents on board the vessel
Evacuation of personnel from port and surrounding area
Knowledge of chemicals-hazard-toxicity-flammability-first aidantidotes
Procedures for reporting emergencies
Knowledge of alarm systems
11
Location and use of fire fighting equipment

Location and use of protective equipment (respirators, air
cylinders, protective clothing etc.)
Decontamination procedures for protective clothing and
equipment
Evacuation procedures
As may be felt appropriate and related by the Training division
Special Note :
STEPS to EFFECTIVE TRAINING & DRILLS/ EXERCISES
Identification of Training needs division wise and scenario wise
Conducting specialized training covering topics such as
-organizational structures for response actions (i.e. ,authorities & co-ordination)
-information flow
-response actions
-equipment selection, use and maintenance and
-safety and first aid
Providing training and cross training for or between organizations
Organizing training programme for all involved response personnel, preferably through an
exclusive expert group to coordinate such training.
Establishing standards or yardsticks to judge level of response capability.
Evaluating the effectiveness of training
Providing for refresher courses or some other method to ensure that personnel remain up to
date in their level of expertise.
Identifying in-house resource-personnel and organizations to provide training .
Standardizing curricula to facilitate consistent training.
Conducting Training Exercises and monitoring of drill responses
Reviewing, reporting and improving
1.7
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM :
Disaster alarm systems are to be installed at Oil Jetties/Master Control Office/Shipping &
Cargo Handling Office at G.C. Berth/Dock Fire Station/Finger Jetty/Phosphate
Berth/Lock/Marine Office/Railway Cabins at the yards. Messengers/Runners may be
deployed in case of total failure of electricity/telephone/VHF/intercom etc. Any incidence
of fire, gas leakage or other disaster situation shall be reported to Fire station and Control
Room and the same should be communicated to respective divisions of HDC.
12
Chapter 2 : GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

2.0
INTRODUCTION
This chapter of plan contains arrangements which are general in nature and will apply to all
types of accidents/disasters and highlight the duties and responsibility of all participants
including the various divisions of Haldia Dock Complex.
This Chapter contains the detailed action plans of various divisions like Marine, Shipping
and Cargo Handling, Railway Operations, P&E, I&CF, Medical, Finance, Administration
etc. of HDC.
DEFINITION
Control Room/Base
Control
The control room will be set up in the Jawahar Tower

(Base Control) Office building from which the
Management Group will operate. If, however,
any disaster broke out at the said building
itself, alternate site for control room will be at the
Conference Room of Chiranjibpur Operational building.
Forward Control
The Action Team which is at the scene of

incidence and engage in combating it. The
control room will be set up in the vehicle of Port Fire
Service, engaged in the operation.
Watch Room
The
Head
Quarter
of
situated at oil jetty fire station.
Fire Service
All Fire Service; HDC stations
Signal Station
The Port
office.
control
station
Port
situated
Fire
at
Service
Marine
The types of disaster as envisaged in this plan and areas that may become affected by each type of
disaster are broadly classified as follows :#
*
*
*
*
#
Fire/Explosion Hazard involving :

Ships at the oil jetties (1, 2 & 3) & barge jetties.
Ships at Haldia Dock.
All office buildings.
All berths, transit sheds and cargo sheds.
Pollution Hazard involving :
* Spillage/leakage of all types of chemicals.
13
Accidental Hazard involving :
* Collision and grounding of ships, Collapse of buildings, sheds , lifting appliances,

drowning of dock workers, retrieval of transport equipment from dock basin, etc.
* Sinking of vessel.
#
Hazard due to Natural Calamities :
* Storm, Flood and Earthquake in Port areas.

#
Hazard due to War/terrorism :
* Subversive terrorist activities in Port areas.

* Bomb Threat
2.1
RAISING THE ALARM AND CONTROL OF OPERATIONS

During the disaster or any incidence having potential to turn into disaster situation, it is vital
that the alarm should be raised immediately. The initial responsibilities for raising the alarm
have been detailed in each section of the plan at the Chapter-3.
Every time an alarm is raised information flow should be as detailed at Section 1.4.1. Upon
receiving the information about the disaster the Fire Service and Administration division
will contact West Bengal Fire Service and local police for their assistance, if necessary.
Each division will designate an officer who should be informed whenever a disaster occurs
whether during office hours or on holidays. The nominated officer will directly supervise
his division's allotted activities. In case of non-availability of nominated officer, his
responsibilities will automatically devolve on the next officer available.
Each division will also draw a list of important files that should be saved from destruction
in a disaster occurring in that building.
All reasonable steps will be taken by those on the spot to render whatever aid is
immediately available. Subsequent action will be co-ordinated through the control room as
set out in Annexure-I.
The fire service or other disaster services may be mobilised before a disaster is declared, to
deal with the minor incident on a ship or jetty or elsewhere. The Manager (MO), the
GM(OPS) must always be informed immediately of any such incidence.
This DMP will be activated in whole or in part in all incidences involving fire on board of a
vessel, in all cases where oil cargo or inflammable vapour has entered the engine room of a
tanker or where oil has entered the pump room of a vessel.
14
2.2
CONTROL OF SHIPPING
All decisions regarding movement of ships during a disaster will be made by the Manager
(MO) in consultation with Manager (SH & CH) &/or Manager (P&E) and wherever
necessary he will decide the order in which the ships are to be moved. However in all such
cases GM(OPS) will always be kept informed about the movement of ships. In this context
and through out the plan, Dy.Manager (MO) will have authority to act on behalf of the
Manager (MO) in the event of his non-availability.
The Regulation of shipping movement will normally be executed through the Port control
station (signal station).
No seagoing or cargo carrying vessels or dredgers or private launches etc. are to be moved
from the jetties, buoys, docks or anchorage after the receipt of an alarm without prior
concurrence of the Manager (MO) unless such vessel is in immediate danger of being
affected by the disaster.
If conditions permit, vessels not involved in a disaster but staying close to a berth or ship
where disaster has occurred, will be moved to sea or to an anchorage at the first opportunity.
Under no circumstances may any vessel in danger of sinking or in any way endangering the
Port be moved without specific permission of Manager (MO) who will fix the area to which
the vessel will be moved and the route thereto.
Vessels in danger of sinking will not use or cross the fairway (shipping channel) unless
specifically directed to do so.
During disaster involving ships or shipping activities the Dy.Manager (MO) will be the
leader of Forward Control and in such circumstances GM(OPS) along with Manager (MO)
will be at the base control.
2.3
FIRE-FIGHTING OPERATIONS
2.3.1
PERSONNEL AT SCENE
In all cases, initial fire-fighting will be undertaken by all personnel on the spot with
whatever appropriate equipment is available. It is important to note here that in fighting oil
fires water should not be used.
For fires at berths and ships on berths, directions of all fire-fighting unit, including tugs and
other crafts will be exercised by JAM(Fire) in consultation with Dy.Manager (MO) and
also with the Master of the ship concerned.
For fires on vessels moored or at anchorage direction of all fire-fighting units will be
exercised by the Master of the ship concerned, until the arrival of the Dy.Manager (MO) or
JAM(Fire)
15
Should any question concerning the safety or stability of a ship arise during the course of
fighting the fire, the Manager (MO)/Dy. Manager(M.O) in-consultation with the Master of
the vessel will take the steps necessary for the safety of the Port and the ship.
Where a fire occurs on a vessel alongside a berth, the vessel may, except in circumstances
that threaten the Port and its installations, be kept alongside the berth to facilitate fire
fighting operations and safety of the ship's crew and the fire-fighting personnel.
2.3.2
PORT FIRE SERVICE

On receipt of an alarm, the Port Fire Service(PFS) will despatch required number of firefighting units immediately to the place of the incident. If necessary, arrangement will
simultaneously be made with the West Bengal Fire Service to avail their fire fighting units.
If necessary, strengthening of fire-fighting fleet may also be made from outside industries.
Further reinforcements will be moved up in readiness, as circumstances dictate.
The tug designated for fire-fighting duties for the day will proceed directly to the fire,
notifying the Signal Station.
The fire-fighting operations of these tugs will be controlled by a senior officer in the tug
until the arrival of the Dy. Manager (MO).
JAM(Fire) should arrange for required training of his fleet of Officials and staffs to fight
chemical/oil fire. Annexure-V will give a general guidance about the fire-fighting medium,
special procedures, unusual hazards etc. for fighting fire related to hazardous chemicals.
2.4
EVACUATION PLAN
Evacuation of affected people or neighbouring endangered area will be done on specific
instruction from the control room.
If evacuation has to be done, on specific instruction from control room, the berth-in-charge
or the concerned Traffic Officer with active co-operation from CISF personnel, will coordinate the evacuation of persons from the affected area. Also Port Fire personnel will
extend their participation during evacuation of persons.
The on-duty officer at the berth will first assess the damage to men and material that has
occurred in the area. Subsequently he will inform the Control room/CISF control/ Fire
Service stations of his assessment of damage and will seek necessary help required. On-duty
officer and his team will render first-aid to the affected persons and collect them at a
suitable place and await help.
The Management Group, which will be by now having an overview of the disaster situation
will make adequate arrangements in consultation with mutual-aid agencies, if necessary to
evacuate the affected areas. In any disaster that has affected the surrounding population and
nearby offices of oil jetties, people and staff from that area will be evacuated to a safe place
which may either be in the Haldia township or Chiranjibpur Colony. Haldia Municipality
16
may also be consulted in such cases. It is prudent to consider that whole of Haldia Dock
may not be required to be evacuated of its personnel, at any one time. Hence, if a disaster
affects a part of the dock, the persons may be evacuated to other side of the dock. In case of
a disaster at Jawahar Tower Complex, employees may be shifted to Guest House
immediately and injured persons be despatched to Port Hospital. In similar situation at
Chiranjibpur operational building, affected employees be shifted to Chiranjibpur Colony
and injured persons to be given immediate medical attention at Chiranjibpur dispensary.
However, if the whole of the Port is affected, evacuation will have to be done in
consultation with the District Magistrate and other mutual-aid agencies. Care should be
taken to ensure that no person is entrapped/left at the affected area. A head count/attendance
may be done in such cases.
2.4.1
Steps leading to contingency planning involving evacuation :

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Identification of the disaster

Ascertaining the extent of damage
Assessing the number of affected people
Arranging for coordinating the assembly of the affected people.
Arranging for transportation of the people from the assembly point of
safe shelters.
Conducting transport for transporting the children first followed by
women and old people in that order.
Should there be a toxic release and the wind direction being towards
cargo berth jetty launches could be used for evacuating people in up
wind direction or away from the source of release. Should such an
eventuality (toxic release) occur the PA system is to be used to inform
the people at large to assemble and move towards the safety zone
which should be clearly declared.
In the event of an impending natural disaster, the residents of Port
colonies should be moved out, by moving them to the railway
station/bus terminus/any other decided area for further evacuation by
the rail-road.
The vehicle carrying civilian should be given the first priority in
traffic movement. Contractual labour at site should be given second
priority and the Port officials the last priority.
Before undertaking evacuation of people by road a pilot survey should
be undertaken by the security staff to ascertain that there are no road
block or tankers parked blocking the road.
While on a survey for assessing the evacuation route, constant
communication link should be maintained with the Main Emergency
Control Room as well as with the individual assembly point station
from where the evacuation is to be undertaken.
Assembly area should have a small room equipped with First aid
box, Gas Mask, Wireless set, Stretchers, Oxygen Cylinders,
Telephone/ Alternative Communication equipment, Map of the area,
List of telephone numbers, Staging area for food supplies.
Assembly area should be equipped with electricity and potable water
17
14.
15.
16.
2.5
Transportation should be primarily catered to by vehicles at disposal

of the port port owned and contracted. Mutual Aid Agencies and
local transporters may also be called in to supplement as per needs.
A vehicle pool may be mobilized by Management group during
requirement. Database of Transporters, vehicles and drivers thereof
for such vehicle pool would be mobilized shall be maintained.
The availability of the drivers and vehicles should be ensured by
Administration division. All vehicles whether it is departmental or
hired, should be parked in the location as decided by Management
group from where it can be taken for immediate use as soon as the
people move into action
CARGO OPERATIONS
The Manager (SH & CH)/Manager(P&E) will ensure the following actions are taken by the
concerned persons :
On receipt of an alarm regarding disaster inside Haldia Dock, all landing/shipment of cargo
will stop immediately on all vessels and barges alongside concerned berths. Loading or
discharging will not be resumed without the specific consent of the Manager (SH &
CH)/Manager (P&E).
A consolidated list of dangerous goods, in packaged form and bulk should be prepared and
given to the Management Group whenever such places are involved in a disaster.
Mobilisation of available man-power and cargo handling equipment from C & F agents to
segregate unaffected cargo in ships and storage sheds and make arrangements to protect
such cargo.
2.6
RAILWAY OPERATIONS
The Manager (Traffic Operations - Railway) will ensure that the following actions are taken
by the Concerned persons :
On receipt of an alarm regarding disaster at any of the Railway Yards, all operation in that
yard will cease. Movement of wagon from and to the affected yard will be stopped and
resumption of operation shall not start without the specific permission of Manager (Rlys.).
Manager (Rly.) will consult with Manager (Sh. & Ch.)/Manager (P&E) and G.M.(Ops)
before issuing any directive in this regard.
Manager (Rly.) will also instruct the in-charge of other yards to stop movement of wagon
towards affected yard till the emergent situation at the yard is over.
An information indicating the type of cargo involved in a disaster, location of incident, nos.
of wagon affected, other dangerous goods wagon lying in the same yard, if any, etc. shall be
prepared and forwarded to Management Group.
18
Manager (Rly.) will mobilise all resources like manpower, equipment to fight the disaster
till the arrival of JAM(Fire). He will also contact respective port user and S.E.Railway
Authority to arrange for empty wagons from transferring of Cargo, if required.
2.7
MARINE OPERATIONS
The Manager (M.O.) will ensure that the following actions are taken by the concerned
persons :
On receipt of an alarm regarding disaster at oil jetties/barge jetties all loading, discharging
and bunkering operations will cease. Hoses will be disconnected and all vessels prepared to
go to anchorage. Operations will not be resumed without the specific approval of the
Marine Officer (Haldia Oil Jetties). He will consult with Manager (MO) before issuing any
directive in this regard.
Sufficient number of launches and tugs will be mobilised. All launches will be provided
with a Walkie Talkie and will maintain listening watch to receive instructions from Signal
Station.
Maintain continuous watch on VHF Channel on non marine VHF with fire service on
walkie-talkie with tugs, launches and pilots and on telephones with other officers of the
Marine.
The Dy.Manager (M.O.) being in charge of the Action Team will mobilise the action team
and initiate actions to combat the incident. He will keep in touch with the Management
Group.
Pilots, Berthing Masters may be informed for availing their services in short notice for
shifting/sailing out operations.
Assistance of H.M.(R)/S.D.D.S. in the event of grounding/collision of ships and towing of
ships/tankers etc. may become inevitable and those officials should be informed accordingly
with specific request for help.
In the event of fire involving oil/chemical, gas leakages, oil pollution, expert services of
Safety Officer (under DMD)/Safety Officer (JR), P&IR Division may be requisitioned.
The General Manager (Ops) being a member of the Management Group will, after assessing
the initial reports of an incident activate the Management Group and the Control Room. He
will also arrange to collect meteorological data/tidal informations and will forward the same
to Action Team.
Efforts will be co-ordinated with all owners/agents of ships in Port specially those carrying
oil, chemicals and other dangerous goods to prepare them to vacate harbour.
Arrange and supply wires, ropes etc. of specific size for towing purposes.
Mobilise diving personnel and equipment.
19
2.8
MEDICAL SERVICES
On receiving the message regarding a disaster the Medical Superintendent or the senior
most Medical Office available will liaison with the mutual-aid hospitals and co-ordinate all
medical services available.
The Medical division of HDC will be responsible for making arrangements to collect and
transport all casualties from incident site and treat them at Port Hospital (in consultation
with Administration division for arranging transport logistics, if required ambulances are
not at its disposal).
It will alert all its ambulances and keep them in running condition and will set up a Casualty
Receiving Cell at the Port Hospital.
Once ambulances are alerted, one with the first doctor available and paramedical staff will
be sent direct to the site affected unless the fire service has advised that it will not be
possible to handle casualties at the site of the fire, in which case the ambulance will be sent
to a place as specified by the Management Group (Control Room).
The first Doctor on the scene of incidence will become the Medical Officer-in-Charge until
relieved and will act as liaison officer for all medical services employed by the mutual-aid
services.
On arrival at the scene, the Medical Officer-in-Charge will Co-ordinate all medical services
and also keep the police informed of casualties, if any. The Medical Officer-in-Charge will
keep constant touch with Base Control and Port Hospital.
Medical Superintendent will prepare a list of anti-dotes for all types of toxic and dangerous
substances being handled by HDC. He will keep updating such list whenever newer
chemicals are allowed for handling through HDC. A copy of such list should be supplied to
the operations point at all the jetties & berths. A guideline for treatment of patients exposed
to hazardous chemicals have been furnished in Annexure-VII which covers all bulk
chemicals presently handled by HDC. He should also prepare a DO's and DONT's chart in
poster form and supply to all operations point for everybodys knowledge. For preparation
of such list he should consult respective Material Safety Data Sheet of all chemicals
handled/to be handled at HDC and may also consult safety and anti-pollution officer of
KoPT/Safety Officer (Jr.), P&IR Division.
2.9
P&E SERVICES
The Manager (P&E) will ensure that following actions are taken by the concerned officer of
his division :
Portable lighting arrangement should be kept ready and be transported to the accident site.
This arrangement will consist of at least one generator and six numbers lights on portable
20
stands, each stand not less than six feet high and capable of adequately illuminating the area
of incident .
It will be the responsibility of the P&E division to gear up its repair section and lock gate in
good working order and well attended.
In case of fire due to electrical short circuit, one responsible officer will ensure that such
places be isolated and all live electrical wires be suitably guarded.
Arrangements should be made for auxiliarycutting/welding equipments which maybe
required to rescue people from entrapped area.
Liaison is to be maintained with the Electricity Board for disaster supply of power for
running essential installations till disaster become over. Activate disaster
generator in
case of power cut/failure so that the place of incident be supplied with continuous power.
Arrange for suitable equipments for removal of debris.
2.10
CIVIL ENGINEERING SERVICES

Depending on the type and extent of the disaster/accident the I&CF Division of HDC will
take the following actions :
Proper arrangements will be made to supply sufficient amount of water to fight any fire till
it is extinguished.
Strengthening of shore line, buildings and other civil works, including housing colonies.
Ensure continuous supply of potable water to the incident site as well as evacuates camp.
Arrange for suitable equipments for removal of debris.
2.11
FINANCIAL SERVICES
Finance Division of HDC will process agreements and/or arrange payments to all
departments of the HDC for all their requirements such as purchasing/leasing of equipment,
hiring of specialist services, food, shelter and transport arrangements, as the situation
demands.
It will depute a senior officer to each division involved in combating action to look after its
needs. It will also monitor the expenditure and services rendered by outside agencies to the
Port and vice versa to avoid disputes later and to facilitate smooth working of mutual aid.
A senior officer of this division assisted by an officer from the Admn. Dept. will be
earmarked to document all events, damages and claims.
21
2.12
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
The Administration division of HDC will be responsible for and will carry out the following
actions :
One senior officer of the Administration division of the HDC will act as communication
officer and will take charge of all communication systems of the Port either fixed and
portable.
He will maintain and supply sufficient numbers of electronic communication equipments to
the Signal Station, the Base Control, the watch-room and anywhere else as necessary.
Co-ordinate evacuation of Port areas with the State bodies such as the Haldia Municipality,
the Relief and Rehabilitation Department, Govt. of West Bengal, Police Authority etc.
Assist in rehabilitation of the affected port personnel by either restoring them to their homes
or by arranging for their medi-care through the Medical Services of the Port.
In the event of large scale evacuation, assist Management Group to co-ordinate with District
Authority and the Police Authority for evacuation of township areas adjacent to the Port.
Liaison with the Haldia Municipality and the Civil Defense Organisation for arrangements
of shelters for the evacuated persons, food for them and later for their rehabilitation.
Keep in close liaison with the evacuating authority and collect all details regarding the
evacuated people. This will be necessary to settle claims, if any, at a later date.
Keep the Legal Adviser of the port informed of the situation at all times and obtain his
advice for legalising all the port's actions in collaboration with P&IR.
Mobilise all vehicles for the transportation needs of the Management Team, the action team
and support services. Sufficient number of workshop personnel will be mobilised to keep all
vehicles required to tackle a disaster in good condition during the course of disaster.
Draw lists of Port Personnel affected and involved in an incident, and keep their families in
collaboration with P&IR informed correctly through Information Centre.
Make proper arrangements for the Port's personnel engaged in combating a disaster for their
food and rest.
Document all events and actions for future reference.
2.13
STORE SUPPLIES
The Materials Management Division will closely monitor the stocks of consumable items,
especially diesel, petrol and such other oils, fire-fighting items such as foam, damage
control stores such as cement and other stores required to keep plants, machineries, road
vehicles and water-craft running. One senior officer should be designated to liaison with
22
suppliers of all items mentioned above, so that they can be procured as and when required.
The Manager (M.M.) will join Management Group to facilitate co-ordinated efforts. They
will also arrange for supply and reception of any type of oil and mobilise, collect and
distribute material to control damage.
2.14
CISF SERVICES
The Central Industrial Security Force (CISF), HDC unit will be responsible for the control
of traffic in the port areas as well as the surrounding areas. In this, they will take help from
the local Police authority. Acting in conjunction, these two services will make sure that fire
fighting operations and clearance of casualties are unhindered. They will take necessary
action to control crowds and keep the roads clear.
On receipt of message from signal station or Watch Room or alarm, the CISF will mobilise
the force to manage all the gates of entry and exit to the dock as well as entry to oil
jetties & barge jetties.
It will clear all the internal roads within the Port area of all Vehicular Traffic and keep the
roads free.
It will allow only HDC vehicles, Police and Fire Service vehicles and ambulances engaged
in Disaster Action Plan.
No road vehicles engaged in cargo moving or other private vehicles will be allowed to use
the gates or roads of HDC during a disaster.
They will join hand with State Authorities in a co-ordinated effort for evacuation operation.
During a disaster within Port Area they will assist fire service personnel in rescue operation
and subsequent transportation of injured persons for medi-care.
2.15
INFORMATION CENTRE
The Manager (Admn.) of HDC will set up an Information Centre in the Jawahar Tower
Building. The Information centre will handle all the telephone calls of inquiry from outside
agencies. He will liaison between the Control Room and outside agencies participating in
the disaster. The structure and functions of Information Centre has been furnished in
Annexure-IV.
This Information Centre will be joined by a senior officer of the CISF, a police officer,
representatives of the Shipping Company/Port user concerned, if any, and other disaster
services. This Information Centre will appraise Chairman's cell at CPT Head Office at
Kolkata and the District Magistrate's office at Purba Medinipur with regular situation
reports for appraisal of the Chairman, CPT, State Govt. and public.
Statements to the press will only be issued after due consultation with Management Group
operating at Control Room and the Dy.Chairman. Press release should include among other,
advice to the general public, that, if required, they may contact the D.M. (Purba Medinipur),
ADM (Haldia), S.D.O. (Haldia) or SDPO (Haldia) for further information.
23
2.16
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS SERVICES :

The Manager(P&IR) of HDC will be responsible for and will carry out the following
functions :
In the event of accident of dock workers, inform his / their family members, co-ordinate
with Medical Division for providing quick medicare services, etc.
Disseminate correct information about the incident to the unions and to relevant statutory
bodies.
Liaison with relevant labour unions to enlist their support in rescue operations and
subsequent normal operation.
Take steps in accordance with statutory requirements of Dock Workers Act, 1990 in the
event of any disaster.
24
Chapter - 3 :: DETAIL ACTION PLAN
3.0
FIRE/EXPLOSION HAZARD INVOLVING SHIPS

AT OIL JETTIES & BARGE JETTIES
This plan applies to all ships berthed within oil jetties, and/or any oil handling berths inside
the dock basin at HDC.
3.0.1
RAISING OF ALARM
All ship fires will be treated as potentially dangerous and this plan will be activated. The
decision to declare a full disaster will rest with the Dy.Chairman.
RESPONSIBILITY
The responsibility of raising the alarm in case of incidents, involving ships in reverine
jetties rest with the Marine Officer, Haldia and also with the Security personnel posted on
duty there. In an incident occurring on board a ship, the shipmaster is also bound to raise an
alarm.
To avoid either false alarms or duplication of an alarm with consequent overloading
(jamming) of the telephones at the Trust's fire service headquarters, herein after called the
Watch Room, it is desirable that the alarm is raised by only those designated to do so.
Persons other than those on the terminals or on the ships may also raise an alarm, if they
have any doubt whether the alarm has been raised.
METHOD OF RAISING ALARM
i)
By personnel on terminal concerned, alarm should be raised by continuous sounding

of disaster alarm.
ii)
Reporting to Watch Room on direct telephones or on non-marine VHF channel

giving a short message stating where the fire is, and if possible, whether any
casualties have occurred or are likely to occur.
EXAMPLE
"Fire in tanker at oil jetty no.1 at Haldia, one man injured M.T. NAND SMRITY
discharging HSD".
iii)
If Watch Room cannot be contacted, the same message can be passed on to the Port
Control by telephone or by VHF Channel.
By personnel on the ship, at the terminal concerned alarm should be raised by :Reporting the incident as follows :
25
i) Informing responsible personnel on the jetty through public Address System or

orally.
ii) Calling the Port Control or Watch Room on VHF Channel and giving a short and
clear message.
Persons other than those on the ship or terminal concerned seeing a fire or explosion
on board a ship or terminal should
a) telephone the terminal concerned, stating exactly what they have seen and
b) telephone the Port Control or call on VHF and pass the same message.
3.0.2
ACTION BY PERSONNEL AT AFFECTED JETTY AND SHIP

The alarm having been raised, the responsibility for fighting the fire on the terminal in the
case of oil jetties, Haldia will rest with the JAM(Fire)/Dy. Manager (Marine Ops.) who
shall be assisted by the Terminal-in-Charge.
The Master of a ship at the terminal or senior most officer-on-board will be responsible for
taking all immediate steps to safeguard his ship and fight a ship-board fire with all available
resources. The personnel on the terminal will render him all assistance.
The JAM(Fire) or his deputy or Dy. Manager (M.O.) whoever arrives first on the scene will
take over the overall control of the fire fighting operations from the personnel on the
terminal and on the ship. A senior officer of the vessel at the terminal will remain with
the JAM(Fire) and provide detailed information of the ship, cargo and her equipment (see
also General Arrangements).
The personnel on the terminal with the active cooperation of the ship's personnel, will stop
all cargo operations and disconnect hoses/unloading arm.
The Terminal-in-Charge in consultation with the vessel alongside will inform the Forward
Control the details, type and quantities of cargo on-board the vessel.
3.0.3
ACTION AT THE JETTIES NOT INVOLVED

On receipt of an alarm, all loading and discharging operations will cease, hoses/unloading
arm will be disconnected and all vessels alongside prepared to leave the jetty.
The Officer/Terminal-in-Charge will on request, inform the Control Room (Base Control)
of the quantities and type of cargo on board all the vessels alongside.
Terminal-in-Charge will maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF Channel and will
ensure that the direct line telephone to the Base Control are properly manned
throughout the period of an disaster in order to receive instructions from Control Room.
All jetties will be manned during a disaster whether or not there are vessels alongside.
26
3.0.4
ACTION BY MARINE DIVISION

In addition to actions detailed in section 2 of Chapter-2. To make sure that Floating Craft
under their control are are much away from the affected area and are manned.
To stop all cargo operations and or deballasting operation in and around the affected area.
3.0.5
ACTION BY INFRASTRUCTURE AND CIVIC FACILITIES DIVISION

Refer section concerned under Chapter on General Arrangements
3.0.6
SUBSEQUENT ACTION
After the alarm has been raised and all nominated officials are on the scene, future actions
will be decided by the Control Room as circumstances dictate and measures affecting the
Port will be made known to ships and other establishment not directly involved, through the
Port Control and traffic officials.
27
3.1
FIRE/EXPLOSION HAZARD INVOLVING SHIPS AT HALDIA DOCK

This plan applies to all ships alongside berths within Haldia Dock.
3.1.1
RAISING OF ALARM
All ship fires will be treated as potentially dangerous and this plan will be activated. The
decision to declare a full disaster will rest with the Dy.Chairman.
RESPONSIBILITY
The responsibility for raising the alarm in the case of a disaster involving any ship within
Haldia Dock will rest with the Traffic Officer of the berth concerned. In an incident
occurring on-board, Ship master is also bound to raise the alarm.
FALSE ALARMS
To avoid either false alarms or duplication of an alarm with consequent overloading
(jamming) of the telephones at the Trust's fire service headquarters, here in after
called the Watch Room, it is desirable that the alarm is raised by only those designated to do
so.
Persons other than those on the terminals or on the ships may also raise an alarm, if they
have a doubt whether an alarm has been raised or not.
METHOD OF RAISING THE ALARM
By personnel on berth concerned, alarm should be raised by :
a)
Reporting to Watch Room on direct telephone or on non-marine VHF Channel

giving a short message stating where the fire is, and if possible whether any
casualties have occurred or are likely to occur.
By personnel on the ship, at the berth concerned, alarm should be raised by :

a)
Continuous sounding of any signaling apparatus or/and any other signal.
b)
Reporting the incident as follows :

i)
Informing responsible personnel on the berth through public address

system/orally.
ii)
Calling the Port Control or Watch Room on VHF Channel and giving a short
and clear message similar to the example given in 3.0.1 above.
Persons other than those on the ships or berth concerned seeing a fire or explosion on board
a ship should :
a)
telephone the berth concerned, stating exactly what they have seen and
28
b)
telephone the Port Control or call on VHF Channel and pass the same message.
Note : If because of damage, the berth affected is unable to initiate the alarm fully,
personnel at other berths can perform this duty.
3.1.2
ACTION BY PERSONNEL AT AFFECTED BERTH AND SHIP

As clearly stated in the General Arrangements the concerned officers of Traffic, P&E and
Marine, as the case may be, should mobilise his officers and men and fight the fire with the
appliances readily available at the berth or adjacent berths, till the arrival of the Fire
Service. He should collect information from ship's master the type, nature and
quantity of cargo on board the ship. He should also have the list of dangerous cargo onboard, if any.
The master of the ship at the berth or senior most officer-on-board will be responsible for
taking all actions with all available resources. The personnel on the affected berth will
render him all assistance.
The Port JAM(Fire) or the Deputy Manager (M.O.) whoever arrives first on the scene will
take over the overall control of the fire fighting operations from the personnel on the berth
and ship. A senior officer of the vessel at the berth will remain with the Port JAM(Fire) and
to provide detailed information on the ship and her equipment (see also General
Arrangements).
The personnel on the berth with the active co-operation of the ship's personnel will stop all
cargo-operations and disconnect hoses, if any, connected to ship.
The berth-in-charge in consultation with the vessel alongside will inform the Watch Room
about details of type and quantities of cargo on-board the vessel. This information will also
be passed to the Forward Control Post.
3.1.3
ACTION AT BERTHS NOT INVOLVED

On receiving or learning about the alarm, all loading and unloading operations nearby the
affected berth will cease and hoses, if any, will be disconnected. Ships adjacent to the
affected ship will prepare to vacate the berths. Ships and berths not in the immediate
vicinity of the ship or berth affected, will not resume normal cargo operations, unless they
obtain clearance to do so from the Base Control.
All berths will be fully attended to whether or not there are ships on berth.
3.1.4

In addition to these at Section 2.7 of Chapter-2. To make sure that Floating Crafts under
their control are much away from affected area and properly manned..
29
3.1.5
ACTION BY P&E DIVISION

In addition to the actions given in Section 2.9 of Chapter-2. To ensure that lock entrance to
dock are manned and in operative condition.
3.1.6 ACTION BY SH. & CH. DIVISION

In addition to the actions given in Section 2.5 of Chapter-2. Issue instructions to stop all
cargo operations in around the affected berth. Any hoses that are connected will also be
disconnected, and all ships should be advised to standby on VHF Marine Channel 16
for further instructions.
3.1.7
ACTION BY I&CF DIVISION

Refer Section 2.10 of Chapter-2.
30
3.2
FIRE HAZARD INVOLVING OFFICE BUILDING

This plan covers all office buildings of the Haldia Dock Complex viz. :
1.
Jawahar Tower Building Complex
2. Chiranjibpur Operations Building

3.
Other Office Buildings including Marine Office
The details of the plan enumerated below pertaining to the Jawahar Tower Building
Complex. The salient features of this plan, however, will apply equally to other office
buildings of the HDC.
JAWAHAR TOWER BUILDING COMPLEX

3.2.1
RAISING OF ALARM
Every fire, on detection, will be treated as a major fire and an alarm must be raised. The
decision to implement the disaster plan, however, will rest with the Dy.Chairman.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR RAISING ALARM
During office hours, any person who sees the fire will be responsible to raise the alarm. The
Security personnel posted in this Complex may also raise alarm.
During non-office hours, any person including the Security Guards who sees the fire may
rise the alarm. To avoid duplication, such person will check with the Watch Room whether
an alarm has already been raised.
First information about fire should be reported to Watch Room for immediate action and
then to GM (M&S) over telephone or by any other means of communication and then to
other head of the divisions whose offices are in the affected building. In turn GM (M&S)
will inform the Dy.Chariman
3.2.2
ACTION BY STAFF ON AFFECTED FLOOR

The first person who notices the fire must immediately put out the fire with whatever
available means at hard. Correct use of the Fire Extinguishers available should be made.
Fire soon as an electrical fire is detected, the main switches of the concern floor should be
put off.
31
Handicapped persons should be helped to the out-let stairway which is unaffected by fire or
smoke.
Every member of the staff will collect the most important files and prepare to leave the
floor.
The Attendance Register for the day and other important papers should be collected by the
Office Superintendent and other officials & staff present and taken along with them.
The senior most Sectional Head on each floor will be the last person to leave the premises
and before this person does so, he will make sure that all the electrical switches are off.
All the staff except persons involved in fire fighting should leave the building by either of
the staircases, go to the open yard within the Complex assemble in a group floor-wise, take
a count of persons and make a note of any person that is not accounted for.
While leaving the floor, the staff will close all the windows, which are to windward (i.e. if
the wind in from south close the windows on the south side).
While leaving the floor, the staff will make sure all the exit doors are closed (not locked).
3.2.3
ACTION BY STAFF ON FLOORS NOT AFFECTED

On hearing an alarm or fire message announced on the loud speaker, every member of the
staff will make sure that there is no fire in his work area.
Every member of the staff will collect the most important files and prepare to leave the
floor.
One senior officer of each division should look into the matter that all the electrical
switches are put off.
The Office Superintendent, other official/staff of each division will collect the attendance
Registers along with important files.
He will also make arrangements with the staff present to see that all costly machines and
apparatuses are removed from that floor, to the ground floor.
Handicapped persons should be helped to the outlet stairway which is unaffected by fire or
smoke.
While leaving the floor, the staff will close all the windows to the windward direction.
While leaving the floor, the staff will make sure that all exit doors are closed (not locked).
The senior most Sectional Head on each floor will be the last person to leave the premises
and before this person does so, he will make sure that all the electrical switches are put off.
32
All the staff should leave the building by either of the staircases, go to the open yard within
the Complex assemble in group floorwise, take a count of persons and make a note of any
person that is not accounted for.
The GM(M&S)/Manager (Admn.) will depute one person to each floor to help, identify and
save what are considered important files.
The Fire-fighting personnel will proceed to the floor of fire and attack the fire with the
installed wet raiser and fire extinguisher. Before that water connection is to be made to wet
raiser with the help of officials of I&CF Division.
3.2.4
ACTION BY WATCH ROOM

As soon as message is received, Watch Room will alert the Port JAM(Fire) who will send
fire fighting units to the Jawahar Tower Building in quickest possible time.
The Watch Room may also inform local Fire Station (W.B.) of the fire and request for their
services, if necessary.
3.2.5
ACTION BY DIVISIONS & SECTIONS OCCUPYING THE DIFFERENT FLOORS

It is the responsibility of each division or section of a division to identify the particular
persons for each action enumerated in this plan.
Such details of the identified staff with their duties in case of fire, should be prominently
displayed in the notice boards on each division.
Each division or section occupying any floor or part of a floor will make its own detailed
plan to execute the various actions enumerated in this plan.
3.2.6
ACTION BY OTHER DIVISIONS

All the other divisions, whose responsibilities have been detailed in the General
Arrangements (Chapter-2) will carry out the assigned support actions.
33
3.3
FIRE/EXPLOSION HAZARD INVOLVING BERTHS,

TRANSIT SHEDS AND CARGO SHEDS
This Chapter covers all berths, transit shed, open stacking area and cargo sheds where cargo
is stored, including Container Parking Yard.
3.3.1
RAISING OF ALARM
RESPONSIBILITY
The responsibility for raising the alarm in the case of an incident in any berth, transit shed
or cargo shed within Haldia Dock will rest with the officer concerned. Shipping & Cargo
Division may also raise the alarm. For container parking yard the responsibility of
raising the alarm will rest with the concerned Traffic Officer.
CISF personnel who is assigned the responsibility of guarding the cargo sheds, open stacks
will also have the responsibility of raising the alarm.
Any person who notices a fire in a shed/berth can also raise the alarm, if he is reasonably
sure that the alarm has not been raised yet.
FALSE ALARM
To avoid either false alarms or duplication of an alarm with consequent over-loading of the
telephones at the Watch Room it is desirable that alarm is raised by only those designated to
do so.
By personnel on berth/shed concerned, alarm should be raised by :
i)
raising alarm by mouth
ii)
raising available fire bell or sound sirens or hooters, if available nearby.
iii)
send a messenger by the quickest possible means to the nearest phone to make a call
to the Watch Room.
iv)
reporting to Watch Room on direct telephone or through CJP Exchange or on VHF

channel or through walkie talkie giving a short message stating where the fire is, and
if possible whether any casualties have occurred or likely to occur.
v)
send a messenger by quickest possible means directly to the Port Fire Station and pass
the message orally. Sh. & Ch. division's official will also inform the incident to
traffic control and Signal Station through VHF channel.
Note : If because of damage, the berth affected is unable to initiate the alarm fully,
personnel at other berths can perform this duty.
34
3.3.2
ACTION BY PERSONNEL, ON-SITE

It has been clearly stated in the General Arrangements that the Officer concerned should
mobilise his officers and men and fight the fire with the appliances readily available at the
berth or adjacent berths, till the arrival of Fire tender. In case of a fire in the transit shed,
cargo shed or container parking yard, he alongwith other officials of his division will
mobilise all the work force, labour and cargo handling appliances available in the area to
move/shift the unaffected cargo in such a manner that the fire does not spread. He should
close/control ventilation so that the fire is starved of fresh winds. All electrical connectivity
to the affected site should be switched off.
The details of types of cargo and quantity of cargo in the shed should be kept ready and be
given to the officer of fire service who arrives first in the scene. He should also make a list
of hazardous cargo stored in the affected shed.
The Port JAM(Fire), after arrival, will take over the charge of fire fighting from officer
concerned.
The personnel on the berth with the active co-operations of the ship's personnel will stop all
cargo-operations and disconnect hoses if any connected to ship.
3.3.3
ACTION ON BERTHS/SHEDS NOT INVOLVED

On receiving or learning about the alarm, all cargo operations nearby the affected berth will
cease and hoses will be disconnected. Ships adjacent to the affected berth will prepare to
vacate the berths.
3.3.4
ACTION BY PORT FIRE SERVICE

i)
To listen to the calls carefully and note the incident.
ii)
To record the incident in the occurrence book.
iii)
To sound the alarm, inform the shift in-charge about the nature of incident and place
of occurrence.
iv)
On hearing the alarm or receiving the message the Fire Service will immediately
turnout with at least two Fire tenders with available crew, equipments and appliances
and rush to the place of occurrence.
v)
The other units will be set ready and kept on Standby.
vi)
The Port JAM(Fire) or Dy.JAM(Fire) on arriving that place of occurrence will take
over charge of operation from the shift incharge.
vii)
The Port JAM(Fire), will be responsible for fire fighting rescue and other disaster
incidents. On arrival at the place of occurrence he would assume charge of operation
35
from his junior officers. He will keep the incident informed time to time to the
Management Group.
viii) The local fire station (W.B.) will be requested to standby with their units to be
dispatched only on specific request.
ix)
3.3.5
The local police station will also be informed.

In addition to the actions given in Section 2.9 of Chapter-2.
To make sure that the Stacker-reclaimer, conveyer of Haldia Dock are operatable and
manned.
To make sure that the lock entrance is operatable and manned.
3.3.6
ACTION BY SH. & CH. DIVISION

Issue instructions to stop all cargo operations in and around the affected berth. Any hoses
that are connected to ship will also be disconnected, and all ships should be advised to
standby on VHF Marine Channel 16 for further instructions.
3.3.7

All other departments, whose responsibilities have been detailed in General Arrangements
(Chapter-2), will carry out assigned duties.
36
3.4
COLLAPSE OF BUILDINGS, SHEDS ETC.

This plan covers collapse of any office building, sheds etc. within HDC.
3.4.1
RAISING OF ALARM
In case of collapse of an office building during office hours the Care Taker or the Security
Personnel will raise the alarm. Officer-in-Charge of the office or Office Superintendent are
also responsible for raising the alarm.
During non office hours, any person including the Security Personnel will raise the alarm.
First information should be given to GM(M&S) & GM (Ops.) over telephone and then to
other Head of divisions whose offices are in the said building. The GM(M&S) will inform
the Chairman and Dy.Chairman about the incident. He will inform the J/T Exchange/ CJP
Exchange to inform the Manager (I&CF), Manager (P&E), JAM(Fire), Medical
Superintendent, Commandant CISF, Manager (Sh. & Ch.), Manager (M.M.) and Manager
(Finance).
In case of collapse of a shed or godown/warehouse, the Officer-in-Charge of the
shed/godown/warehouse or the concerned Traffic Officer will raise the alarm. The
Officer-in-Charge of the shed/godown/warehouse or the Traffic Officer will inform the
Manager (Sh. & Ch.) and JAM(Fire). He will also inform the Commandant CISF, Medical
Superintendent, Manager (P&E), Manager (I&CF), Manager (M.M.), Manager (Admn.) and
Manager (Finance). These officers will in turn inform the designated officer of action team.
In case, officer of other organisations are located in the affected building, shed the Officerin-Charge of the shed/godown/warehouse or the concerned Traffic Officer will inform the
concerned organisation.
3.4.2

On receiving message of collapse of a building or shed the Port Fire Service will mobilise
its personnel to the affected areas for the purpose of rescue operations of the affected
persons.
3.4.3
ACTION BY I&CF DIVISION

On receiving the message the I&CF division will arrange to remove the debris with the help
of bulldozers, payloaders, dumpers etc. to be provided by P&E Division. The I&CF division
will also seek help from the Haldia Municipality or HDA for supply of bulldozers, pay
loaders, dumpers if the accident is a major one.
3.4.4

P&E division will disconnect the electrical lines to the sheds, buildings etc. which has
collapsed. The P&E division will also make arrangement of adequate number portable
37
lighting sets. They will also deploy adequate number workshop personnel for the purpose of
maintenance of all vehicles engaged in combating the disaster. It will also arrange for
supply of all bulldozers, payloaders, dumpers etc. which may be necessary.
3.4.5
ACTION BY MEDICAL DIVISION

On receiving the message of collapse of a building or a shed Medical division will mobilise
medical personnel for setting a First-Aid Centre at the crisis spot. He will also take steps for
immediate hospitalisation of the injured persons at the Port hospital and other
hospitals, if necessary. He will also arrange to deploy adequate number of ambulances for
the purpose transporting the injured persons to the hospital from the crisis spot. He will also
contact with the CMOH Midnapore or Supdt. State General Hospital, Durgachak, Haldia if
necessity arises.
3.4.6
ACTION BY MATERIALS MANAGEMENT DIVISION

Material Management division will closely monitor the stock of consumable items
especially diesel, petrol and such other which are used in the machineries and
vehicles engaged in fighting the disaster. A senior officer will be designated to keep liaison
with suppliers of all such items mentioned above so that the items can be procured as and
when required.
3.4.7
ACTION BY CENTRAL INDUSTRIAL SECURITY FORCE

The Central Industrial Security Force will be responsible for control of traffic in the Dock
areas as well as the surrounding areas with the help of West Bengal Police personnel. The
CISF will also contact the Local Police seeking help in combating the crisis. The
CISF will clear all the internal roads within the Port areas of all the vehicular traffic and
keep the roads free. It will also cordon off the area for uninterrupted rescue operation and
removal of debris. They will also assist in rescue operations of the injured persons and of
their subsequent transportation for medical care.
3.4.8
ACTION BY ADMINISTRATION DIVISION

In addition to responsibilities mentioned under Section 2.12 of Chapter-2, Administration
division will take quick action towards getting Administrative approval of the amounts
involved in hiring of pay loaders, bulldozers and dumpers from local authorities.
3.4.9
ACTION BY FINANCE DIVISION

The Finance division will process agreement and/or arrange payments to all related
divisions of HDC for their requirements such as purchasing/leasing of equipments, hiring of
specialised service from other sources. It will depute a senior officer to each
department involved in combating the crisis with a view to look after their needs. It will
also monitor the expenditure nd service rendered by the outside agencies to the Port and visa-vis to avoid disputes and facilitate smooth working of mutual aid.
38
3.5
COLLAPSE OF LIFTING APPLIANCES

Disaster related to Collapse of lifting appliance like shore cranes, mobile cranes, yard
cranes etc. come under the purview of this plan.
3.5.1
RAISING OF ALARM
The responsibility of raising the alarm rests on the concerned Traffic Officer of the berth /
yard where the lifting appliance has collapsed.
Method of raising the alarm :
First information of the incident should be reported to the watch room on direct
telephone or through VHF giving a short message on location of the incident and if
possible, whether any casualty has occurred or likely to occur. The official will also inform
the incident to Shipping control through VHF for intimation to Manager (P&E) and
Manager (SH&CH).
3.5.2

Port Fire Service will mobilise its personnel to the affected area for the purpose of rescue
operation of affected persons.
3.5.3

On receiving the message of collapse of lifting appliance, the Manager (P&E) will arrange
to deploy suitable cranes for lifting of the ill-fated appliance. If the lifting appliance has
collapsed into dock water, the P&E Division will arrange to deploy floating cranes for
lifting the appliance. If the crane is electrically operated, arrangements shall be made to
disconnect the electrical connection to the cranes.
3.5.4
ACTIONS BY MARINE OPERATIONS DIVISION

On receiving the message of collapse of a lifting appliance into dock water, Dy. Dock
Master will deploy sufficient no. of launches and tugs etc. for the purpose of lifting the
appliance from water. Launches and tugs shall be equipped with Walkie-Talkie for the
purpose of quick and proper communication. Dy. Dock Master will deploy divers as per
necessity to locate the lifting appliance in the water and fastening with the help of wire rope
etc. for aubsequ3ent pulling operation of the lifting appliance from dock water.
3.5.5

If any human injury has happened due to the disaster, the Medical Division will mobilize
suitable medical personnel for setting up of First Aid Centres at the site of crisis. Medical
Superintendent will also take steps for immediate hospitalization of the injured person to
CPT Hospital. He will also mobilize adequate no. of ambulance for the purpose of
transporting the injured persons to the CPT Hospital.
39
3.5.6
ACTION BY MATERIALS MANAGEMENT DIVISION :

The Materials Management Department will closely monitor the stock of consumable items
especially diesel, petrol, and such other oils which are required for the machineries
deployed in lifting of the appliance which has collapsed.
3.5.7
ACTION BY CENTRAL INDUSTRIAL SECURITY FORCE

The Central Industrial Security Force will be responsible for control of traffic in the affected
dock area as well as the surrounding areas. They will also take necessary action to control
the crowd and keep the approach road clear.
The CISF will keep all the gates of the dock full open and free for the purpose of
uninterrupted movement of vehicles engaged in Combating action. They will assist in
rescue operation of injured person and for their subsequent transportation for medicine.
They will also cordon off the affected areas for uninterrupted rescue / restoration operation.
40
3.6
POLLUTIONAL HAZARD DUE TO SPILLAGE OF OIL AT DOCK BASIN

Sources of oil pollution in the dock may be categorised under three major groups :
a)
collision, fire, explosion or grounding which result in the release of oil from the
ship's bunkers and/or from the cargo tanks.
b)
Accidental spills while transferring bunker or cargo from ship to shore or vice versa
and spillage resulting from incorrect operation of valves on shipboard or at berth.
c)
Intentional discharge of oil or oily waste from the pumping of bilge, oily ballast
water and tank washings.
The success of combating disaster and/or giving timely rescue/relief services to the affected
person during any type of disaster situation depend entirely on the effective reporting
system. The reporting system or the raising of alarm, thus in case of an oil spillage resulting
in disaster situation, has to be well conceived/developed.
5.1
Raising of alarm and control of operations

When an disaster due to oil spillage occurs, it is vital that the alarm should be raised
immediately. The responsibility of raising an alarm is vested on Officer in-charge of the
berth concern. In case of spillage of oil in the dock basin while movement of ships,
concerned Berthing Master on the also responsible to raise the alarm.
In addition it will be incumbent upon any officer/employee of CPT whosoever witness to
any pollution or act of pollution being committed, try to prevent further pollution there &
then by attracting the attention of polluting vessel and then to immediately informing the
concern authorities.
The person reporting an incidence of oil pollution should indicate the approximate quantity
of oil spill, extent of area covered by it and the location of the spill to the PORT
CONTROL through VHF/Walkie-Talkie/Telephone. In turn PORT CONTROL should pass
the message to Manger(MO) or Dy. Manager(MO).
On hearing the report of oil spillage the MMOH should deploy whatever combating
equipment he has under his control immediately along with onward communicating the
message to following officials of CPT and other Govt. bodies, as may be necessary.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Deputy Chairman
General Manager (Operation)
Manager (P&E)
Manager (Sh.& Ch)
JAM(Fire) of Port Fire Service.
West Bengal Fire Service
West Bengal Pollution Control Board
Owner\Charterer of the particular vessel
Indian Oil Corporation
Coast Guard Authority (DHQ-8), Haldia
41
3.6.2
ACTION BY MARINE OPERATIONS DIVISION

Upon receiving the information of oil pollution the MMOH will intimate the polluting
vessel, if identified, to take adequate measures to mitigate oil spillage with their available
resources till further arrangements are made. He will simultaneously send whatever
controlling equipments/vessel available under his control at the spilled site for containment
of the same. If the spilled oil poses fire hazard he should sought the help of port fire
service. Dy. MMOH being the leader of the Action Team will proceed to the site
immediately for co-ordinating the combating action. In the event of a vessel is found
leaking oil, Dy.MMOH will go on board, investigate and report to G.M(ops)/MMOH.
Dy. MMOH will organise with the help of Asst. Dock Master, sending of anti-pollution
vessel at the site of oil spillage for recovery of the spilled oil and collection of sample of
oil spill.
If the spilled oil catches fire or appears to be a potential fire hazard he should also send fire
float tugs to the site. In such situation he should take the help of JAM(Fire) for mitigating
the fire or reduce the potentiality of fire hazard.
If spilled oil is found accumulating nearby any berth and posing fire threat all cargo
operations at that berth should be stopped in consultation with Manager(Sh.&Ch), the vessel
alongside should prepare to go to a safe place.
The overall co-ordination of combating action has to be done by Dy.MMOH. Upon
reaching the site, above mentioned controlling officer will pass regular situation report to
General Manager (Ops)/MMOH who will be at the Base Control (General Management
Group/Control Room).
If G.M(ops) considers that the pollution constitutes a fire hazard, he may, take such steps
that would be required to minimise the danger. In such case he may even decide to have
a `Controlled Fire' to eliminate the danger of `Spreading Fire'.
If a vessel is either found leaking or is potential to leak its cargo, General
Manager(Operations)/MMOH may seek the help of private barge owners for transfer of
cargo.
In case of leakage/bursting of flexible hoses or pipeline or overflow while discharging cargo
from ship to shore or vice versa, immediate corrective action has to be taken, like closure of
valves, stoppage of pump etc. to control discharge of such cargo. In such incidences
Dy.MMOH should seek the assistance of oil company concern.
The oil which spilled on to the berth may be removed by spraying sand over it and
subsequently disposal of oil contaminated sand.
The oil which spilled on to the dock will move accordingly to wind direction and ultimately
may drift and accumulate near corners/knuckles. In such an event Antipollution vessel will
have to be deployed at the site to recover oil from the dock basin. After recovery of oil from
dock water, oil dispersants may be sprayed at the polluted site for dispersion of remaining
42
oil from water. If it is observed that spilled oil is moving towards lock gate due to wind
direction, especially during winter months, Dy.MMOH may instruct closing of lock gate to
avoid spilled oil escaping to river. Such decision should be taken after due consultation with
G.M(OPS)/MMOH who will be in Control Room.
Dy.MMOH should send those tugs which are equipped with dispersant spraying system to
the site. Before application of oil dispersant sample of floating oil has to be collected for
subsequent analysis.
To mobilise/arrange road tankers, empty drums, etc. for collection of spilled oil.
To mobilise workshop assistance that may be required to attend the anti-pollution
equipments, vessels etc.
3.6.3
ACTION BY SHIP'S MASTER

In case oil spillage is caused by ship within the dock, the concern Master shall immediately
inform the PORT CONTROL either directly or over VHF or through the concern berth
in-charge, if she is at a berth, the following particulars :
- IMO Class of Oil, its flash point
- Quantity spilt,
- Spill arrested or not,
- Maximum quantity likely to spill and action taken to arrest it.
The Master will take all precautions, as a prudent seaman, against pollution. He should bear
in mind that mobilisation of any type of assistance from shore is likely to take time.
Therefore, he should assess the overall situation at frequent interval.
3.6.4

(In addition to actions as detailed in section 2.9 of Chapter-2)
To arrange to supply electricity to a stricken ship.
3.6.5
ACTION BY SHIPPING & CARGO HANDLING DIVISION

To stop cargo operation at concern berth, if specifically requested by Marine Operations
Division.
To arrange for spare berth, if available, in the event of shifting of a vessel from the affected
area.
3.6.6
ACTION BY MATERIALS MANAGEMENT DIVISION

43
To check the stock of oil dispersants and to supply the same to Action Team, whenever
required.
To contact with supplier of oil dispersants for immediate procurement, if necessity arises.
3.6.7

All the other divisions of HDC would support the combating action as detailed in Chapter2.
3.6.8
ACTION BY CONCERNED OIL COMPANY

In the event of oil spillage caused due to leakage from oil pipeline or flexible hoses, the
concerned oil company would provide necessary spill control material like oil dispersant
etc. and would support HDC authority in combating oil spillage. If found necessary and
whenever requested by HDC concern oil company should arrange suitable barge for
transshipment of oil from affected tanker. Respective oil company should maintain constant
contract with Control Room and should send their personnel to report to action team for
combating action. A senior official will join the Base Control to co-ordinate activities of his
organisation.
3.6.9
ACTION BY WEST BENGAL POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD

West Bengal Pollution Control Board, on a request from the HDC authority, will assist in
testing of collected spilled oil sample. They will also recommend precautions/steps to be
taken to recover or disperse or otherwise deal with such spilled oil. They will also assist
Port with their anti-pollution machinery and personnel.
3.6.10 ACTION BY WEST BENGAL FIRE SERVICE

West Bengal Fire Service, Haldia Unit, on being informed, assist the Port Fire Service by
sending their Fire Fighting units to the scene of disaster. A senior officer will join the Base
Control to co-ordinate the actions of his units.
44
7.7
POLLUTIONAL HAZARD DUE TO SPILLAGE/LEAKAGE OF

CHEMICALS INCLUDING RADIO-ACTIVE MATERIALS
This plan applies to all cases of chemical pollution including radio-active materials due to
accidental spillage either inside dock or at riverine jetties.
(Since a separate action plan for dealing with oil spill disaster is being made, details in
respect of combating action for such disaster has not been covered here. However, for
details of combating actions, the separate oil pollution disaster plan should be referred and
activated.)
As Collision/Grounding by itself will be designated as on disaster which may lead to several
other Disaster like fire explosion, flooding of surrounding water by
chemicals, radioactive materials and others. As such this has been separately dealt in subsequent chapter.
3.7.1
RAISING OF ALARM
The responsibility for raising the alarm in case of pollution lies with the Dy.Dock Master as
the case may be. The same shall be communicated to the Signal Station or Fire Watch. The
Station on hearing the alarm will inform the General Manager (Op) and Manager (M.O.)
and inform the owner or agents of the ship(s) causing pollution.
3.7.2

When a message is received from berth/jetty regarding the pollution of dock/river water by
chemicals or spillage/leakage of radio-active materials the vessel concerned will be
instructed to anchor in the designated area for inspection.
The Dy.Manager (M.O.) will proceed to the concerned vessel, investigate and report to
Manager (M.O.) and GM(Ops).
If the vessel is found leaking, the Manager Environment and Antipollution Officer will
jointly assess and evaluate the extent of pollution that has occurred and formulate an attack
plan for abatement for such pollution. The Safety Officer (Jr.), P&IR Division will assist the
group.
When there is pollution of Harbour Waters, its treatment will be based on the principle of
utilising the most appropriate means for the particular chemical type and concentration of
the spill.
If the GM(Ops) considers that the pollution constitutes a fire hazard, he may take such steps
that would be required to minimise the danger. He may decide to have a controlled fire to
eliminate the danger of a spreading fire.
If in the opinion of the GM(Ops) the pollution may spread beyond the port limits and/or
requires large scale assistance from the West Bengal Pollution Control Board and the Coast
Guard such assistance will be asked for.
45
On the specific instruction from the GM(Ops) the incharge of Anti-pollution vessel (Oil
Recovery cum Garbage Collection Vessel) should proceed to the affected area with his
vessel for collection of spilled chemicals etc.
The contaminants (spill) that are collected will be disposed off in a manner agreed to
between Coast Guard, the Pollution Control Board and the Dy.Chairman, HDC.
If an disaster involving radio-active shipment originating from a foreign country bound for
a country which is in transit in an Indian sea port, the Management Team would act as
specified below :
Inform Head, Radiation Protection & Safety Division (RPSD) BARC Mumbai
regarding the incident and request them to depute an officer immediately
and also seek advises of BARC authority till the arrival of the officer.
Medical Officer or his representative should attend to the injured, if the radio-active
package was involved in an accident.
In case of any fire hazards, Port JAM(Fire) should take necessary responsibility to
fight fire with his men.
Jr.Asstt.Manager of concern berth should make necessary arrangement to make
cordon off a space of 3 m around the package with the assistance of CISF
Authority/Police Authority.
Inform the consignor and the consignee (address may be obtained from the transport
document or markings in the packages). In such case consignor should be requested
to arrange to collect the package immediately.
If the labels on the package are defaced or if the address of the consignor/consignee
cannot be obtained, inform BARC authority and seek their advise.
In no case would the package be auctioned or otherwise disposed off without
obtaining specific clearance from BARC authority.
However, if the package is received in damaged condition or is damaged upon
arrival or during storage, the above measures should be taken by the concern
clearing and forwarding agent.
3.7.3

In the case of chemical pollution, the ship responsible for the pollution, shall inform the
Signal Station, either directly over VHF channel-16 or through the berth-in-Charge if she is
at a berth, the following particulars :
U.N. No. of chemicals
I.M.O. Class of chemical, its flash points
46
quantity spilt
spill arrested or not
if not, rate of spill
maximum quantity likely to spill and
action being taken to arrest the spill
The Master will take all precaution, as a prudent seaman against pollution. He will bear in
mind that mobilization of any type of assistance from the shore is likely to take time.
Therefore, he should assess the overall situation at frequent intervals and inform Port
Authority time to time.
3.7.4

To make sure that the lock entrance to Haldia Dock are operable and manned.
3.7.5 ACTION BY OTHER DIVISIONS

GM(Ops) ask the assistance from other divisions, if necessary for combating the pollution.
If such situation arises, head of the concerned division will mobilise his workmen and
equipment to the affected site, on an urgent basis, for timely abating of the pollution.
3.7.6
ACTION BY INDIAN NAVY AND COAST GUARD

Surveillance aircraft may be required to assist in assessing spillage amount, as well as in
other disaster duties such as air-lifting personnel and equipment. Aircraft as required will be
sent to the scene, and a co-ordinating officer will join the Management Group.
In addition, the Coast Guard will assist in other anti-pollution actions with men and material
at its command. The Indian Coast Guard being the overall in-charge of all contingency
plans for dealing with spills, through its regional headquarters render all assistance to the
Port.
3.7.7
ACTION BY WEST BENGAL POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD

The Pollution Control Board will, on a request from the HDC, assist in inspection and
cleaning of berth, if required.
Will assist the Port in collection of spilled chemicals, testing of the same, and recommend
precautions and steps to recovery of disperse or otherwise deal with such spilled
commodities.
Will also assist with their anti-pollution machinery and personnel for abatement of
pollution.
47
3.7.8
ACTION BY WEST BENGAL FIRE SERVICE

West Bengal Fire Service will, on being informed, assist by sending their Fire Fighting
Units to the scene of the disaster. A senior officer will join the Base Control to co-ordinate
the action of his units.
3.7.9
ACTION BY POLICE DEPARTMENT

The Police will help in the collection of the spill, cleaning operations and disposal of
contaminants by coordinating off the necessary areas, and maintain law and order in and
around the site.

All other departments, whose responsibilities have been detailed in General Arrangements
(Chapter-2), will carryout assigned duties.
3.7.11 ACTION BY RESPECTIVE RECEIVER OF THE CARGO
The organisation/agency who are consignee of the chemicals which has spilled should assist
HDC official with their men and material as well as equipment for collection, dispersion
and disposal of the spilt chemicals. They should also specify about the anti-dote of the
concern chemical and supply the same to HDC medical unit for treatment of affected
personnel. One senior officer of the concern organisation will join the Base Control to coordinate the activities of his organisation.
48
3.8
COLLISION AND GROUNDING OF SHIPS

The disaster that are envisaged under this section are :
a) Collision/Grounding near Entrance to Port.
b) Collision at Berth
c) Collision at Fairway
d) Ship at anchorage, drifting and likely to run a ground and
e) Ship approaching harbour for refuge.
Collision/grounding by itself will constitute an disaster. It is also foreseen that
collision/grounding may lead to other disaster, such as fire, explosion and flooding of ships
holds/engine rooms. All these eventualities will be dealt with by actions envisaged
in
this section.
When a vessel's hold/engine room is flooded with water such vessels shall be moved to a
designated area for examination.
3.8.1
RAISING OF ALARM
The responsibility for raising the alarm in case of collision/grounding involving one or more
ships lies with the ship's Master or Pilot on board. The same shall be communicated to the
Signal Station. The Signal Station on hearing the alarm will inform the Director,
Marine Deptt./Harbour Master (R) in case such collision takes place within fairway. For
collision within dock or at jetties GM(Ops)/Manager (M.O.) shall be informed. Signal
Station will also inform the owner or agents of the ship.
The official of the Marine Division on the vessel which is involved in a collision/grounding
will be primarily responsible for raising an alarm.
3.8.2

In addition to the actions as detailed in Section 2.7 of Chapter-2.
When a message is received, from a ship approaching port informing about damage to the
vessel which may lead to leaking/flooding, the vessel will be instructed to anchor in the
designated area for inspection.
The Harbour Master (River) or Manager (M.O.) as the case may be, will proceed to the
concerned vessel, investigate and report to the DMD and GM(Ops).
If the vessel is leaking, the DMD/GM(Ops) will assess and evaluate the extent of damage
and formulate an attack plan for collision, grounding and/or pollution as situation requires.
49
The measures for tackling the disaster are to be agreed to between the ship's Master and the
Harbour Master (R)/Manager (M.O.). These agreed measures are to be recorded in the
ship's log book also.
The GM(Ops) will inform the ship's agent and will require them to mobilise immediately all
assistance such s workshop facilities, surveyors and salvage experts, if necessary.
If the investigation by the Harbour Master (R)/Manager (M.O.) shows that the vessel is not
leaking and the GM(Ops) is satisfied that it is safe to berth the vessel in order to carry out a
thorough inspection and to facilitate disaster repairs, the vessel may be advised for berthing.
Before such a vessel is brought into the harbour, she must indemnify the port against all
losses and damages to fixed and floating objects of the Trustees. The vessel will also have
to be brought under coverage by Insurance for hull, machinery and wreck removal.
As long as the disaster exists the DMD/GM(Ops) will keep the situation under constant
review and amend the action plan as the situation warrants.
On board a vessel, which is under an disaster, no cargo work shall commence. If on board a
vessel alongside a berth cargo-work is in progress when she is involved in as collision, all
cargo work shall stop forthwith and shall be resumed only on the exclusive
permission of the Manager (M.O.)/Manager (Sh.&CH)/Manager (P&E) as the case may be.
Apart from the responsibilities given in Section 2.5 of General Arrangements (Chapter-2)
the Marine Ops. division should mobilise workforce and cargo handling equipments in
readiness to handle cargo on the affected vessel, if needed.
The department will mobilise its diving personnel, equipment and material as maybe
required for rescuing persons from the flooded compartments of the affected ship and from
under water, if any.
3.8.3

The Dy.Dock Master described as "Duty Officer" in the General Arrangements, will
establish and maintain constant contact with the ship's Master and will endeavour to ensure
that the following actions are taken :
A vessel that falls into any one category listed above will immediately inform the Port
through the Signal Station of such incident, on VHF Channel-16, and shall maintain
continuous contact till the disaster is over.
In the case of a ship running aground, the vessel will indicate, the geographical location or
relative position and the extent of the ship grounded and suspected damage.
In the case of a ship drifting at anchorage she will indicate her geographical or relative
position.
In the case of a ship approaching harbour for refuge. She shall give the following
information to the Signal Station :
50
Extent of damage.
Cause of damage.
Likely effects of damage, and
Nature of assistance required at Port.
The Master involved in a collision/grounding shall check the following and inform the
Signal Station of his findings nd requirements :
i) Tank and bilge soundings.
ii) Suction for engine cooling.
iii) The need of shore connection for lighting and machineries.
iv) Preliminary survey to see where and how much of the hull is grounded.
v) If double-bottom tanks (oil) are intact and cargo holds are open to sea, this may lead to
a situation where the double bottom tanks will fill through broken/leaking sounding
pipes. Such tanks may then overflow through air pipes, leading to oil pollution.
vi) Shoring facilities for bulkhead in engine foam, if adjacent compartments are flooded.
vii) Condition of all water tight doors, and bulkheads.
The master will take all precautions as a prudent seaman against fire,explosion, pollution
and sinking of the ship. He will bear in mind that mobilisation of any type of assistance he
may require from the shore is likely to take time. Therefore, he should assess the
overall situation for safety at frequent intervals.
If a vessel is found impeding the navigation or is likely to impede navigation, the Port
Authority may ask the vessel to shift from navigational channel to a designated area. Master
of the vessel should carryout such order immediately.
3.8.4

In addition to the actions as detailed in Section 2.9 of Chapter- 2.
To make sure that the lock entrance of Haldia Dock is operable and manned.
To arrange to supply power to a stricken ship.
To attend to quayside cranes which may be/have been affected.
51
the P&E division should mobilise workforce and cargo handling equipments in readiness to
handle cargo on the affected vessel, if needed.
3.8.5
ACTION BY THE SH. & CH. DIVISION

the shipping cargo handling division mobilise workforce and cargo handling
equipments in readiness to handle cargo on the affected vessel, if needed.
3.8.6
ACTION BY THE I&CF DIVISION

As given in Section 2.10 of Chapter-2.
3.8.7
ACTION BY OTHER DIVISION

All the other departments will take actions as envisaged in General Arrangements (Chapter2).
3.8.8
ACTION BY PUBLIC RELATIONS OFFICER

Refer to action as detailed under Information Centre in Section 2.15 of Chapter-2.
3.8.9
ACTION BY THE INDIAN NAVY AND COAST GUARD

These organisation will take actions as detailed in Section 3.7.6 of Chapter-3.
3.8.10 ACTION BY THE WEST BENGAL POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD

They will carryout the actions as enumerated in Section 3.7.7 of Chapter-3.
52
3.9
DROWNING OF DOCK WORKERS
3.9.1
RAISING OF ALARM
In the event of drowning of a dock worker, the alarm will be raised by the Officer-inCharge of the section under whom the dock worker is employed. The same will be
communicated to the CJP Exchange for onward transmission to Watch Room.
3.9.2
ACTION BY MARINE OPERATION DIVISION

Marine Division will immediately deploy port divers for locating and searching for the dock
worker d drowned in dock water. Marine Division will deploy suitable launches for the
purpose of assisting searching operation of the Dock worker drowned in dock water.
3.9.3
ACTION BY P&IR DIVISION

Manager (P&IR) will arrange to communicate the message of accident to the family of
affected dock worker. If necessary he will also inform respective Labour Union to solicit
their support during rescue operation.
3.9.4

Immediately on receiving the message of the accident the Medical Superintendent will send
a team of medical personnel along with a Doctor and an ambulance for the purpose of
rendering medical aid to the person drowned in the water. He will immediately arrange to
transport the injured person to the port Hospital for proper treatment.
3.9.5

If the incident took place during afternoon or night the Manager (P&E) will arrange for
uninterrupted supply of electricity to the crisis area. He will also arrange for adequate
numbers of portable lighting appliances to facilitate rescue operation.
3.9.6
PORT FIRE SERVICE

Port Fire Service will extend all possible help during rescue operation of the dock worker.
53
3.10
SINKING OF VESSEL
This plan covers sinking of any vessels either inside dock or nearby the riverine jetties.
3.10.1 RAISING OF ALARM

In the event of sinking of a vessel the Master of the ship of Pilot on board will raise the
alarm. The Signal Station on hearing the alarm will inform the owner or agent of the ship.
In case of CPT vessel, the official of the Marine Department on the vessel will be
primarily responsible for raising the alarm.
First information should be given to the Signal Station through wireless and from there
information should be given to the owner of the vessel and General Manager (Ops),
GM(Ops) will then inform Manager (I&CF), Manager (P&E), Manager (Sh. & Ch.) ,
Commandant CISF, JAM(Fire), Medical Superintendent, Manager (M.M.) and also to GM
(M & S).
3.10.2 ACTION BY MARINE DIVISION
On receiving the message of sinking of a vessel Marine division will mobilise sufficient
number of launches and tugs equipped with Walkie Talkie and maintain listening watch to
receive instructions from Signal Station. The Dy.Manager (M.O.) being in charge of the
Action Team, will mobilise the action team nd initiate actions to combat the incident. He
will keep in touch with the Management Group.
The GM(Ops) being a member of the Core Group will, after assessing the initial reports of
the incident activate the Core Group and the Control Room also inform Chairman &
Dy.Chairman. MMOH will collect Meteorological data, tidal information and will forward
the same to the Action Team.
If the incident takes place in the Dock, GM(Ops) will contact outside agencies seeking for
salvage operation. MMOH will also make arrangement of safe rescue of the crew members
of the vessel.
On receiving the message of sinking of a vessel the Manager (Marine) will mobilise its Port
Divers' Unit.
The Manager (Marine) will mobilise the workshop staff for proper maintenance of the crafts
engaged in salvage/rescue operation.
3.10.3 ACTION BY P&E DIVISION
The Manager (P&E) will also ensure uninterrupted electric supply for adequate illumination
at the place of crisis. If necessary he will make arrangement of Portable lighting.
54
3.10.4 ACTION BY ADMINISTRATION DIVISION

Manager (Admn.) will also ensure proper maintenance of the communication system.
3.10.5 ACTION BY CENTRAL INDUSTRIAL SECURITY FORCE
The CISF with the help of local Police will control the crowd for peaceful salvage and
rescue operation. If the incident has taken place in the mooring area the local police will
guard the area to prevent theft of cargo from the ship.
3.10.6 ACTION BY SH. & CH. DIVISION
Shipping and Cargo handling division will make proper arrangement for storage of the
cargo salvaged and will keep proper account of the same.
To carry out assigned duties as detailed under General Arrangements.
55
3.11
RETRIEVAL OF TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT FROM DOCK WATER.

The officers of SH&CH in-Charge of the shed / berth from which the transport equipment
had fallen into dock water will raise the alarm.

The first information report of the incident should be reported to the watch room directly on
telephone / over VHF with a short message on location of the incident and if possible,
whether any casualty has occurred or likely to occur. The official will also report the
incident to shipping Control through VHF for onward transmission to the Manager (P&E),
Manager (SH&CH) and Manager (M.O).
3.11.2 ACTION BY SH&CH DIVISION

The location / berth from which the transport equipment had fallen into dock water should
be clearly marked and the place shall be cordoned off with help of CISF personnel. If a
vessel is at the berth, the feasibilities of moving the vessel to another berth for ensuring
smooth retrieval of the transport equipment is to be made in consultation with the concerned
Steamer Agents and the Marine Divisions.
3.11.3 ACTION BY MARINE OPERATIONS DIVISION
On receipt of the message, Manager (MO) will arrange to deploy his diving personnel along
with equipments to locate the under water transport equipment. The report of the diver
should be sent to the Action Team for deciding course of retrieval action.
The nominated officer of Marine Operations Division would survey the area to assess the
feasibilities of retrieving the equipment with or without the vessel, if any at the berth. If
movement of ship from the affected berth is warranted, Dy. Dock Master will arrange to
move the ship from the berth after ensuring that under water equipment will not endanger
the ship. Dy. Dock Master will also arrange to provide suitable launches thus for the
facilitating retrieval operation.
Immediately on receipt of the information, the officer in-charge of the transport equipment
would arrange for tracing the driver / other personnel engaged on the ill-fated transport
equipment. The spot should be kept clearly illuminated and it necessary portable lighting
appliances be arranged. Arrangements would aoso be made to engage suitable lifting
machinery for retrieving the transport equipment from dock water.
3.11.5 ACTION BY MEDICAL DIVISION
An ambulance with doctor and paramedical staff should immediately be made available at
the spot of the incident to provide medical aid to any person injured in the incident and for
removal of the injured to Hospital thereafter, if necessary.
56
3.12
NATURAL CALAMITIES
Type of disaster that have been covered under this action plan are :
* Severe Storm/Cyclone which may damage Port properties or personnel.
* Severe Floods which may disrupt normal functioning of Port.
*
Earthquake.
Apart from south-west monsoon which dominates Haldia region as well as the West Bengal
State from June to October, local storms of great intensity known as Norwesters are also
experienced from February to May in this region. Alipore Observatory of Indian
Meteorological Department issues weather forecast, storm warning signals and maintain
weather bulletins to ships, fishing boats and marine interests through wireless broadcasts by
Kolkata Radio.
Whenever a storm signal has been issued by Kolkata Radio the signal station would inform
GM(Ops) & Manager (M.O.) and keep in close touch with the Alipore Observatory. In case
of flood or earthquake restricted locally, the people working/residing in the vicinity
would inform the Fire Watch Room or Signal Station. In turn these stations will inform all
concerned about the incident.
3.12.2 ACTION BY MARINE DIVISION
DMD or GM(Ops) will issue directives to both Harbour Master (R) and Manager (M.O.)
regarding steps to be taken to ensure safety of shipping in the River/Port areas as also of
CPT's crafts, navigable channel/buoys etc. Tugs, Mooring Launches alongwith their crew
will be kept ready day & night to tackle any eventualities. One tug engineer will also be on
duty round the clock. Manager (M.O.)'s office would monitor round the clock till the
disaster is over.
DMD or GM(Ops) will also issue special instructions to the Master of the ships, regarding
extra precautions to be taken by ships during inclement weather.
Keep all divers under his control ready to join the combating team whenever required.
All floating crafts under his control should are properly secured and manned.
3.12.3 ACTIONS BY SHIPS AT PORT AND AT ANCHORAGES
Every crew members should be on board and no shore leave to be granted.
57
Keep close watch on VHF marine channel for weather broadcast by Kolkata Radio and
special instruction(s) issued by Port Authority. Mooring ropes should be doubled and all
ship fenders should be put out.
Master of all ships should follow the instructions, during stormy weather as detailed in
"Appendix-B" of "TIDE TABLES FOR HUGLI RIVER" for each type of storm
signal.
3.12.4 ACTION BY PORT FIRE SERVICE
In addition to the actions given in Section 2.3.2 of Chapter-2.
Upon hearing the news of flood or earthquake, the Port JAM(Fire) will send his men for
detail inspection.
Arrange for rescue of Port personnel from flood affected/quake hit areas to a safer place inconsultation with Management Group.
3.12.5 ACTION BY I&CF DIVISION
In addition to the duties as mentioned in Section 2.10 of Chapter-2.
Arrange for Bulldozer from state authorities for clearing debris at quake hit areas.
Arrange for uninterrupted supply of potable water to evacutees camp.
After the disaster become over carryout in-depth inquiry to assess the damage caused by the
flood/earthquake and report to Dy.Chairman.
For clearing debris formed due to earthquake and pumping out water from water-logged
areas he should seek the help of Haldia Municipality through Base Control.
Arrange for heavy duty pumps for pumping out water from flood-hit areas from State
authorities.
To make sure that a team is always available to tackle failure of electricity and
departmental vehicles during crisis hours.
All crane and other equipments should be firmly secured in their proper position.
Arrange for heavy duty pumps for pumping out water from flood-hit areas from State
authorities.
For clearing debris formed due to earthquake and pumping out water from water-logged
areas he should seek the help of Haldia Municipality through Base Control.
Arrange for Bulldozer from state authorities for clearing debris at quake hit areas.
58
This division will carryout a detail survey, after the disaster become over to assess the total
damage caused to its properties and equipments and send a report to Dy.Chairman.
This is in addition to the actions as stated in Section 2.9 of Chapter-2.
3.12.7 ACTION BY OTHER DIVISIONS (INTERNAL)
All the other departments whose duties have been enumerated in Chapter-2 will carryout
their assigned support actions.
3.12.8 ACTION BY MUTUAL AID AGENCIES
All the mutual aid agencies will carryout their assigned support actions as detailed in
Chapter-1. In this type of disaster, the authorities of Haldia Municipality will join hand with
combating team in rescue and relief operations to storm/flood/quake hit people. While
carrying out the operations they will also take help from various departments of Govt. of
West Bengal.
However, if entire Port areas be affected by any of the above natural calamities, the
responsibility of rescue, relief & rehabilitation of affected people and restoration of
normalcy within the Port area will rest on the Govt. of West Bengal.
3.12.9 ACTION BY ADMINISTRATION DIVISION
Arrange for food and rest to evacutees camp.
59
3.13 FIRE/EXPLOSION HAZARD AND LEAKAGE/SPILLAGE

OF OIL IN THE RAILWAY YARD
This plan covers all cases of fire/explosion and/or leakage/spillage of oil in the Railway
Yard of HDC.
The Officer-in-Charge of the concern Railway Yard will raise the alarm by communicating
the message of the incident to Watch Room, Railway Control, Traffic Control and CJP
Telephone Exchange. This station in turn will inform the nominated officers of DMP. The
Railway Manager will inform the S.E.Railway Authority and seek their assistance. The
Security personnel in charge of the concern Railway Yard will raise alarm.
By personnel on the concern yard the alarm should be raised by reporting first to Watch
Room on direct telephone and/or on non-marine VHF channel giving a short message
stating where the fire/leakage is, and if possible whether any casualties have occurred or
likely to occur. Subsequently, reporting to Railway Control, Traffic Control and CJP
Exchange.
3.13.2 ACTION BY STAFF IN THE AFFECTED YARD
The personnel at the affected yard should start fighting the fire or control of leakage through
whatever means they have under their control till the arrival of Port JAM(Fire) who will
then lead the Action Team to combat the disaster. The Officer-in-Charge of the Yard
alongwith his personnel will render all assistance to the Port Fire Service.
The Officer-in-Charge of the concern yard will handover information regarding the type of
oil being carried by the instance railway wagon to the Port JAM(Fire). In case there are
other wagons loaded with oil the same should be shifted to other areas to avoid
domino effect in consultation with Railway Manager.
3.13.3 ACTION BY STAFF AT OTHER YARD NOT AFFECTED
On hearing the report of the incidence the Officer-in-Charge of other yard should ensure
that no movement of wagon takes place towards the affected yard till the disaster becomes
over or specifically asked for by the Railway Manager.
3.13.4 ACTION BY PORT FIRE SERVICE
On hearing the news of the incidence from Watch Room the Port Fire Service should
immediately dispatch adequate number of fire tenders and foam tenders to the scene
alongwith required officials. The Port JAM(Fire) would lead his team in combating the
disaster. Simultaneously information should be communicated to local Police Station as
well as to local Fire station of WBFS with the request to remain on stand by.
This is in addition to the responsibility of Port Fire Service as given in Section 2.3 of
Chapter-2.
60
3.13.5 ACTION BY MANAGER (RLY.OPS)

The Manager (Railway Operation) should first assess the situation and if found necessary,
would contact the concern oil company and S.E.Railway Official for rendering assistance in
combating the disaster.
He should also ensure that all movements of wagon at the affected yard are ceased. Also
movement of other wagons towards the affected yard are stopped till the disaster declared
over. He should send one senior officer the scene to co-ordinate the actions of his
division and himself join the Management Group (Base Control).
3.13.6 ACTION BY OTHER INTERNAL DIVISIONS
All other internal divisions of HDC shall perform their functions as identified in Chapter-2
(General Arrangement).
3.13.7 ACTION BY CISF
On hearing the report of the incidence, one Asstt. Commandant of CISF will move to the
affected site with his team and control the crowd by cordoning off the area. They should
clear all roads leading to the affected yard with the help of local police for unhindered
movement of vehicles engaged in combating action. Vehicles which are not involved in the
combating action should not be allowed to use the approach road leading to the affected
area till the disaster become over.
3.13.8 ACTION BY RESPECTIVE OIL COMPANY
On hearing the news of the incidence the officials of oil company concern should send their
combating team to join hand with Port in fighting fire/controlling leakage. Spill control
materials should also be supplied by them. One senior officer of the oil company will join
the Base Control to co-ordinate the activities of their organisation. They should also
arrange to send empty wagon or tank lorry for transfer of oil from leaking wagon, in case of
leakage of oil from wagon.
3.13.9 ACTION BY S.E.RAILWAY AUTHORITY
S.E.Railway Authority on hearing the report of the incidence would stop all movements of
wagon to the affected yard till the disaster becomes over. If asked for, they should dispatch
empty wagon to the site for transfer operation of oil from leaky wagon to empty
wagon.
3.13.10 ACTION BY WEST BENGAL POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
In case of leakage of oil from railway wagon leading to pollution and if asked for
specifically, the Haldia Unit of WBPCB will carryout their functions as detailed in
Chapter-1.
61
3.14
FIRE HAZARD INVOLVING WORKSHOPS :

This plan applies to all workshops including loco shed, marine workshop, electrical
workshop, central workshop, central garage, G C berth, coal plant workshop and other
workshops.
3.14.1 RAISING OF ALARM:

The workshop in-charge or his Foreman will be responsible to raise the alarm during
working hours. During non-working hours or on holidays any employee of the HDC who
sees a fire or signs of a fire may raise an alarm.
* METHOD OF RAISING THE ALARM *
i)
ii)
A siren with a distinct undulating tone will be sounded at regular intervals.

Telephone call will be made and fire reported to the Watch Room and to Plant &
Equipment Divisions office. However, if fire occurs at Marine workshop Manager
(Marine) shall be contacted.
3.14.2 ACTION BY PERSONNEL AT SITE :

The workshop in charge will :i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
see that power supply to workshop is switched off,

take action to see that all the machineries are stopped,
make sure that all heat and fire processes are extinguished,
the fire will be attacked with fire fighting appliances provided in the workshop until
the arrival of the Port Fire Unit,
make sure that all gas cylinders are removed from the workshop and placed in an
open area at a safe distance from the affected area,
the Workshop-in-Charge or his assistant will collect the attendance register for the
day and any other important papers, as deemed necessary,
all workshop personnel who are not required for fire fighting or are not assigned any
other duties will go to an open area of safety and will remain there till the arrival of
their in-charge,
the workshop in charge, after the Port Fire Unit has taken over from him the Fire
Fighting action will go to the area where his men are assembled and will take
attendance in order to account for all personnel. If any workmen are missing, the
same will be reported to fire service personnel.
3.14.3 ACTION BY PORT FIRE UNIT

The Watch Room on receipt of the alarm will dispatch all Fire Units available at the site.
Local fire station (W.B.) will be requested to send their fire tender to the site, if found
necessary.
62
Local police station will also be informed and necessary assistance may be asked for.
The other fire units will be kept in readiness for sending to the scene, if found necessary.
3.14.4 ACTION BY OTHER DIVISIONS :
Arrangements (Chapter-2), will carry out the assigned support action.
63
3.15
GAS LEAKAGE AT OIL JETTY

This section deals with the leakages of flammable/toxic gas while handling gas tankers at
first oil jetty.
3.15.1 RAISING OF ALARM :

Responsibility
Responsibility of raising of alarm in case of leakage of flammable/toxic gas rests with the
Master of the tankers. Also the representative of the importer/exporter who supervises the
loading/unloading operation may also raise the alarm.
Method
The alarm should be raised by informing the Port Control through VHF and/or through
direct telephone. Port Control will in turn inform Port Fire Service, GM (Op), MMOH and
OSD (Oil Jetty). GM (Op) will then inform Dy.Chairman.
3.15.2 ACTION BY TANKER AT THE AFFECTED BERTH :
Master of tanker will arrange stoppage of cargo pumps and isolate leakage, if the same is on
his tanker. As a prudent seaman he will arrange to spray water with the ships fire fighting
equipment till the arrival of Port Fire Service and fire float tug.
He will keep constant touch with MMOH through VHF/walkie talkie for mutual assistance.
He will arrange to sail out from jetty urgently, if so asked by MMOH.
3.15.3 ACTION BY TANKER AT ADJACENT BERTH :
On hearing the message of gas leakage at adjacent berth, the Master will ensure that his ship
is not in the downwind direction of leakage.
He will keep all his fire fighting equipment stand by and remove all ignition sources.
He will remain standby on Marine VHF channel and to act as directed by MMOH including
vacating the jetty/berth at short notice.
3.15.4 ACTION BY IMPORTER/EXPORTER :
Importer/exporter of the relevant cargo, that has leaked will immediately arrange for
stoppage of cargo pumping, isolation of leakage and repair of leakage. They will coordinate with Pollution Control Board officials to evaluate risk to population &
environment. They will give a copy of MSDS to the leader of Action team. One senior
member will join the Management Team at Control room and assist the combating action.
64
3.15.5 ACTION BY MARINE DIVISION :

On instruction from MMOH, the OSD (Oil Jetty) proceed to the site for assessment of the
emergency and ask for stoppage of cargo operation.
MMOH directs Master of tanker to prepare for sailing out.
If necessary MMOH, in consultation with OSD (Oil Jetty) who is in the scene of incidence
by then, will instruct the available tug to proceed towards the affected area with her fire
fighting appliances stand by.
Being the leader of the Action team, MMOH will fight the emergency with the
active assistance of PFS and other divisions. MMOH will maintain constant liaison with the
Management team at Control room.
3.15.6 ACTION BY PORT FIRE SERVICE (PFS) :
Upon receiving the message, Fire Officer will immediately despatch one fire tender on the
scene of incidence and subsequently join the action team.
Assist the ships staff and/or importer/exporters staff to isolate the leak. Arrange to spray
water for suppression of released gas. Inform CISF to stop all vehicles in the adjacent road
except emergency vehicles. In the event of released gas catch fire use foam, DCP or water,
as necessary for fighting fire.
Inform WBFS and sought their assistance.
3.15.7 ACTION BY ADMINISTRATION DIVISION :
On receiving the information of gas leakage, Manager (Admn) will ascertain the extent of
leakage, whether leakage is brought under control and prevailing wind speed & direction.
Depending upon the information gathered, he will arrange informing the public located in
down wind direction for stoppage of all ignition sources and closing of their
doors/windows. Before informing to public, as above, he will consult with Dy.Chairman &
GM (Op). Information to the public may be given with the assistance of local Police
Station, Port Security & CISF. He will also inform ADM (Haldia), SDPO (Haldia) about
the incidence and the action taken and sought their assistance.

3.15.9 ACTION BY CISF, HDC UNIT :
CISF personnel on the jetty will cordon off the area of leakage, if the same is on the jetty.
They will control all vehicular traffic in the area except emergency vehicle. They will co65
ordinate with Administration division to inform public about the incidence. Maintain
constant contact with Management Team and assist management to combat emergency.
3.15.10 ACTION BY OTHER MUTUAL AID PARTIES :
All the mutual aid parties will assist HDC, as has been contemplated and detailed in General
Arrangements (Chapter 2.0), to fight the emergency.
66
3.16
EMERGENCY DUE TO WAR/TERRORISM

This section deals with the actions necessary at times of war/terrorism.
3.16.1 DECLARATION OF WAR :

Responsibility and Method
Honble President and/or Prime Minister declare an war. The message of declaration of war
is communicated through official channel and also through media.
On having the message of declaration of war the Chairman, KoPT issues a state of alert in
all departments/divisions/sections of KoPT. All employees of KoPT will act accordingly to
save life and property of employees and the Port and maintains the code of conduct issued
from time to time.
3.16.2 ACTION BY MARINE DIVISION :
All vessels at either inside dock basin or at oil jetties or at anchorage to observe blackout
during night and keep their engines cool. Only minimum possible generator shall be kept
on.
Master of all vessels should follow Naval instructions and pass on the messages to inbound
vessels for anchoring and inspection. Master of all Indian flag vessels to report to Navy.
Advice all inbound vessels not to make nighttime entry into port. Vessels are only allowed
after checking and clearance by Naval staff.
3.16.3 ACTION BY SHIPPING AND CARGO HANDLING DIVISION :
Manager ( Sh. & Ch.) will issue an instruction to al concern stating stoppage of all cargo
work after sunset.
All dangerous cargo shall be shifted to isolated place till their delivery.
He will ensure that workers within close proximity of dangerous cargo are shifted to safer
place. All other workers to move out of port area during night.
Commandant, CISF will issue BLACK OUT instructions and implement in whole of port
including residential areas. Port security will assist in such an endeavour.
He will ensure night patrolling in all areas of HDC.
He will develop air raid shelters and issue air raid exercise viz.,
(i)
lie prostrate under tables away from windows during air raids,
(ii)
during missile attack move to special shelters etc.
67
3.16.5 ACTION BY PORT HOSPITAL :

All ambulances and first-aid staffs shall be kept in readiness.
3.16.6 ACTION BY I&CF AND P&E DIVISIONS :
Manager (I&CF) and Manager (P&E) wil ensure essential services are working during day
and night.
Manager (P&E) will lision with WBSEB officials for uninterrupterd power supply.
Manager (I&CF) will ensure his damage control staffs are in stand by duty. He will
coordinate with Commandant, CISF to erect air raid shelters.
68
3.17
EMERGENCY DUE TO BOMB THREAT

This section deals with the actions necessary at the time of receiving any bomb threat which
is generally over phone.
3.17.1 RAISING OF ALARM :

Responsibility and Method
Any person who receives a phone call about implanting any bomb within port premises will
communicate his fellow college, without disconnecting the phone. The fellow employee will
then inform telephone operator and his divisional head immediately. The telephone operator
will note down the telephone number, if available, from which the phone was made and
record it as well. He will also inform CISF control, GM (OP) and Manager (Admn.) about
the threat.
3.17.2 ACTION BY PERSON RECEIVING THE CALL :
The person receiving the call will ensure the followings :
keep caller on phone as long as possible,

ask colleague to inform telephone operator to trace & record call,
ask from caller the bomb location, time to detonate, type of a bomb, how does it look,
ask about his knowledge about the bomb,
ask whom does he represent, why he is doing such an act to kill innocent people,
try to adjudge background noises like music, airport, railway, factory, telephone booth, or
residence to trace the place of call
check voice characteristics of the caller : Male/Female; Voice Quality :calm/excited/anger;
Age of caller; Accent : local/out of state/ foreign / disguised; Speech impediment : stammer
/slow /educated/ laughing/deliberate /familiar,
inform security above detail through controlling officer.
3.17.3 ACTION BY DIVISION/OFFICE RECEIVING THE CALL :

The head of the office or the division receiving the call will ensure the following before arrival of
the CISF/Police team : conduct search for the bomb,
mobilise teams to look for clockwork devices,
do not disturb the environment,
use flashlights while entering dark rooms,
do not move or touch suspicious objects,
open all doors/windows to avoid glass splinters,
place sand bags and mattress around bomb-do not cover,
identify danger area-block it off with 100m clear zone,
evacuate the area,
69
Appraise Chairman, Dy.Chairman, GM (OP) and Manager (Admn.) about the contemplated
action.
Cordon off the threatened area for search and/ or rescue operations.
Plan for partial/total evacuation of the threatened area in consultation with GM (OP) and
Manager (Admn.) or the relevant head of division.
Designate a team for bomb search and/or rescue operation.
Solicit assistance from local police having sniffer dogs.
70
ANNEXURE - II
Brief Responsibilities of Important Port Personnel :

*
Dy. Chairman/G.M.(M&S)/G.M.(Ops.) and Manager(M.O).

-
Manager (MM).
-
Inform Chairman, CPT about the incidence and combating action.

Inform Chief Secretary(GOWB) through Chairman, Home secretary, D.G(West Bengal
Police) and D.M.(Midnapore) in case of warning for severe Natural Calamities.
Establish Control Room.
Declare on site/off site disaster.
Approve information to media.
Co-ordinate with Mutual-Aid parties.
Mobilise internal work force.
Communicate MOST and other concern Ministries through Chairman about the disaster
and action taken to combat it.
Procure fire-fighting chemicals, petrol, diesel, personal protective equipments and other
essential stores.
Monitor stock of all fire fighting resources, chemicals.
Send personnel protective equipments to Action Team.
Manager (MO) in his absence Dy. Dock Master.

- Arrange Diving personnel and equipment.
- Prepare ships to vacate harbour.
- Arrange to segregate cargo in the affected ship.
- Co-ordinate with Ship Owner/Agents.
- Arrange to despatch floating at the scene of incidence, if required.
Harbour Master (R).

- Take action for safety of ships within river.
- Check position of channel buoys during high seas.
- Co-ordinate with Ship's Master.
Manager(Admn.).
-
Arrange for evacuation/rehabilitation of affected personnel.

Ensure supply of foods to affected Port Personnel and their accommodation.
Arrange to communicate with relatives of affected Port Personnel.
Mobilise vehicles for personnel & equipments.
Set-up Information Centre at his office.
Maintain close contact with Base Control.
Liaison with media.
Ensure functioning of essential communication facilities.
71
Manager(Finance).
-
Arrange for finance to meet the disaster requirements.
Deputy Manager (M.O).

- In-charge of Action Team, whenever ship is related to disaster.
- Liaison with ship's Master.
- Maintain constant contact with Control Room.
Port JAM(Fire) (FSO).

-
In-charge of all fire fighting operation and evacuation operation.

Maintain constant contact with Base Control.
Assess aid required from W.B. Fire Service and ask for the assistance as and when required.
Should see that the fire stations should be well equipped with water tenders, foam tenders,
Disaster tenders, jeep tenders, fire pumps, protective clothings, gas masks, sorbent
materials, oil dispersants, B.A. sets various types of hoses & hydrant fittings, ladders,
cutting gears etc.
Inform requirements of fire fighting chemicals & equipments to Manager(MM) and arrange
to collect the same.
Inform local Police Station about the incident.
Manager(P&E)
- Arrange to maintain & repair essential mechanical equipment.
- Liaison with WBSEB & CESC for continuous power supply to affected area.
- Ensure supply of departmental vehicles/cargo handling equipment.
- Co-ordinate with ship owner/agents.
- Continue or disrupted cargo operation in and around the affected area in-consultation with
Marine Department.
Manager(Sh.&Ch.)
-
Arrange to mobilise yard personnel.

Arrange to segregate cargo in the affected sheds.
Prepare consolidated list of dangerous goods stored within affected area.
Arrange to protect other cargo.
Co-ordinate with ship owner/agents.
Continue or disrupted cargo operation in and around the affected area in-consultation with
Marine Department.
Manager(Rly.)
-
Arrange to mobilise yard personnel.

Arrange to segregate wagons in the affected lines/yards.
Arrange to protect other wagons.
Prepare consolidated list of wagons lying within the affected area.
72
Co-ordinate with officials of S.E.Railways regarding movement/regulation of trains to/from

HDC railway system.
Manager(Env.) / Anti-Pollution Officer.

- Arrange anti-pollution equipments.
- Liaison with Pollution Control Board
Dy. Manager(M.E)
- Arrange to mobilise Tugs, Mooring Launches etc. along with their crew.
- Arrange to send Anti-Pollution vessel to the site of pollution.
- Arrange one Tug Engineer for round the clock duty till disaster is over.
Commandant, C.I.S.F.
- Arrange to regulate traffic inside the port.
- Control and disperse crowd.
- Liaison with Kolkata Police/West Bengal Police.
Medical Superintendent.
-
Liaison with outside hospitals.

Arrange to send port ambulances.
Liaison with St. John Ambulance.
Set up first-aid posts near the place of incident.
Arrange for treatment of affected persons.
Set-up Casualty Receiving Cell.
Manager(I&CF).
- Arrange to start firewater pumps.
- Mobilise work force.
- Distribute damage control material.
Manager(P&IR)
-
Inform family members of dock workers involved in an accident/disaster.

Co-ordinate for quick medicare facilities to the affected dock worker
Take steps as per Dock Workers Act, 1990.
Liaison with Unions.
Safety Officer (Jr.).

- Assist Action team in case fire involving oil/chemical and gas leakage.
73
ANNEXURE-III
BASE AND FORWARD CONTROL:
A.
BASE CONTROL :
The responsibility of overall co-ordination of all operations dealing with any disaster rests
with the Base Control.
In addition, the Base Control has a responsibility for all aspects of the operations, which
affect or may affect the operations of the Port. Base Control should make regular contact
with the Ship Owner/Agent for finalisation of all demurrage claims. Also responsible for
close co-ordination with the mutual aid participants and to seek necessary assistance as and
when required.
Instruments that should be available at Base Control will include VHF sets (marine & nonmarine), Walkie-Talkie, Telephone (extension, direct & hot line), P.A system, white board
& flip chart with sketch pen, disaster lights, torches etc.
The following will be the members of the Base Control:
1. Deputy Chairman,
2. General Manager (M&S) and General Manager (OPS),
3. Manager (M.O),
4. Manager(Admn.),
5. Manager(I&CF),
6. Manager(P&E),
7. Manager(MM),
8. Manager(Sh.& Ch.),
9. Manager(Rly.),
10. Manager(Finance),
11. Medical Superintendent,
12. Commandant,C.I.S.F.,
13. Representative of I.O.C,
14. Representative of Coast Guard,
15. Representatives of various State Government Bodies,
16. Representatives of Ship owner/ agents.
B.
FORWARD CONTROL :
Chief responsibility of the Forward Control is to combat the disaster with the available
resources. Also to maintain close contact with Base Control to give regular situation reports
and asks for all sorts of assistance as and when required. Forward Control Post should be
set-up in the Jeep of Port Fire Service, which is very close to the scene.
Communications
to Base Control and others will be made from here.
74
The following are the members of Forward Control :

1. Deputy Manager(M.O).
2. Port JAM(Fire) (FSO) along with his team.
3. Safety Officer (JR) under Manager (P&IR).
4. Nominated officer of P & E Division.
5. Nominated officer of I & C F Division.
6. Nominated officer of SH. & Ch. Division.
7. Nominated officer of Railway Division.
8. Nominated officer of Medical Division.
9. Nominated officer of C.I.S.F,HDC unit.
10. Nominated officers from external bodies involved.
75
ANNEXURE-IV
INFORMATIONCENTRE
(Structure)
Internal Deptt.
External Deptt.
1. Manager(Admn.), In-charge.
1. Representative of
Police Authority.
2. Representative of P.F.S.
Ship owner/Agent.
C.I.S.F, HDC unit.
Company
Concerned
Oil
4. Representative of P&IR Divn.

Functions :
* Liaison with media.
*
Inform families of affected Port personnel.
Issue Press Release in-consultation with Management Group.
Send regular situation report to Chairman's cell at Kolkata and District Magistrate (Midnapore)
for appraisal of Government and Public.
76
ANNEXURE-V
FIRE FIGHTING MEDIUM OF VARIOUS LIQUID CHEMICALS

HANDLED THROUGH HALDIA DOCK COMPLEX.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Benzene :
Fire Extinguishing Media
Foam, Carbon dioxide, Dry Chemical Powder.
Special Procedure
Keep the containers cool by spraying water if exposed to

fire, heat or flame.
Unusual Hazards
Flash back along vapour trail may occur.
Dry Chemical, Foam, and Carbon dioxide.
Fire Fighting Procedure
Wear Protective equipment including respiratory

protection, cool fire exposed containers by spraying with
water, stop discharge if possible.
Water (spray or fog) is best.
Stop flow of gas. Use water to keep fire-exposed

containers cool and protect men affecting shut
off. It poses moderate fire and explosion hazard when
exposed to heat or flame. If gas is leaking or tanks are
heavily exposed to heat, evacuate surrounding area and
the area down wind. Fire fighting personnel need selfcontained breathing apparatus with full-face piece and full
protective clothing.
Dry Chemical Powder, Carbon dioxide.
SKO/Diesel Oil (HSD) :
Aqueous Ammonia :
Butene-1 :
77
5.
6.
7.
Shut off the gas flow. Approach from upwind side.

Do not approach horizontal Butene tanks from ends.
Water can disperse But vapour. If possible and no risk to
surroundings let fire burnt out the gas. Keep cylinder cool
by spraying with water. Fight fire from sheltered location.
Unusual Fire and

Explosion Hazards
Butene is heavier than air and will sink into low-lying

areas. Butene liquid floats on water and boil off
vapour. Visible flammable cloud is produced which may
explode.
Foam, Carbon dioxide, Dry Chemicals.
Special Procedure
Wear respiratory protection. Stay upwind.

tanks/drums cool by spraying with water.
Unusual hazards
Vapour may explode if ignited in enclosed area.

Floats on water and flammable irritating vapour are
produced. Agitation, flowing, stirring etc. can cause buildup of electrostatic charge due to low conductivity.
Carbon dioxide, Dry Chemical Powder, Foam. Never

spray water on liquid.
Special Procedure
Stop flow of gas. Keep the containers cool by spraying

water if exposed to heat or flame.
Unusual Hazards
: Flash back along the vapour trail may occur.
N-Hexane :
Keep
Butadiene :
Liquefied Petroleum Gas(LPG) :
Water fog, Dry Chemical Powder, Carbon dioxide.
Special Procedure
Allow LPG to burn unless controlled. Keep containers

cool by spraying water if exposed to heat or flame.
78
Unusual Hazards
8.
9.
Carbon dioxide, Dry Chemical Powder, Foam. Do not use

water jet.
Special Procedure
Keep the containers cool by spraying water, if exposed

to heat or flame.
Unusual Hazards
Use Dry Chemical, Foam or Carbon dioxide. Water spray

may be used to cool fire exposed containers.
Fire Fighting Procedures
This flammable liquid has dangerous fire hazard and

vapour form explosive mixtures with air. Heavier than air
vapour can flow along ground surfaces to distant ignition
sources and flash back.
Naptha :
P-Xylene :
Fire fighting personnel should use full protective clothing,

eye protection and self-contained breathing apparatus.
10.
Motor Spirit :
Use Carbon dioxide, foam or dry chemical. Do not use

water jet.
Special Procedure
If possible remove receptacles likely to be

involved or keep them cool with copious quantities of
water.
Were Protective gloves, boots and breathing

apparatus when dealing with fire. Avoid all sources
of ignition (e.g. naked lights, unprotected light
bulbs, electric hand tools).
79
ANNEXURE -VI
FIRST-AID MEASURES IN CASE OF EXPOSURE
TO HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS DURING HANDLING
Name of Chemical
Naptha
Eye Contact
Irrigate with plenty of water for 15 minutes.
Skin Contact
Wipe off and wash the affected area with soap and water.
Inhalation
Maintain respiration, give oxygen if required aspiration.
Ingestion
Do not induce vomiting for any type of exposure. Seek

medical aid immediately.
Name of Chemical
N-Hexane/Motor Sprit(M.S)
Eye Contact
Irrigate with plenty of water for 15 minutes.
Skin Contact
Remove the contaminated clothes and wash the affected

area with plenty of water and soap.
Inhalation
Remove the victim from the exposed area and if breathing

is irregular or stopped, start resuscitation. Administer
oxygen, if necessary.
Ingestion
Do not induce vomiting. For any exposure seek medical

aid immediately.
Name of Chemical
Butadiene
Eye Contact
Wash thoroughly for 15 minutes with water.
Skin Contact
Remove the wetted clothes and wash the affected area

thoroughly with water and soap.
Inhalation
Remove the victim to fresh air area, start resuscitation.

Seek medical aid immediately for any type of exposure.
Name of Chemical
Benzene
Eye Contact
Flush thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15

minutes. If irritation persists, secure medical attention
immediately.
Skin Contact
Remove immediately contaminated clothing, move to

fresh air, report to medical centre.
80
Inhalation
Immediately remove the patient to fresh

physician.
Ingestion
Call physician immediately. Never give anything by

mouth to an unconscious person.
Name of Chemical
Inhalation
:
:
Butene-1
Remove the victims to fresh air area. Give oxygen, if
required. If eyes and skin are affected, wash with plenty
of water. Seek medical aid immediately.
Name of Chemical
L.P.G.
Inhalation
Remove the victim to fresh air area. If eyes and skin are
affected, wash with plenty of water. Seek medical aid
immediately.
Name of Chemical
Aqueous Ammonia
Eye Contact
Flush with lots of running water immediately and

continue at least 15 minutes including under the eyelids.
Contact
physician
immediately,
preferably
an
Ophthalmologist. Quick and thoroughness in rinsing eyes
is important to avoid permanent injury.
Skin Contact
Immediately flush with water and remove contaminated

clothing. Get medical assistance if irritation persists or
large portion of skin affected.
Inhalation
Remove promptly to fresh air. Restore and/or support

breathing if required. Keep the victim warm and at rest.
Call physician. Have trained person administer oxygen.
Name of Chemical
SKO/Diesel Oil(H.S.D)/P-Xylene
Eye Contact
Flush immediately with plenty of water for at least 15

minutes. Get medical attention.
Skin Contact
Remove contaminated clothing promptly; wash affected

area with large quantities of soapy water. If irritation
persists get medical attention.
Inhalation
Remove victim to fresh air. Restore breathing and give

oxygen if required. Get medical attention if symptoms
persist or nausea/collapse has occurred.
81
air and call
ANNEXURE -VII
GUIDELINE FOR TREATMENT OF PATIENTS
EXPOSED TO HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
(based on MSDS & MFAG recommendations)
Name of Chemicals : Butene-1/n-Hexane/Butadiene/P-Xylene.
General Information :
These chemicals act mainly on the nervous system causing drowsiness and unconsciousness. In
high concentration they are irritants to the skin and lungs.
Exposure and Symptoms
Suggested Treatment
Skin Contact :
There may be redness and irritation.
Blisters can form in severe cases.
Disaster Treatment : Refer section 8.1 of MFAG.
Eye Contact :
Inhalation :
At low concentration there is a cough,
soreness of the throat, sneezing and
mild shortness of breath. In more
severe cases, bronchitis and pneumonia
may occur after 24 hours. In very
severe exposure, shortness of breath
with frothy sputum (Pulmonary
Edema) can occur. If the chemical is
absorbed through the lungs there will
be drowsiness, mental agitation or
unconsciousness. Convulsions are a
rare complication.

Pulmonary Edema : Refer section 6.1.2 of MFAG.
Bronchitis : Refer section 6.1.3 of MFAG.
Pneumonia : Refer section 6.1.4 of MFAG.
Convulsions : Refer section 6.3.2 of MFAG.
Mental Agitation : Refer section 6.3.3 of MFAG.
Ingestion :
This is unlikely to occur, but
unconsciousness may follow after
severe case of ingestion. Nausea and
vomiting is likely to occur.
Fumes may be inhaled from these
chemicals after ingestion, producing
the same symptoms as for inhalation
82
(see above).
Name of Chemicals : Naptha/L.P.G./Motor Spirit(M.S)/S.K.O.
(Superior Kerosene Oil)/Diesel Oil (H.S.D)
General Information :
These chemicals produce toxic fumes which may cause asphyxia. They also have a direct action on
the nervous system.
Suggested Treatment
Skin Contact :
There may be mild redness and
irritation.
Eye Contact :
There may be mild redness and
irritation.
Inhalation :
In low concentration, early symptoms
will be confusion, headaches, dizziness
and nausea. In high concentration, there
will be a rapid onset on mental
confusion,
"drunken
behavior",
unconsciousness
and
rarely,
convulsions. Pneumonia may develop
after 24 hours.

Convulsions : Refer section 6.3.2 of MFAG.
Pneumonia : Refer section 6.1.4 of MFAG.
Mental Confusion : Refer section 6.3.3 of MFAG.
Ingestion :
There will be nausea and vomiting with
irritation in the mouth and throat.
Drowsiness may occur Fumes can be
inhaled from the stomach following
ingestion causing bronchitis.

83
Name of Chemical : Benzene

General information :
This chemical has a strong depressive effect on the nervous system causing unconsciousness.
Prolonged and repeated exposure may cause damage to the blood. If exposure is suspected, a
sample of urine should be analysed. Death may occur in severe exposure.
Suggested Treatment
Skin Contact :
There may be redness and irritation. It
is absorbed through the skin producing
symptoms similar to those of inhalation
(see below).
Eye Contact :
Inhalation :
In low concentration, there will be
nausea, headache and vomiting. In
higher concentrations there may be a
staggering walk and mental confusion.
Very severe exposure may result in
unconsciousness and death.
Ingestion :
This is unlikely to occur, but will cause
symptoms similar to those of inhalation
(see above).
84
Name of Chemical : Aqueous Ammonia

General information :
Ammonia gas and solutions containing Ammonia have severe corrosive properties which can affect
skin and lungs (if swallowed). They have a strong Pungent odour. Liquid anhydrous Ammonia and
concentrated solution cause severe damages to the skin and eyes. Death may also occur in case of
severe exposure.
Suggested Treatment
Skin Contact :
Chemical burns may occur.
Eye Contact :
There may be redness and severe
irritation. Chemical burn can occur
and there may be temporary loss of
vision. Permanent damage to the eye
can also occur.
IMMEDIATE ACTION IS REQUIRED

IN CASE OF EYE CONNTACT.
Inhalation :
Mild exposure
usually results in
irritation of the mouth, nose and throat
There may be cough, fever and
shortness of breath. Severe exposure
can cause breathlessness with frothy
sputum (pulmonary edema), wheezing,
chest pain and circulatory collapse.
Bronchitis may be a complication.

Pulmonary Edema : Refer section 6.1.2 of MFAG.
Circulatory Collapse : Refer section 6.2.1 of MFAG.
Wheezing : If wheezing occurs give 2 Puffs of
salbutamol inhaler every 2 hours until the Patient
improves.
Ingestion :
This is unlikely to occur. There will be
nausea and vomiting and in severe
cases, blood may be vomited and
perforation of the gut may occur.

Perforation of Gut : Refer section 6.4.4 of MFAG.
Internal Bleeding : Refer section 6.4.3 of MFAG.
Relevant sections of Medical First-Aid Guideline (MFAG) as prepared by International

Maritime Organisation (IMO) are appended.
85
ANNEXURE -VIII
ADDRESSES & TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF BARGE OWNERS
SL.
NO.
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE NO.
Office
220-2321
439-7332
Residence
7357
2381
464-5447
464-4024
240-2765
247-2630
Punam Chand Suntwal,

233/1, Maharshi Debendra Road,
Kolkata 700 007.
238-6327
238-2275
238-6327
238-2275
5.
P.K. Mittra,
142/12 Sivogopal Banerjee Lane,
Salkia, Howrah 711 106.
655-7241
655-9610
6.
Pradeep Boating Co.,

233/1, Maharshi Debendra Road,
Kolkata 700 007.
238-6327
655-5818(works)
238-2275
7.
Pattra & Co.,

166/1Shri Ram Dhang Road,
Salkia, Howrah.
655-6015
8.
Pattra Brothers,
166/1Shri Ram Dhang Road,
Salkia, Howrah.
655-6015
9.
Bhagabati Boating & Co.,

166/1 Shri Ram Dhang Road.
Salkia, Howrah.
655-6015
1.
M/s CIWTC LTD.,

6, Gardenreach Road (T. T. Road),
Kolkata 700
2.
Vivada Inland Waterways Ltd.,

P 468/B,CIT Scheme (Keyatala)
Ph: 464 3691.
3.
Prem Chand Gupta,

2/C, Yogipara Bye Lane,
Kolkata 700 006.
4.
86
10.
Bela Debi,
165 J.N.Mukherjee Road,
Howrah 711 106.
SL.
NO.
ADDRESS
655-947
TELEPHONE NO.
Office
-
Residence
-
334-9085
11.
Rosan Zadi,
2 Nawab Badruddin Street,
Kolkata 700 073.
12.
Radha Boating & Co.,

P/1 Mukharam Kannnoria Road,
Howrah.
13.
Bhiki Devi Suntwal,

233/1 J.N.Mukherjee Road,
Ghusuri Howrah.
14.
Port Marine Works,

62/b/7 J.N. Mukherjee Road,
Ghusuri Howrah.
15.
Eastern Navigation
23 0541
(3 lines)
44 9620
LIST OF COMPANIES HAVING OIL BARGES

Sl.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Name
M/s C.I.W.T.C.
Ltd.
M/s Vivada
Inland
Waterways Ltd.
M/s H.P.C.L.
A.B.C. & Son's
Ltd.
India Trading
Co.
Under Water
Services
Atlantic
Shipping
Pvt.Ltd.
No. of Nonpropelled Oil

Craft
-
Carrying
Capacity
(MT)
-
No. of
Propelled
Oil Craft
2
150
10
120
470-1835
2450
650
1400
400-9976
400-4553
554-849
554-9104
-
1100
223-1959
458-5720
87
Carrying
Telephone
Capacity
Number
(MT)
Office
Res.
2700
439-7332/ 2477357
2630
7390
464-5447
464-4024
8.
HEDE
Serominas Pvt.
Ltd.
88
1050
9831025572
(Mobile)
ANNEXURE-VII
Land-use report prepared by
RRSC-East, Kolkata
ANNEXURE-VIII
Oil Spill Management of
Haldia Port
ANNEXURE-IX
Approved TOR
F.N 0.11-44/2014- IA.III

Government of India
Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change
(lA.III Section)
Indira Paryavaran Bhawan,
Jor Bagh Road,
New Delhi - 110 003.
Dated: 13th March, 2015
To
The President,
Mis Aegis Logistics Ltd.,
502, 5th Floor, Skylon GIDC Char Rasta,
Dist. Valsad, Vapi, Gujarat -195
Subject: Development of Cryogenic LPG import, Storage and Distribution Facility along
with allied infrastructure
at J.L No. 140 &138,Haldia Dock Complex,
MauzaJagat Chak, Village Durgachak, Dist: Purba Medinipur, West Bengal by
Mis Aegis Logistics Ltd. - Terms of Reference (ToR) - Reg.
Sir,
This has reference to your letter No. Nil dated 16.10.2014 forwarding along with
application seeking for Terms of Reference for the aforesaid project and subsequent letter dated
27.01.2015.
2.
The proposal was considered by the EAC in its meeting held on 6th
and the proponent has informed that:
ih
January, 2015
Aegis proposes to develop a terminal at Haldia Dock Complex with the tank form for
import, storage and distribution of LPG/ propane and Butane along with allied
infrastructure like jetty, pumps, compressors, pipelines and loading gantries. Total area
involved is 16265 sqm with built up area of3612 sqm.
11. There is no processing and manufacturing involved.
111. Two tanks of 12500 MT for Cryogenic Atmospheric
tanks with double wall double
containment type and 2 pressurised tanks of 50 MT for Condensate collection are
proposed.
IV. The estimated pipeline will be 2 number of 12" dia of approximately 6 km long.
v. Normally the evacuation of the product from the terminal is planned by road through the
licensed vehicles for the transport of LPG/ propane/Butane.
VI. It is also planning for evacuation by Railways in future by extending the railway line and
creating the Rail Loading Gantry, if feasible.
VII. Land use plan approved by the Board of Trustees for the Port of Kolkata. The Project
plot has been leased by Kolkata Port Trust (KoPT) in favour of Mis Aegis Logistics Ltd.
which is located in the industrial zone of Haldia Dock Complex. This is to further
confirm that the land owned by it under Section-l23 of the Major Port Trust Act, 1963.
Besides, the Tariff Authority for Major Ports, under Section-49 of the said MPT Act,
1963 has approved Scale of Rates of rent and conditionality in respect of different zonal
1.
TOR~"gi~:~:,~:ia ~mplex,
KolkataPortTrustwhichincludesIndustrialZone
, 1 of 4
pag
There are a number of industries running adjacent to plot which among others include
Bharat Petroleum, United Phosphorus (Shaw Wallace), WBIIDC, Hindustan Petroleum,
Indian Oil Refinery, Tata Steel Ltd. (Coke Oven Plant), Tata Chemicals Ltd and Haldia
Petrochemicals.
IX. Wildlife issues: It is not located within 10 km of Eco-Sensitive Zone.
x. Forest land: No forest land involved in the project.
Xl. There are no court cases/violation pending with the project proponent.
V111.
3.
The Committee has taken a note of the submissions
recommended for exemption of the Public Hearing.
of the Project Proponent and
4.
The Project Proponent as a follow-up the submissions in the EAC, submitted vide letter
No. AdlEI1200lAEGIS/6783
dated 28.01.2015 that land use plan was approved by the Board of
Trustees for the Port of Kolkata. The project plot has been leased by Kolkata Port Trust (KoPT)
in favour of Mis Aegis Logistics Ltd. which is located in the industrial zone of Haldia Dock
Complex. There are number of industries situated adjacent to this project site and therefore
requested for exemption of Public Hearing.
5.
The EXRert Appraisal Committee (EAC) has considered the proposal in its 143rd meeting
held on 6th - i January, 2015 and recommended for the TOR with the following specific TOR
with general conditions for preparation of the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report
and Environment Management Plan (EMP) in respect of the Development of Cryogenic LPG
import, Storage and Distribution Facility along with allied infrastructure
at J.L No. 140
&138,Haldia
Dock Complex, MauzaJagat
Chak, Village Durgachak,
Dist: Purba
Medinipur, West Bengal by Mis Aegis Logistics Ltd:
(i)
Copy of layout superimposed on the HTLIL TL map demarcated by an authorized

agency on 1:4000 scale along with the recommendation of the SCZMA be
submitted.
(ii)
Details of the various applicable regulations including safety regulations along

with the proposed compliances. Also details of safety aspects associated with
handling of LPG vis-a-Vis other cargo in other facilities within the port be
submitted.
(iii)
Details of the Hazop analysis be submitted.
(iv)
Layout along with the port boundary be submitted.
(v)
Details of Risk Assessment, Disaster Management Plan including emergency

evacuation during natural and man-made disaster like floods, cyclone, tsunami
and earth quakes etc. be submitted.
(vi)
Layout superimposed on the HTLIL TL map demarcated by an authorized agency

on 1:4000 scale along with the recommendation of the SCZMA be submitted.
(vii)
Details of Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan

with parameters and costs be submitted.
(viii)
Details of the fishing activity and likely impact due to the activity be submitted.
ToR_Aegis_Logistics Ltd.
Page 2 of4
(ix)
Details of land breakup along with land use plan and Details of green belt
development be submitted.
(x)
Details of solid/liquid wastes generation and their management be submitted.
(xi)
Water requirement, source, impact on competitive users.
(xii)
Details of the eco-sensitive areas, if any, be submitted.
(xiii)
Details of Oil Spill Contingent Management Plan be submitted.
General Guidelines
(i)
The EIA document shall be printed on both sides, as for as possible.
(ii)
All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.
(iii)
Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated.
(iv)
Authenticated English translation of all material provided in Regional languages.
(v)
The letter/application for EC should quote the MoEF&CC

attach a copy of the letter prescribing the TOR.
(vi)
The copy of the letter received from the Ministry on the TOR prescribed for the
project should be attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.
(vii)
The final EIA-EMP report submitted to the Ministry must incorporate the issues
in TOR. The index of the final EIA-EMP report, must indicate the specific
chapter and page no. of the EIA-EMP Report where the specific TOR prescribed
by Ministry. Questionnaire related to the project (posted on MoEF&CC website)
with all sections duly filled in shall also be submitted at the time of applying for
EC.
(viii)
Grant of TOR does not mean grant ofEC.
(ix)
Grant of TORIEC to the present project does not mean grant of approvals in other
regulations such as the Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 or the Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972.
(x)
Grant of EC is also subject to Circulars issued under the EIA Notification 2006.
which are available on the MoEF&CC website: www.envfor.nic.in.
(xi)
The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with NABET/QCI shall be

specifically mentioned. The consultant shall certify that his accreditation is for
the sector for which this EIA is prepared.
(xii)
On the front page of EIAIEMP reports, the name of the consultant/consultancy

firm along with their complete details including their accreditation, if any shall be
indicated. The consultant while submitting the EIAIEMP report shall give an
undertaking to the effect that the prescribed TORs (TOR proposed by the project
ToR_Aegis_Logistics Ltd. ~
File No. and also
Page 3 0:'4
proponent and additional TOR given by the MoEF) have been complied with and
the data submitted is factually correct (Refer MoEF office memorandum dated 4th
August, 2009).
(xiii)
While submitting the EIAIEMP reports, the name of the experts associated
with/involved in the preparation of these reports and the laboratories through
which the samples have been got analysed should be stated in the report. It shall
clearly be indicated whether these laboratories are approved under the
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and the rules made there under (Please refer
MoEF office memorandum dated 4th August, 2009). The project leader of the
EIA study shall also be mentioned.
(xiv)
All the TOR points as presented before the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC)
shall be covered.
(xv)
The Public Hearing is exempted as recommended by the EAC.
6.
You are required to submit the detailed final EIAIEMP prepared as per ToRs to the
Ministry for considering the proposal for environmental clearance within 3 years as per the
MoEF&CC O.M. No.J-11013/4112006-IA-II(I) (P) dated 08.10.2014.
7.
The consultants involved in the preparation of EIAIEMP report after accreditation with
Quality Council of IndialNational
Accreditation
Board of Education and Training
(QCIINABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIAIEMP reports
prepared by them and data provided by other Organization(s)/Laboratories including their status
of approvals etc. vide notification of the MoEF dated 19.07.2013.
8.
The prescribed ToRs would be valid for a period of three years for submission of the
EIAIEMP Reports.
~~
(Dr.Manoranjan Hota)
Director
ToR_Aegis_Logistics Ltd.
Page 4 of4
ANNEXURE-X
Compliance of TOR
ANNEXURE-X
COMPLIANCE OF TOR
TOR
Sl. No.
(i)
Details of TOR
Compliance Status
Copy of layout superimposed on the

HTL/LTL map demarcated by an
authorized agency on 1:4000 scale
along with the recommendation of the
SCZMA be submitted.
The CRZ study for demarcation of HTL/LTL map on 1:4000

scale has been done by third party agency National Centre
for Earth Science Studies, Thiruvananthpuram, Kerala. The
report (Ann.-IIIA) concludes that the project site does not
fall in CRZ. However, as the import is being made through
ship, the LPG transfer pipelines had to pass through CRZIVB & CRZ-I. The activity is permissible under clause
3(i)(a) & 8-I (i)(b) of CRZ notification 2011.
Recommendation of WBSCZMA is attached as Annexure IV. The proposed pipelines shall pass through the common
corridor of pipelines made for the purpose by KoPT at
Haldia,
Applicable rules to be followed for the proposed project by
Aegis Logistics Ltd. are mentioned in Chapter -2 of EIA
report. The DMP of the storage and pipeline transfer has
been prepared by M/s. PDIL identifying various emergency
scenarios and their mitigation measures. The proposed
DMP shall be approved from the relevant statutory body
(Factory Inspectorate) before commissioning of the project.
The DMP for the port has been prepared by HDC
(Annexure-VI) which shall be followed for handling of LPG
vis-a-vis other cargo in other facilities within the port.
HAZOP analysis report has been prepared by M/s. PDIL
and submitted.
Layout along with the port boundary is attached as
Annexure V.
Risk assessment and DMP reports are prepared by M/s.
PDIL (Projects & Development India Limited) and
submitted. Salient recommendations arising out of Risk
assessment are as follows:
LPG storage and handling facilities at Haldia is situated
at a place where there is no human habitation nearby.
Iso-risk contour, Figure No. 6 has been drawn for LPG
storage & handling Plant which goes indicates that
acceptable individual risk level of 1x10-6 per year is
mainly confined within the plant premises except about
11 m going outside the B.L. in south-eastern direction,
however it is an industrial area with no population within
0.5 Km.
Individual Risk Profile (Risk Transects) 1.0x10 -8 per
year shows the pipeline route is safe from
environmental risk point of view.
F-N Curve (i.e. Societal Risk) Figure No. 7, is also in the
acceptable range Hence, it is safe to install the facilities
at the place earmarked for the LPG storage and
handling facilities.
Suitable flow and pressure indication along with close
monitoring in field and control room should be provided
in the receipt pipeline at the Durgachak LPG Handling
Plant side. Whenever a flow mismatch is observed
(ii)
Details of the various applicable

regulations
including
safety
regulations along with the proposed
compliances. Also details of safety
aspects associated with handling of
LPG vis-a-vis other cargo in other
facilities within the port be submitted.
(iii)
Details of the HAZOP analysis be

submitted.
Layout along with the port boundary
be submitted.
Details of Risk Assessment, Disaster
Management
Plan
including
emergency evacuation during natural
and man-made disaster like floods,
cyclone, tsunami and earth quakes
etc. be submitted.
(iv)
(v)
1 of 3
ANNEXURE-X
(vi)
Layout superimposed on the

HTL/LTL map demarcated by an
authorized agency on 1:4000 scale
along with the recommendation of the
SCZMA be submitted.
(vii)
Details
of
Environmental
Management Plan and Environmental
Monitoring Plan with parameters and
costs be submitted.
(viii)
Details of the fishing activity and

likely impact due to the activity be
submitted.
(ix)
Details of land breakup along with

land use plan and Details of green
belt development be submitted.
(x)
Details of solid/liquid wastes

generation and their management be
submitted.
between dispatch and receipt of LPG or a sudden fall of

pressure is indicated in LPG transfer line, immediate
action should be taken to shut the LPG pump at ship
and close ESD to avoid further delivery of LPG.
ESD (Emergency Shut Down) push button should be
provided in plant control room and at the jetty ends to
stop all operations in case of failure of any equipment &
pipeline.
ROV should be provided on the LPG entry line in the
installation and at the jetty ends.
Suitable isolation arrangement on both sides of
crossing at dock basin should be provided.
The CRZ study for demarcation of HTL/LTL map on 1:4000
scale has been done by third party agency National Centre
for Earth Science Studies, Thiruvananthpuram, Kerala. The
report concludes that the project site does not fall in CRZ.
However, as the import is being made through ship, the
LPG transfer pipelines had to pass through CRZ-IVB &
CRZ-I. The activity is permissible under clause 3(i)(a) & 8-I
(i)(b) of CRZ notification 2011. Recommendation of
WBSCZMA is attached as Annexure - IV. The proposed
pipelines shall pass through the common corridor of
pipelines made for the purpose by KoPT at Haldia,
Environmental Management Plan has been elaborated in
Chapter-9 of EIA Report along with the recommendations.
(Page-152 to 164).
Environmental Monitoring shall be done as per the
schedule firmed up with WBSPCB and plan is elaborated
in Chapter-6 of EIA Report. (Page-149).
Cost of EMP shall be upto 5% of the total project cost i.e.
approx. 7.5 crore.
The proposed cryogenic LPG P/L of M/s Aegis passes
through dedicated pipeline corridor which does not affect
any area comprising fishing activities. The entire length of
pipeline travels only on land except near Lock gate in dock
basin inside HDC where fishing activities are prohibited.
Hence, no impact on fishing activities due to the proposed
project activities has been envisaged.
The land break-up of study area (10 Km radius around the
proposed LPG terminal) have been discussed through
satellite imagery for land-use pattern in Chapter-3. It is
evident that insignificant agricultural land falls within 10 KM
radius & there is no eco-sensitive zone within the study
area.
Aegis shall take part in green belt development plan of
HDC and green carpeting within the site (excluding the
built-up area).
Land-use report of 10 Km radius around the proposed
terminal along with map has been prepared by RRSCEast, Kolkata and attached as Annexure-VII.
This aspect covered in Chapter-9 of the EIA report. Solid
waste in the form of excavated earth shall be generated
during construction which shall be used in leveling of the
site. Any hazardous waste generated during operation
2 of 3
ANNEXURE-X
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
stage shall be handled as per Solid/Hazardous Waste

(Management, Handling & Trans-boundary Movement)
Rules dated 24th September 2008 by MoEF and
subsequent amendment.
Water requirement, source, impact on Water Requirement: 25 KL per day
competitive users.
Source: Haldia Development Authority
Impact: Insignificant
Details of the eco-sensitive areas, if There are no eco-sensitive zone in the study area.(Source:
Topo-Map, Survey of India and RRSC-East Survey, Kolkata)
any, be submitted.
Details of Oil Spill Contingent The proposed facilities does not involve handling of
Management Plan be submitted.
Oil/POL, the Oil Spill Contingency Plan is beyond the
scope of this project. Copy of oil spill management of
Haldia Port is attached as Annexure-VIII.
3 of 3

EIAReport

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

EIAReport

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

REPORT

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT PLAN

DEVELOPMENT OF CRYOGENIC LPG IMPORT, STORAGE &

HALDIA DOCK COMPLEX, HALDIA, WEST BENGAL

PROJECTS & DEVELOPMENT INDIA LIMITED

JOB NO. 9687

EIA STUDY FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CRYOGENIC LPG IMPORT,

Name of the Plate

FORM NO: 02-0000-0021 F2 REV 1

All rights reserved

EIA STUDY FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CRYOGENIC LPG IMPORT,

LIST OF TEAM MEMBERS

Shri A.K. Singh, Addl. General Manager & Unit Head

Shri S. K. Sinha, Addl. General Manager

Shri B. Prakash, Dy. General Manager

Shri SK Sarkar, Addl. Chief Engineer

Ms. Gyanlata Deshmukh, Sr. Technologist

Shri PK Singh, Technologist

Shri Akosh Chhoker, Technologist

Shri SS Tiwari, Technologist

Shri DK Chatterjee, Core Consultant

Shri B. Deo, Core Consultant

Ms. Gopa Bandopadhyaya, Engineer

Shri Sudesh Kumar, Engineer

Shri Prafull Kumar Kose. Engineer

Shri SB Singh, Lab Scientist

Shri DC Mahato, Lab Technician

Shri B. N. Chatterjee, Sr. Officer (SS)

FORM NO: 02-0000-0021 F2 REV 1

All rights reserved

STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

OBJECTIVE OF EIA STUDY

SCOPE OF EIA STUDY

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT & IDENTIFICATION OF ANTICIPATED IMPACT

Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri

Existing Water Quality

Range of recorded Concentration (Results expressed in mg/l except pH)

Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri

Range of recorded Concentration

Domestic Water (Drinking & Sanitary)

Mock drills (once in a month)

ANALAYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Risk Assessment & HAZOP and Safeguard measures

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE

Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri

Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri

SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri

Aegis Group is one of Indias leading Logistics group providing total

Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri

parks/sanctuaries/coral reefs/ecologically sensitive areas including LNG terminal

Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri

PROJECT LOCATION AND JUSTIFICATION

JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT SITE

Haldia is strategically located all season port with excellent draft.

The installation of the proposed cryogenic facilities will give operational

Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri

BENEFITS OF PROPOSED PROJECT

SCOPE & METHODOLOGY

Scope of EIA Study

Projects & Development India Limited, Sindri

Methodology for EIA Study